You are on page 1of 436

HARVARD UNIVERSITY.

LIBRARY
OF THE

)MPARA' ZOOLOGY MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE
GIFT OF

(LLc Pi'Mfu
'^JUA^.Mh.^'j,
I/^ISC,

DEC 2

9 1936

.

/ ^^4r: 3^ « ToF. SALTER ESQ^ .

.

.

EXPERIENCE. AND OBSERVATION. I. CO. . F. LONDON PRINTED FOR SHERWOOD AND PATERNOSTER-ROW. Perch. By T. 2 o^^ THE ANGLERS GUIDE. AND POND FISH. Gent THE SIXTH EDITION.I^^^-Ve^ 5. A TREATISE ON TROLLING. BEING A NEW. SALTER. RIVER. G . PLAIN. TO WHICH IS ADDED. 1825.THE ART OF ANGLING FOR SEA. PRACTICAL TREATISE ON . DEDUCED FROM MANY YEARS' PRACTICE.. and Trout. THE WHOLE ILLUSTRAlkD WITH NUMEROUS NEW CUTS AND ENGRAVINGS. AND COMPLETE. Jack. CAREFULLY CORRECTED AND ENLARGED.

Maurice. Fenchurch Street./ c LONDON: Printed bv D. . S.

and a sincere desire to improve an Art in which of it so much delight . what kind and quality of ground-bait. such minute (but necessary) information.. Dace. for. worms or that or that are a good bait Roach will take paste. . at how to what depth to fish. — and the publication proceeds wholly from a conviction that a plain practical Guide of to the Art of Angling was wanted Carp. for it is little value to the learner to be told. &c. my I pen has always been guided by a love of truth.PREFACE. Jack and Pike are taken with a Gudgeon. very deficient. Gudgeon. This information is particularly needed by the . or other small Fish . Barbel — greaves . In writing this Treatise on Angling. that for . how to make and cast it in. what sized hook in is proper to use. I conceive. unless such information be rules accompanied with clear and practical bait the hook. most writers on Angling are. &c.

is a very common who are masters of the Art. written and published about the year 1682. The only work written expressly on the art of taking Jack and Pike. most plain and manner and I highly gratified to find that my endeavours to supply such a work. practice. tional information.PREFACE. has and much addibeen and introduced. ge- have often means communicative and witnessed the evasive ansvi^ers of Old applied to on the subject practice for those : Anglers. R. by many Anglers. a new and complete Treatise on Trolling. In this Edition. Juvenile Sportsman. by Angling. as the old practitioner nerally speaking. been careful not to introin- duce any thing resting on mere theory. lightful by Nobbs . experience. . in the feel and observation intelligible arranged . every other . the Troller's Guide. it when indeed. or the Art of Fishing for Jack and Pike. have been so well received. when accosted by novice. relative to Angling. to discontinue Angling. to and preferred. and move away. the Rev. is called the Complete TroUer. the whole of the Treatise has been carefully corrected and revised . as this healthy and deis branch of Fishing followed with avidity. also. but to struct the novice by rules drawn from actual . as well as ings to illustrate to many new cuts and engrav: and embellish the subject which is added. and. I strangers or a have. bv no I is.

. 47 59 73 81 . Lines...... Gut.... .. with Observations . .... 14 The Bream. Salmon Spawn. Song. ..... Grayling. .... .— The Gudgeon .. .. .. .. 135 147 158 PART Chap.. — 2. or ..... with Cuts Flies. .. and how — Hooks Fishing to bait Prefatory Single Remarks on Trolling for Live-bait for Jack or Pike it . to face 1 PART Chap.. ...— Ground-Bait 6 . 2... Smelt... .. or taking Fish... laying Chain . 97 114 121 16 17........ 7. ... the Choice of Tackle. — ..... I.— The Roach . . .. 3.. — — .. .. 8.... 11 The Dace or Dare . .... .. . . &c...... and Bream Dace 15 The Eel . 1 .. or for Salt-water ... Red Eye . .. 4. ... .. . 3..' —A Four Plates of Angling Apparatus. Wheat. .... ...CONTENTS. &c.. . rections for tying or whipping Hooks to Gimp .. 1... . .... . to take or plumb the Depth.. TROLLING. .... BOTTOM-FISHING. . . .. — The Gorge-Hook. 5..— The Perch ... Page Preface '• ..... . . 1 II.... v ix Angling we will go. .. 13. .. Hair.. —Directions how to make every kind of Paste useful in killing .. .. . 9 The Barbel and Chub 10.. Night and — and Eels —The Fluke... Flounder. 174 177 181 to bait them with Di.. ......... &c —On Rods...... and Hooks —For baiting the Hook... . .... .. . on . baiting. and Salmon — AngUng Fish Directions for Lines... 5 14 . . 24 36 42 ..— The Tench and Carp 13 The Trout . 84 ... ... .. Flat.. 12. &c.. —Preliminary Discourse on Angling. for fitting.. 18 .... . . . The Pink or Minnow ... ..

... . &c... and accounted for . of Jack and Pike The Troller's Day. ...204 Troll without a Rod 208 Trolling — Lines.. with a map of the River Thames .. Salmon.. and the way to make them . Dapping.— Artificial-Fly-fishing. 239 marks on the Nature.....— List 5 — — 6. &c. ries described......... . on Trimmers . ... — with Directions how and where to place the Winch on the Rod— To cast the Bated Gorge-hook To take Jack or Pike To land and unhook ... &c.. Whipping for Trout..... the Rivers Lea and Thames. . &c..274 kill . 338 Discourse on Pond-Fishing... Bobs.. and how — Rods proper Trolling or Jack and . 9. . —Directions for making a Golden or A list Silver Palmer. — 10.... with desultory hints. 333 . &c.. and to Scour. &c. 268 2 of Palmers... . o House. for Fly-fishing in every month during the Season.. 7.. down to Lea Bridge The London Angler's Debut. . to ... . .. 1. . 211 . and how to Bait the Hooks .. 29. 256 . . ....189 for Pike-fishing.. from Christmas to Michaelmas. to .. . 8..... and their Fish and Fishe. pointed out Observations on the different ways practised in fishing for Concluding with ReJack and l^ike Also. isc. .. &:c. 2/8 282 287 APPENDIX.. &c. 22G . Full Directions for taking Jack and Pike. and of the Fish they contain . . . &c.. Natural Fly-fishing. with April. . how . .. for Trout... . of Artificial Flies. . ... or Hackle-Flies.....'{ &c. Baits for or Jack-fishing ..CONTENTS. and Thumb Winders. for TroUing. and how to cast the fly ... 308 Map of the River Lea.. Weather. . 4 &..... Chap. (i. Remarks on Angling for every Month in the Year . for carrying LiveVarious ways of using Snap-Hooks explained Baits described and the most proper Seasons. beginning 4. 321 his superiority in the Art of Anghng with a brief description of the principal Rivers in Great Britain. &c. and Fly-making 2. and keep them all the year round The New River. Rods and Lines. describing the several Fisheries from the Ryeto procure Gentles.. with and without Wings.. . FLY-FISHING.. Cleanse.... them. — Trolling — 199 Traces.. .. Cads. Directions and all sorts of Worms.- Snap-fishing . Bank Runneis. relative to Angling ? ' A Glossary of Technical Terms used among Anglers .. Winch. with a Live-Bait and Floated Line Proper Kettles. accompanied — — — — — — — — PART Chap.. in.. ...

expressly for this edition. 1825. the Publishers have much pleasure it accom- panying with a fine Portrait of the Author. May 1. and furnishing the most correct representations offresh-water Fish ever submitted to the Public.ADVERTISEMENT TO THE SIXTH EDITION. ON publishing the present Edition. which is very considerably in altered and improved. and illustrations : the Drawings all made from by the first Artists. and loith a great cuts number of new life. . Paternoster Roir.

&c. We do not break our legs or arms. to Angle. we will go. WE WILL GO. To Angling there are none. Then let them laugh who win. Then to Angle. &c. &c.ANGLING Tune. sure. But gaming is a sin. For when tliat we are Angling No danger can ensue. Of all That happen the sports and pastimes in the year. Cards and dire are courtly games. A Begging we will go. . There's innocence in Angling. As Huntsmen often do. Then 3. That ever can compare. Then to Angle 2.

executed under also. that learned). near one of the best Rivers in England for Trolling. my own immediate inspection . tions. seeing that that gentle- man himself says. has been suggested to me. ject. that a Treatise on Jack-fishing. this sub- MosES Brown. in his Preface. how to take Jack and Pike . of a residence. and the Art itself having re- many improvements it since Mr. for several years. Vll. can never be fully and having had much practice and ex- perience in every method pursued in taking both Jack and Pike with the angle. and have. in so endeavoured to convey my instructions . mode ceived of Angling. and sportsman-like manner and in order have to prevent the possibility of misunderstanding the I direction given for baiting the hooks. written by a modern practical Troller. with the advantage. &c. as a guide to those who may be learning pleasing. Nobbs wrote on the subject. illustrated those directions with cuts. as or I cannot agree with the Rev.. would be very acceptwhich able to the lovers of Angling in general. also. In conse- quence of such opinions and suggestions I fully (in coincide. that the any other writer on Art had arrived at the highest state of perfection. I have presumed to offer my opinions and instrucdesirous of in a fair. under the esteemed Father of glers.PREFACE. Anis Isaac Walton . that Angling it so like Mathematics.

how to cast the baited hook ing. either But Jack or Pike I took. gains the greatest sport far The Angler But his. that the juvenile and inexperienced Troller may I clearly and promptly if understand them . and relative Jack and Pike-fish- worthy their notice and attention. had some practice in this in the Art of Trolling. seldom to the Rivers went. perhaps.PREFACE. And I. work. as my desire rules in has only been to convey plain practical I an Art with which I considered myself well acquainted. who With peace. F. T. and doubt not. and divers other matters conto. nected with. observations on the seasons and weather proper for Trolling. 1825. he dwells from the noise And bustling grandeur of a Court. flatter myself. envies no man's joys. to make some apo. those di- rections are assiduously put in practice. A man little accustomed to arrange his ideas for the press. plain and concise a manner. in search. trust my readers will pardon the manner for the matter. April. Salter. the novice may be soon I enabled to say. logy for the imperfections of his style but. Songs of the Chacc. also. that many who have will find. ought. .

&c. Then to Angle. &c. &c. to Angle. Then to Angle. to Angle. the Salmon. and Bream. . Then 7. &c. The Trout. and the Town. The Barbel. the Pike. We breathe good wholesome air. often bred But Anglers walk. We laugh and bid defiance the Spleen. While courtiers in their down beds Sleep half their time away. X! 4. &c. and so remain As sound as any Roach. And then unto the River In haste we do repair. Then 5. We rise by break of day. &c. For health. Our constitution sound is. and for diversion. Our appetites are keen. The gout and stone are By lolling in a coach. Then to Angle. and so the Perch And Tench will do the same. Forsake the City. Carp. All day in sweet amusement. Then you who would be honest And to old age attain . Afford good sport.THE ANGLERS GUIDE. To vapours and Then to Angle. And fill the Angler's train.

Roach. laugh. &c. Then Songs of the Chace. Will garnish well a dish.xu THE ANGLER S GUIDE. to Angle. So let To us now remember praise the smaller Fish. . At night we take a bottle. And when that we are weary We tlien go jogging home. . From place to place we roam. Then 1. &c. &c. Gudgeon. Through meadows. and sing We drink a health unto our friends. Bleak. by a river. and Dace. Then 12. We prattle. to Angle. 10. And so God bless the King. to Angle.

.

I ^ «j Q- r- « Pk -^ « s fl^ H iC 'O .

.

.

.

03 S ^ m "5 rP rr .

.

•y "= PM -O >> !^ -5 < c - -° m Q ^ >o -< ^ ^ >% t^ to I J« ^ CM .

Fish with a baited hook fastened to a sistance of a rod . Tackle.c. Preliminary Discourse on Angling. reatise foi For this reason I shall commence my on Angling by pointing out the proper tackle that purpose." The Art of Angling consists in taking or catching line. how to put the rod and line together. is to amusing and delightful make themselves acquainted with the necessary tackle. ground-bait. the first thing requisite to be done by those this who wish to perfect themselves in art. with full directions for choosing the 5 s. — The Choice of " Hope and Patience support the Fisherman. to the hook. as a preliminary step towards carrying their wishes into execution.THE ANGLERS GUIDE. I. &. and proper baits. and then giv^e instructions in as plain and concise a manner B . CHAP. to make paste. &c. with the as- therefore.ime L -it also.

Floats of cork. Trolling. how to or use the angle so as to insure sport the year. and . in every THE ANGLER S GUIDE. snap. 12 5 Winches for running tackle prefer those which made to tie on the rod. or to fix in a groove made are for the purpose in the butt thereof. of various sizes to suit streams. with an Appendix first giving a list : of such articles that it is necessary the Angler should provide himself with. for trolling —the 3 gorge. illustrated with plates and cuts of the same. and fly-fishing. &c. under the denominations of Bottom Fishing. bottom fishing. trolling. or still Hooks gimp '. Carp. or Jack Fishing. to No. and Fly Fishing.' artist being absolutely necessary that every should select. for bottom fishing. be furnished with. which you cannot do with those that have a hoop and screw : on the winch you use when angling for Barbel. &c. under the it title of ' Angling Apparatus. of various Hooks tied on hog's bristles 3 : sizes. I shall divide week month during the work into three parts. before he begins his performance. and made acquainted and also how to how to handle his tools. &c. eddies.2 as possible. hair. is The following Rods for a list of articles the Angler should provide himself with. tied on to a handle. Perch. Chub. and the materials requisite. as you can fasten such a winch to any sized joint. lines of gut. quill. lines about three yards and a half long will be found most useful water. or a also a landing hook fastened bamboo telescope rod Hooks tied on gut.

fly Plummets for taking the depth 5 Baiting-needles for Trout and Jack fishing . &c. called thirty yards of fine platted running line or tackle. fish. &c. knot fish- Note — in trolling and bottom ing the winch should be fastened to the butt of the rod about ten inches from the bottom thereof: in fishing about half the distance. and join with a to the gut line. and maalso necessary for terials for making the same it is . which you pass slip through the rings on the rod.TACKLE. Disgorgers for small Fish and Jack Clearing rings . ETC. which see . for the use of . Landing net. A drum gling. Two or three leger leads A pair of pliers. Gentle boxes and bags for worms . ano- ther sort described in the Appendix. — 3 for the use of which see the Appendix. 3 Bream. net to keep fish alive in while you are an- A pannier or basket to carry ground-bait. keep from twenty to silk line. such as grocers use when weighing moist or brown sugar. . FOK ANGLING. V. for putting shot 5 on a line j Caps for floats . Kettle for carrying live bait . A piece of India rubber . Book or case of artificial flies. j Drag hooks Split shot . moths. and also a large spoon made of horn. — . fixed to a handle or to fit a rod . . Chap.

V. hooks. &c.j — to do which see Chap. that in case of accident you may be enabled mend your rod. and reel to hold lines. the Angler to provide himself with a pocket book case.TTIK ANGLER S GUIDE. and also some twine. . some fine silk for tying on a hook. Note —always keep to a piece of shoemaker's wax on a bit of soft leather. &c.

&C. Hair. Perch. too short those made of bamboo-cane ral are best for general fishing. . they seldom play true. Gut. great care should be taken to procure a variety. On Rods. CHAP. . hazel. and true. and that top. hickery.RODS. packing together. walking canes seldom exceed 12 5 generally speaking. &c. because the latter are to be pre- you may have them of any length. particuin weight. Roach. LINES. made which to pass for is. &c. tops of various strengths but the rods made of the white cane are larly for much superior for fine fishing. Rods fitted with several tops. are certainly very convenient. being very light In choosing a rod. and Hooks. others to pack in canvas bags ferred. they are made more and are stronger . is a material article in the Angler's catalogue. II. when taken on a distant journey j but the Angler who wishes . &c. all of which should have rings on every joint. cane. The fishing-tackle shops keep a great made of bamboo. observe that it is perfectly straight it when all the joints ally tapers are put together. and of different lengths . and finer for some all Roach. As the angle-rod good one. the rods feet. yet stiff. gradu- from the butt to the and is eighteen feet long and . if longer. Some strong -. HOOKS. Lines. and some fitted as walking canes. having seve. fit for trolling others for Barbel.

transparent. I prefer the pale sorrel and light ing directions. or other a fine light cane heavy Fish and also and small Fish. In respect to the choice of hooks.6 THE ANGLER S GUIDE. must keep rod for Roach In the one for trolling. and without spots or thick bumps. the Sneck- bend. the Kirby. and the it when same is cold. whether they be made it of gut or horse-hair j in choice of gut if let it be clear. and you try between your teeth it will be of a wirey hardness. the Kendal. and the Eel-hook. colour. water and black ink together in equal parts gut or hair in sired colour 5 put the for if one moment. but if you wish : it dyed. round. dip the hair or tint gut in it till you see has acquired the you wish. . mix boiling . the Kendal-hook the point . The barb of far is thought too short and too is from the barb of the Limerick j thought too long and rank the lateral projection of the barb in is the Sneckbend-hook objected to by many j the . to have rods neat. if good. and it will have the de- To give it the pale slate colour. as well as those for fly-fishing. take some boiling water and dissolve a small quantity of indigo and alum therein. let it — slate to colour which take the followgut of a pale sorrel ^To stain hair or remain a few minutes in a cup of strong coffee or black tea boiling hot. Perch. and you have the de- or you wish to have it of a greyish or water colour. take those that are round and even. sired effect. the Limerick. choice of lines. the natural colour of the gut is good. and smooth. In respect to colour. and to be depended on. another for Barbel. there are five different kinds used in angling : namely.

FLOATS. while I point out those pro- per for the purpose. Ij Sneckbend. Kirby-hook reason . KendaL On It is Floats. and ivory or tortoiseshell at top and bottom. is generally preferred. I find made swim thickest above the middle nearest the the steadiest in blowing weather. and I think with Eel-hooks are made stronger and ranker than : other hooks cuts below. I shall fore request his attention. or of reed for the middle. gradually increasing : bulk or circumference to the middle are but those which top. Plate 3. of the first consequence that the Angler should float be acquainted with the proper for fishing in as differ- ent waters. see Angling Apparatus. THE TIP-CAPPED FLOAT. These floats are made of at several pieces of quill . and the J Limerick. . and for various kinds of fish} more there- depends upon that part of his tackle than inexperienced or superficial observers imagine. narrow in each end.

which chafes and weakens it a flne therefore. as thev require a great many shot to sink them. Tip-eapped in floats are superior to every rapid. ANGLER S CriDE. and to let the line pass through. — rough line .S aii'ainst TIIF.for it Carp and Tench. roui.h eddies. when angling. fg. tlie which is b\irned or bored through middle to admit the quill a ring and then the bottom is plugged with wood. make a \n\x practice to examine and smooth them before you them to use. CORK FLOATS Are generally made o{ cork filed cpiills at top. at the edge. or Chub. for may be with a strong current or stream. with a piece of or gromul smooth. as recpiires but few shot little to sink it . Tench. tip-cap ffoaf. and a light float. These cork floats are well calculated to flsh in heavy and rapid streams. eon- .J Note. for fSee such shy or timid Fish as Carp. The tip-capped tloat is also best for pond-tishing. other tor aniiliui. consequently disturbs the water but which is of the first consideration when cast in. the caps which tix the line to the float are often Plate 1. and painted. Jngliug Apparatus. tail the stream. and at the of mills : these floats are fastened to the line with a cap at eaeli end. which weight of shot prevents the baited hook passing too quick over the bottom of the place where you fishing.- waters which are not very tishiuii' : particnhirly In Roach it as the least movement or tine bite sinks beUnv the surface of the water. o. the baited hook goes over the place you it have j:::round-baited before reaches the bottom.

float which case the swims away. —Note. which makes an excellent strong float. instead of common some introduce the quill of the porcupine. because in such waters you must strike with great force.sequently you lose the greatest chance of success from the float not sinking quick. because it does not keep the line close to the it float. and is lost. and made of some of them with one goose-quill and a wooden plug at the bottom. These floats suit the young Angler. from on the . from which they take their name : they are very apt to loosen. and in so doing you generally break the small cap of the float. by the plug coming out. PLUGGED FLOATS. their cheapness. . in pre- ference to every other. floats are the cheapest. with a ring at the bottom. various sizes and shapes : Cork floats are made of quills. makes in when the Fish therefore he always uses the tip-capped float rivers. having a cap at top and a ring bottom but the better informed Angler objects to the ring at bottom. and from the resistance or hinderance passing through the water. and by being easily put at line. which causes at the bottom much trouble and loss of in time to repair J sometimes both caps are broken. These kind of indifferent quills. ponds or where the stream will admit. some anglers use a large reed and rapid streams 3 float for heavy such floats ought to be made with a ring at the bottom Instead of a cap. particularly bite fine in .

after passing the line through the bottom cap. a line superior to any thing the natural colour of stained. and is the strongest substance (for its circumference) known by the Angler. and fix them 8^c. many small shot To it are better than a few large. in the float stand or swim upright in the some shot must be put on the -. or silk- worm gut. make Gut and Horse-Hair Lines. single and to twist- their different qualities considered. or of silk alone. strengthen a quill and to prevent the line slipping. The gut. —How place shot on the same. at the tackle-shops. to the Rod. To make water. of gut are the strongest. the other part two hairs twisted. Fishing-lines are made of gutj. the twisted hair cheapfinest. because they disturb the water less in casting in or taking out the bait. by having half single hair at bottom. —Note. and the single horse-hair the You may make a fine line. is made or manufactured from the intestines or gut of the silk worm. before the top cap to How ed to . and makes else. as directed the next article they are kept. give float two or three you fix twists round the body of the it. line. which is better than much that is The young . either twisted or platted those made est. twisted horse or also of silk cow's hair. try the strength of Hooks. ready split for the purpose.10 THE ANGLER S GUIDE. and single horse hair and mo. . How to make the Float stand or swim upright. S^c. float. hair.

particularly ing. However. for you are as likely to lose a fish . by the hook breaking or straightening there- make : it a rule to try the strength of your hooks before you tie them on or use them. bottom loop of the to which loop is fix the loop of the hair or gut that the hook tied to. it may it be used but if it bends or nearly draws straight. within three inches of the line . silk. the best and easiest method it is some fasten them with delay and fish- their teeth. place shot on the line. which causes vexation. should be rejected. is always must be finest at bottom where the hook fastened. but a bad practice. either to fish with or without a winch j as he must note that the than the rod. bends a little and again recovers . and very gradually increas- ing in bulk or thickness to the top. which will keep your bait down.LINES AND HOOKS. In shotting the line to sink the them close together. either of gut. wall. then pull strong with jirkjng if it : the hook breaks there is trial . if it much happens while you are Many good fore fish are lost after they have been fairly . pliers. shape. hooked. for they often bite the hair or gut through. do is it when you which with a pair of . and cause the whole to swim steady. in the following manner —hold the hook by the shank. place line is unmanageable if longer float. if and place the other end over a nail or staple that may be driven in a an end of the its bonrd. or any other place. and always put one or two shot on them above the middle. 1 } Angler will find a line of about four yards in length the most useful. when you make a it line.—Note. or hair.

some difference of opinion exists among Anglers the advocates for gut say. with a tight knot. for that purpose. and put on one of gut. Small tried hooks may be finger and by holding one between the fore- thumb of each hand by their shanks. as the hair line. with a single hair line (especially Roach) that will not touch the bait when offered with a gut line. &c. then pulling and jirking one against the other . that fish may be taken. To ascertain the fact. and of the the same over those which are : same colour of horse-hair. when it is equally fine. In respect to the advantage arising from angling with lines made of single horse-hair and hooks tied to made of fine gut. Some Anglers tie the line and the length which is fas- tened to the hook together. it is not likely to alarm fish ^ny more than horse-hair. This seems plau- sible.12 THE ANGLER S GUIDE. but I know. those who choose to twist their own lines. from practice. and also reject every hook that is at all blunt at the point. fish. though the line shall be as fine and of the same colour. and receive information how to use them. I have changed and again had excellent sport. by the hook straightening ivell. could then hardly take a for the hair line. certainly deserves the preference. Again. and hooking the bended parts together. may purchase ma- chines. which is a neat way. feed. at all the principal fishing- tackle shops.— Note. when angling. instead of using loops. I have several times taken have been well on off my hair line when Roach I the. such . and being it much stronger.tempered as by its breaking j a real hook will neither bend nor break.

has invariably been the case with rienced 13 me and many expe. Most experienced Anglers keep about six or eight inches of fine silk line tied to the end of the top joint. and Gudgeons. and fasten the gut or hair line to the said six or . Roach. . eight inches of silk by a draw loop knot is this is an excellent method. and fasten it with a draw loop which has the float and hook to it.TO FASTEN THE ROD AND LINE. however is^. Anglers of my acquaintance therefore. and also small beads or bladders of water gut. because the ring apt to chafe gut or hair. Dace. and the rod and line will be complete. You will then put the joints of your rod together. and probably creates alarm among fish. andassert^ kill without fear of contradiction. they will to one to others nearly who I angle with gut. Pass the loop of your line through the ring at the extremity of the top joint of your rod. When you line. pass the said running line from the winch through every ring on the rod. and the line will hang from the abovementioned ring. Bleak. and pull about a yard of it through the top knot to the line ring. carry ferril it over the end . the loop will then be fast to the ring. I should certainly recommend single hair to those fish for who two fine. The only reason can assign for this difference that gut swells and ever retains a shining glossy appearance in the water. To fasten the Line to the Rod. have a winch on your rod to use running after the joints are put together. then draw your line up to the top again. hang around the which increases its bulk while in the water.

Having directed the Angler tackle. to prevent the line running will do. in the hurry of the moment. For baiting the Hook. about an inch long. No. to take or plumb the Depth. we now proceed his to teach him the best method of baiting hook with worms. you . a slip knot in the line. —Note. in it the choice of his shall and put together. I use only those winches which are made without locks or stops. See plate of Angling Apparatus. &c. and by then hanging slack on the rod prevents the hook from fixing firmly in the fish you strike. or tough grass. qujill. Fig. CHAP. and carry it carefully within a quarter of an inch of its tail. to prevent such an occurrence. down to to do which. and the winch is locked. use the following enter the point of the hook close to the top of the worm's head. because. to shot the line. which is it the wind any way in your front. especially if back on the rod. and put in the said knot a piece of thin stick. 4. bait the : To method first. he generally breaks away before you can give line . hook with a worm. III.14 THE ANGLER S GUIDE. Always keep your w inch unlocked. make when you angle with running is line for those fish that it proper to strike the instant you perceive a bite. 2. when you have struck a heavy Fish.

on the contrary. in doing which be very tender. put on two or three. to bait a hook well with a worm. tail. though it may en- Fish to nibble.TO BAIT THE HOOK. much of the worm hangs loose. and consists it. finds part of the fish . worm is sufficient. and when he strikes. and bring nearly to the end of the loose. worm gone. leaving only a small lively part of the below the point piece of thereof. a fish is necessary to insure hitting in when you strike. while with the right you are gradually working the hook downwards. he is frequently tantalized with a bite. or you will burst . too tice will entice or attract fish but note. so as to enable the Angler to hook them . prefer the tail end. hook and will be then well covered. but when angling for Gudgeon or other tail small half a red . first one down on the second. but enter the hook near the • of the second worm. . Avithout injuring quite over and up the shank tail of the hook. 15 must gently squeeze or work the worm up the hook with your left thumb and finger. Chub. yet they will seldom take the whole in their mouths. and no therefore. and will be a very enticing bait for Perch. If you bait with half or a worm. and all large fish fish. Barbel. drawing the worm. Carp. and enter the point it of the hook into the thick part of it. the hook bared. down leaving only a small piece But if you bait with two worms on ahook. the small lively piece of the worm at the point of the j hook if moving about. the shank. hen draw the all. and the end is best if blood worms are used. draw as directed with tail the first up above the shank while you put the second on (in the same manner one worm).

To bait a hook with a gentle. pursue the same method is this is the best way to bait with a gentle whose skin something tough. will be fully treated of and explained in the Appendix. on your hook. or it. enough to hide if you use more than one. with striking fine (when a bite) your hook will enter sufficiently Fish and secure line. with directions for procuring a stock. and bring it out at the other end then draw the point it : : back again just within the gentle. WITH GREAVES. the Fish you strike . or as and put four or as will cover it five pieces much from the bend to and over the point these pieces should be about half the size of a six- pence. To bait a hook with greaves is as follows : first. (especially in first cold weather). breed and keep the same. them. the nature of worms and gentles. —Note. WITH GENTLES. for then the hook is prevented entering firmly whereas.16 THE angler's ouinfi. into the and you do not risk breaking your the top of the rod. by putting the pieces strike. on separately. when you they either break off. or . se- lect the whitest pieces from what you have soaked. as some indolent An- glers do. . not a large piece doubled. which frequently happens by striking too hard. and put on the hook separately or one after the other. near either end. the point of the use this method : enter hook into the gentle. by piercing the skin in the instance.

&c.) and then fold the plummet up again drawing away from . and the whole bend of the Fish.TO PLUMB THE DEPTH. and much in angling at a proper depth. is now secured from As success depends take due pains. These minutiae of baiting. before you begin fish- — ^Note. (as represented in the cut of a folding plummet. . iier Plumbing the depth is done in the following manif a ring plummet. in plate No. when the plumb lead touches the bottom. ring. and hook enters the you have firm hold. and no bad way. pass tlib hook over its side. ing. which the observing Angler will not fail to attend to. 3.iter. and appreciate. being worthy his notice. are of singular advantage. pass the hook through the . unfold about two inches of it. I and fix the point into the cork at the bottom : if folding plummet. your hook the plummet. a bad practice to boil greaves. and soon fall off the hook j they are certainly cold or cool water. To plumb the Depth. are pushed 17 up the shank. is Mid the top of the float even with the surface of th^ w. or soak water. much longer in soaking in are then much tougher. ^ jneasure the depth accurately. for it —Note. it is them in boiling makes them rotten. Some on it is when they bait with greaves. alwaj^s put a gentle last to cover the point of the hook. you have the true depth. but Anglers.

and roasted bacon many . Many strange and ridiculous paste. IV. Directions how to make every kind of Paste useful in kill- ing or taking Fish. with Observations on Salmon Spawn. than flour-bread. Paste is a killing and general bait for almost every kind of Fish that breed in rivers or any fresh waters. (with a vermil- lion or red ochre to colour the paste. &c.. PASTES. but it requires some little time and labour to . make it. sheep's blood and saffron fat. him how make and . . equally useless and absurd. dead men's : anniseed water. Wheat. S(c. suet.18 THE ANGLER S GUIDE. I could mention shall better serve the novice in angling. to confound and puzzle the inexperienced Angler such as part of the leg of a kitten. flour. and honey. CHAP. water. but I by assuring to him that nothing more kill is wanted in making paste little every kind of Fish. with bee's wax. which will take paste. receipts are to be met with for making which tend much . others. beat up in a mortar -. which must be done with clean hands skill in also care and using it. or cheese. which may someto times be useful) and teaching use the same. or cherries and cheese.

Plain Paste for Roach. Chub. with your thumb and fingers. until it becomes exceedingly smooth and be kneaded a quarter of an hour at well made. and dip into honey then work it in your hands. when well kneaded. will require to least. Tench. this have taken many heavy enough for Roach with other bait . and during the are also very fond of I it. of the first day's baking.HOW TO MAKE PASTE. or a piece of a loaf it same . and dip clean. size. sweet paste. that the honey it : may be is well incorporated with the bread. of the right. This paste. work or knead it well. about the size of an apple. immediately squeeze it it as dry as pos- and then place in your left hand. 19 Sweet Paste for Carp. and until of a sufficient consistence to remain on the hook this is the most killing bait for Carp I ever met with (luring the months of July and August. dissolve a good quantity loaf sugar in warm water. and. and sweet paste. but . and Roach. the day it baked. the bread therein j this makes a good. water . likewise Tench Chub and Roach. S^c. and dip lightly in sible. is stiff it to make this paste to the consistence I have named. ^Vllen (jf honey is not to be had. rest of the season. when they refused every I the quantity it is have named is a day's fishing. Take a piece of the crumb of a after it is roll or loaf. when the best bait for .n proper to take some to throw occasionally close to your float while angling. Take the crumb of a penny the roll.

To colour paste. it will adhere to the hook until all to pieces. particularly in angling for Roach. and will also take it. This new bread kneading made by taking a piece of crumb and of new. Barbel. from .baked bread and a small piece of it stale. especially if it you fish at a distance from home. Minnows. Dace. . 11. and adheres too close. as they will seldom refuse year. or 12.20 THE ANGLER S GUIDE. 10. for. Chub. when so small a hook as No. Tench. if made properly. j who little Vermillion or red ochre it — a very small quantity little is will make a pale pink colour. you have struck . but the pale pink or salmon colour —Note. by carrying it is a length of time further valuable in striking fish when they bite. Bleak. it Roach. as it may chance to • get somewhat sour. well together in your hands a few minutes till (without water. add a prefer ease to sport. being easily made while you are by the water-side it is indeed most proper to make it there. a more a poppy best.) of a proper consistence : those make use of the last mentioned paste instead of that made of the second day's bread audit answers best when angling in strong eddies and very sharp streams. at any time of the Carp. which makes paste is it unfit for a small hook. j if you add a little powdered plaster of Paris to new bread it will make a superior white paste and will be very useful in thick water. it then flies conse- quently your hook is not impeded in fixing in the Fish. its This paste is valuable. is u^ed new bread paste is more glutinous. which is material.

— in that case. —Note. if made in the following manner take some old Cheshire cheese. is absolutely necessary that your hands should be very clean. he will have sport enough. mix it the better. <SfC. when it is distressed for greaves. rendered down beef suet. dis- and used the hard pieces or skin which do not solve. and likewise the bread and water. as a bait cess. and several times squeezing . This bait is a killing bait for Barbel. and Greaves Paste. and with the crumb of new bread until becomes if of a proper consistence to bait the hook with: the Angler will go to the expense and trouble of making ground bait of a pound of old maggotty Cheshire quartern loaf. both for Barbel and Chub with suc- and also with similar pieces collected from mel- ted pigs' Hare. for Barbel. you must not expect in small it A paste is made by mixing water quantities with flour. 21 Cheese paste for Chub. and fish in still cheese and a new chubfor holes. otherwise the paste wall be of a bad colour and taste success. To make paste in. as I termed. also Salmoiis Paste and Spawn. rotten. and how to make Patent it Paste. 8^c. I have melted. or. made with cheese and bread is a very killing Chub. In making paste. Barbel. and well work it it. and mutton. Observations on Pastes. and rank. the more Paste bait^ particularly for : I damp. dip the crumb of a new penny-loaf into the liquor that greaves have been boiled till stiff and knead it and fit for use.OBSERVATIONS ON PASTES. prepare Wheat.

the Angler may be or assured of success. and all will This paste is known its to experienced Anglers. however rapid. The way to preserve it . ^Note. and you must invariably wet baiting your hook. or else fingers. but the fish in the southern waters do not seem to like it. in the first instance. till it : becomes of a consistence almost as sticky as birdlime carry it when made. Roach. By using the different sorts of paste which I have enumerated.^2 THE ANGLER S GUIDE. Of late years there has been sold at the fishing tackle shops. which I believe they receive from the north. forming. and which also the opinion of the best Anglers I am acquainted with. for a short time. and preferred solely for fast to the remaining hook. — oils. in some Rivers. Real Salmon spawn is described by some writers as a superior bait for Trout. in a your fingers damp when cloth. hook. from other ex- by the name of patent paste but my own perience has quite convinced me that the other kinds which I have described are is in every respect superior. it certainly is the most killing bait that can be used. Salmon Spawn and Wheat. dry. cloth. which it will do in any stream. pastes It is distinguished . and for such Fish as I shall direct in their proper places. without the aid of any other quackery. a piece of this dough y dough must be worked in the hands through twenty or more different waters. For Trout. in small earthenware pots. scents. a sort of paste called Salmon paste or Spawn. stick together. Chub. &c.

—Note. then put a woollen bag. put a piece on your hook something larger than is a pea. and wash it. by pouring is on cold water. 3 and hang with up to drain for twenty-four hours then put about two ounces of rock or bay salt. then put it it it into a cloth or bag. Before you attempt to preserve Salmon spawn. or beside the chimney it when it grows too use it . in a dry cool place. in the some preserve same way by parboiling and salting it. then rince skin. — ^Note. put in. and then putting the spawn as pre- serves. according to old writers it it : on a it board or trencher. Among the various methods of preserving is Salmon spawn. from the spawn . . before you in the best state . with the spawn. is 23 lay it as follows.. AND WHEAT. it into ajar or gallipot. place. the following nearly full-grown the best : take one pound of it Salmon spawn.. dry. into water as off all hot as you can bear your hands the skin. taking care that no left blood. &c. cleanse it from blood and all impurities. and hang near the fire moderate warm dry . soak a little in warm water. air and fastened with bladder and leather to keep the out. to which add about a quarter of an ounce of it saltpetre. out on a dish to dry in the sun. and hang it up again for twenty-four hours more then spread fire. and run melted suet over which should be well covered. . I have preserved for use for two years.SALMON SPAWN. &c. Salmon spawn about it two months before the Fish spawn in jars covered with bladder. By -preparing Salmon spawn and placing it fit it in the way last described. or before the it until becomes stiff} then put it. and dry in gradually in a .

Ground-baiting rienced Anglers : V. I have also taken many Roach and Rud. as it is promote the Angler's necessary . and of singular service a hole is baited the therefore night before you fish in the morning.24 THE ANGLER S GUIDE. it will be in a stiff 3 cake. from the hurry sport. waters. then be put into the oven. or parboiled and. Ground-Bait. and near Nottingham those who chuse to : must prepare a it in the following it is manner take some new wheat mity. over a slow when cold. for ground-baiting an essential in this if mode of angling. or the dislike of the trouble of preparing let the neglect arise from what cause will attend their efforts in it may. having never killed so many large Roach with wheat ponds and still with paste : with pearl barley in parboiled. little success bottom or float fishing withis out it . let it fire. used for making furlittle and then add a milk or water to it . CHAP. bruise it in the state little. give ample directions useful to I shall how to make and apply every kind sport. hook but I in the same manner as as if baiting with a gentle prefer paste. is it but is little practised by inexpe- also sometimes neglected by to begin their it : the more experienced. of a substance between glue and jelly the grain will be the size of a large gentle . put one on the . Wheat try it is a favourite bait with : some Anglers on the Trent.

and. and put into a pan or vessel. Carp. and Dace you fish in a stream. Dace. Ground-Bait made of Bread. potatoes. — Note. is 3fc. to prevent its drifting away. Roach.. in ground-bait make it a rule to desist from easting during the last hour of fishing in the evening. being evening. Boiled always put a small stone in each piece before you cast it into the water. Bran. is mashed and mixed with bran or barley meal. they are on the feed. or working The most simple ground-bait some clay (which is is generally made by moulding met with in egg is the banks of rivers) and bran together.GROUND that he should first BAIT. 25 be acquainted with the means of before he attempts to take drawing the fish together. especially in the summer season. into balls or pieces about the size of a pigeon's little .Bait for Roach. as I then think the fish are already col- lected about the spot. and have cast in plenty. Chub.bait for also a very Roach and Carp in still waters. Carp. Ground. if I have been angling some hours. some add a bread crumbled among it. : This if good ground- bait for Roach. a quartern loaf the crust of which you will cut in slices off. and Dace. I them. for For a day's angling. necessary to be cut the crumb about two inches thick. and Bleak. some deep and covered with water 3 when the D . good ground. Pollard.

Roach. Roach. Roach. and. and Gentles. or gentle eddies and streams. Chub. Bran. Parboiled Barley. ters for good ground-bait wa- Carp and Tench. then work it up with the bread. a hole. : this ground-bait is very enticing j and Dace it is particularly well calstill culated for baiting in a pond. it would be carried away in a rawould soon pid stream. you avoid the and can also prepare it leave home : it may be made by substituting barley- meal for the bran and pollard. then add the bran and pollard by handfuls. squeeze nearly dry. before you bran. but ble. in the river When I use it for Barbel. the Fish disperse in pursuit of it. pound of greaves with a hammer. dirty use of clay.26 bread is THE ANGLER S GUIDE. about the an apple 3 put a dozen or more gentles in the middle. and close the clay lightly over them. from its lightness. —equal stiff quantities of each. and Carp. Ground-Bait made with Clay. it some bour and time. to —and knead them together. similar to making a dumpling to Carp. and pollard. as. In using this bait. This ground-bait should only be used in stiU water. almost soak it and well in water. as it is will amply repay you for the trou- the best and cleanest ground-bait for Carp. : whole is it nearly as requires as la- clay in making this ground-bait. or gentle . Mix size of the bran and clay together in lumps. consequently. similar until the making bread. it quite soaked or saturated. I first break about a quarter of a to dust. is made in still into small balls with treacle. Lea. and Dace. for Chub.

This . and cover let it with hot remain until it softens 3 pick out a sufficient quantity of the white pieces to bait your hook. Eels." with clay. ^nd keeps the Fish to the spot. and work up the remainder of the greaves and water. it is also an excellent bait for . tlie eddy. when fishing for Barbel in a punt. into lumps or balls I always add bran to : it. doubtless. which is from the lump. Bream. the balls must be as large as a turnip. of which they are im- moderately fond . or the current washes them from the place you intend enticingtheFish to : in the river Lea. because the clay lies at separates . and they. leaving Some put worms some part of the body outside the likely to draw Perch. this ground-bait. which keeps the about the hook it. . pieces of half the size will do. In the river Thames. chop or break a pound of it greaves into smaller pieces.GROUND BAIT. and occasionally loosen small pieces of the greaves. for Barbel. is the best ground-bait for Barbel that it is used it is a considerable time before parts or dis- solves. According to the strength of the stream. who rout and push it about with their noses. and soou the gentles then gradually fish work out. clay. about the place so baited. bottom. To make water . mistake your bait on for what may have escaped instead of gentles. and Gudgeon. proportion the size of the lumps or balls you cast into the water. Ground-Bait made with Clay and Greaves.

as putting the is hand among stinking carrion. Roach. in water. You may and. are good ground-bait for Carp. Tench. Roach. the malt and grains must be quite fresh. for. you intend using gentles alone for ground-bait. in respect to the stream. and are carried away from the place you : intend to angle in if it every time you cast gentles in. but it does not answer in a current or stream. for ground-bait if mixed with bran and clay into Malt well soaked balls. gentles still holes. or green gentles. you mix them with damp bran and sand you increase your success. to entice Fish . will find —Note. it will be necessary to take two or three quarts for a day's fishing tles. Tench. Dace. and eddies in ri- may be throvi^n in by handfuls. as well as fresh grains mixed with blood. Chub. such as described in If page 3. as they then float. Bream. : gentles for this purpose are called carrion genat and are sold most of the tackle shops in Lon- don. in bait if they are the least sour.Bait for Carp. &c. your hook with soaked malt or wheat it is 3 some waters. Gentles and heavy Roach will also feed Worms used as Ground. in ponds or still waters. Eels. and large Dace on greaves. a good bait for Roach. In ponds^ and in deep vers. I use a large horn spoon for the purpose. . very disa- greeable. the Fish will not come near them. 8^c. Bream. Worms cut in pieces may be used with the same . precaution. —"Note.28 THE ANGLER 5 S GUIDE. it will be better.

Bait. &C. and wax Silk. and is fishing at a proper depth. and oatchaff. Observations on Ground. this I same . Although to attempt it is I do not recommend the novice in angling his making or own rods. &c. will be sour and the Fish will certainly avoid is as every thing partaking of acidity to the extremely oifensivo whole finny tribe. coarse ground-bait greaves. may be made with clay. for Barbel and Chub. mending making a line also make proper knots how to mend a . of am fully convinced by . soaked Some Anglers prefer this to any other. as it. Ground-bait it is should not be used the second day after it made. To on Hooks. 3fc. It is chiefly by the judicious use of ground-bait. to bring and keep them about the place the Angler may have selected for his sport. Further directions in the choice and use of ground-baits will be given when treat- ing on such Fish as require the aid of ground-bait. make Knots. that one Angler more suc- cessful than another. tie for the purpose. or hooks. although fishing with the baits. floats.TO TIE ON HOOKS. 29 and Chub. This ground-bait should be thrown in the nii^ht before should be observed you intend to fish the same method when you ground-bait with worms . and within a few yards of each other experience. mend Rods. yet necessary he should be acquainted with the metie thod to for whip on a hook 3 or to .

take the following a Hook. smoothly on silk together. and whip it over very close with the till waxed silk. and cut off the in is made by leaving it three spare silk. then take each piece separately. take the following di- —Get a piece of stout leather. hair or gut on it. by which every part of the silk will be equally waxed. the shank. in case of accident. some then lay the fine silk waxed with shoemakers' wax . from the bend of the hook to the top. befriction tween a piece of soft or wash leather. rections First. waxed leather laying until the or resting on the finger of the is same hand. and draw briskly. upper part of shoes or boots are made shoemakers' and lay some it wax of the softest sort. in whipping or tying on hooks requires rections some : care therefore. from the top of the shank )t)u come silk opposite the point of the hook is . when he is pursuing di- for which purpose. To 5 wax the fine silk used . made by passing the ends twice over.30 broken rod. then draw the through the loop. keeping the thumb the of the other hand lightly pressed on the silk. which turns slack. 3 fine silk is it not strong enough to be waxed singly and is a saving way. and then drawing them tight this knot wUl never draw or slip. whole well coated with it wax . then take three or four lengths of and draw them over the wax with one hand. after having . such as the of. and then fit for use. To tie on Hold the hook between and whip round the thumb and tinger of your left hand. —Note. his sport 3 THE ANGLER S GUIDE. The knot used which making fishing lines is called a water knot.

) if the hook should get else. and break away 3 in this case.now waxed TO USE THE DRAG HOOKS. 3. to every one singly with a pin to a cushion. with three or four stout wire hooks without barbs. and Disgorger. and the clearing line in your left.J placed back to back. Fig. 5. The clearing-line is made of several yards of strong is small cord. Clearing Ring. over the rod. Fig. to which fastened a long packthread line j is this is used to draw got himself away weeds tackle that that a heavy Fish may have or the line among. . and draw the line sideways. the top pointing down- wards. hold the rod tight.Hooks. the same way as prac- by shoemakers or menders. he acts as above directed but. 6 . fSee Angling Apparatus^ Plate No. the if Angler seldom loses 3 more than a hook. and also to recover any part of the may be entangled in weeds. letting the ring fall on the hook from what it may have stuck into . Twine may be waxed tised in single threads. The drag is a piece of iron. and separated fix them. cork-trimmers. fastened a heavy fSee Plate No. if not. or to drag in night-lines. to the end of which ring of lead or brass . . such as are made to screw on the edge of a work-table those cushions are to be bought at any toy-shop. 31 several lengths of silk together. or any thing this ring is put . How to use the Drag. post. fast to a heavy weed. and suffered to go down to the hook hold the rod in your right hand. of Angling Apparatus. 3. &c.

he carefully takes away the hook. either loss of time at the point. in be used when the 'Angler has a winch on which case. is The disgorger an instrument with a forked top. iron. can his rod. But when the Fish is hooked through the the Angler has only to hold the Fish steadily in one hand. the forked end of the disgorger is thrust down upon it it with one hand. of Angling Apparatus. again. barb. because. made of bone. when a large Fish has gorged your hook. by using violence with the ing it. while you hold the line tight with the the hook. and breaks his top joint. : about six inches long. and. red. plumb the depth which is all absolutely necessary to be done. he frequently loses his float as well as hook and line. Fig. which causes and to much vexation in having another hook to put on. is. or got the hook fixed in throat . or shank. or you fishing.32 THE angler's guide. may as well give over lip. The brass clearing rings are to be prefer- because they are jointed. first. These useful articles to the Angler are to be met with at the fishing-tackle shops. —Note. while. without the assistance of a clearing ring. This the safest way to unhook a Fish that has its gorged the bait. the best way to act then fix to a small piece of stick from the upper jaw to the lower . with the other. which disengages to be easily drawn out. thumb and finger. and you are alone. the leaden ring could not be passed over the winch. or disengag- you sometimes break a fine or small hook. or brass fSee Plate 3. and permits is other. 1 :J when the Fish has swallowed the hook. &c. inconsequence.

J then. repair in the following manner cut the : broken ends with a slope (See the cut J so that they may lay smooth and close together . If you should have the misfortune it to break your rod. until you come within four or five turns of the two inches below the middle of the fracture 3 now lay the fore-finger fSee the cut five of your left-hand over the rod. or whatever you are mending the rod with. 33 keep his mouth open. with the silk. with your right-hand. while fishing. or you shoes with . then bind them together with some strong silk or twine. and continue so to bind two inches below the middle of the fracture .now to TO MEND A BROKEN ROD. with the aid of a disgorger. . to remove the hook. which enables you very easily. waxed with shoemakers' wax. about two inches above the middle thereof. now bind or whip down again. may use wax-ends such as coblers mend begin to bind the fractured parts together. then wliip or bind back again to the part at which you began . make four or bows or hoops over the finger of your left-hand. making the laps about a quarter of an inch apart. keeping the lap- pings close together. Mending a broken Rod.

be fast off. and. are. right-hand finger and thumb. take lays under waxed silk or twine. gradually. then will secure the second. take hold of the second from the top of the bows or hoops. which bows or hoops just described. and.34 THE angler's guide. consequence thereof. spread a little softened shoemakers' wax it on each slope of the broken rod. varnish bind these sloping parts together.) now draw with your away. drawn twine and confined to or disgorger is their proper places when the bodkin used. and the security of the broken parts the whipping. to fasten and fix which. because the bodkin or disgorger doth not require that the should be so large as in if bow or hooped whipping passed over the finger. or glue them together. till all lays smooth and tight then cut ojfFthe spare part. which . your left-hand finger. before you will increase after which. it and pass the end of between the under-side of your left-hand finger and the rod (See the cut. and lay place. and draw it tight. and j draw it upwards. you pass the waxed silk or through the eye of either of those instruments. with less 3 difficulty. draw the third. If called the hidden or invisible knot. which will make the first bow or hoop lay close and secure over the broken rod . When you have occasion to mend a small joint of a rod. This is way of mending at and fastening without tying. you mend a broken rod home. which is will soon take good drying varnish used. and all will and strong. then a bodkin or a disgorger should be used. if 3 them to dry. which till all and so on lays smooth and close to the the end of the the last turn. instead of the left-hand finger.

makes him indifferent about the matter j but those who cannot avail themselves of such assistance. 35 or hoops enables you to draw from under those bows before described. can get his tackle to fitted or repaired. beginning with that part termed Bottom or Float Fishing. and ground-bait. he should be prepared to remedy such an accident. &c. . which may be communicated to him in much less time than I have consumed in writing on the subject. to shew him how to tie on a hook. should certainly make themselves acquaintin ed with the subject. This gler is the best way I can describe or direct the AnI how to repair a ) broken rod. Pope. beneath the quiv'ring shade. who resides in the metropolis. when at a distance from home. on record. which have illustra- ted by a cut for. hitent. For further information I would recommend him to hair. Having concluded our directions kle. his angle trembling in his hand. gut. The facility with which the Angler. being the most ancient mode of angling. In genial spring. to gimp 5 and how mend a broken rod. &e. Where The cooling vapours breathe along the mead. 5 make various kinds we will now proceed of paste to teach the Angler to apply such information successfully in angling. or ask an experienced Angler.HOW TO MEND A BROKEN ROD.. take to or plumb the depth. or his tackle maker. &c. patient fisher takes his silent stand. the choice of tac- and how to put it together. to bait the hook.

36 THE ANGLER S GUIDE. tackle should be very light. in the north. . Lea> New Rivers. BOTTOM VI. Minnows are the smallest of the Carp spe. from March . in point of Minnows differ good deal colour in different waters. some are spotted on the body with red and variegated a with blue and yellow. Perch. on the gravelly shallows or swims of ditches that fall also at the : mouth strike into rivers. when they have red spots on . the sides of a golden much like the Tench. or rather say a piece of worm they are taken all day. gentles. and at mill-tails the moment you see a bite. shape and colour. and are generally called pinks. excepting as bait for Trout. a small piece of red worm. some hue. or paste —the '. the cies. are very small Fish. and little valued by the Angler. or the Minnow bites very freely at a blood worm. THE PINK OR MINNOW. when The back of a dark colour. baited with a small worm. CHAP. In size. and seldom exceed three inches fish in is being a handquite in season. REMARKS ON MINNOWS. and a No. FISHING. and the belly white spots. till winter. 13 hook. Minnows and are very numerous in the Thames. They Chub .

bring the Bleak about your bait bite. love cold boisterous weather at such time are said to losing time to angle for them. affording the young Angler sport and practice. 37 feed They spawn in April. and small quill float. as their great enemies. at mid-water. They are a lively sportive Fish. and. They when made into cakes with crumbs The Bleak or Bley. the Trout and Perch. them. single hair line. now and then for ground . but do not grow to a large size. with brilliant silvery scales species. A handful of road dust. or at the bottom. Bleak are found the in the rivers Thames. and may be caught in all parts of the New River. fearing to stir at that season. and Avith paste or gentles. and Lea. Minnows do not in the night. and are a hand- New River. from Sadler's Wells vel. in shape. They will bite all day from March till Winter. strike immediately you see a Remarks on Bleak. and easily taken with a small fly at the top of the water.THE BLEAK OR HLEY. They some Fish. green back and fine large on the £ and has a . by whipping or dapping. a a bright sides. are in search of them it is in preference to any other food : neither does the : Minnow eat well. The Bleak is of the Carp handsome formed Fish. Angle for tliem with a light rod. crumbs of bread. in immense numbers. or small gra- few gentles. seldom ex- ceeding two ounces in weight. or chewed bread in the water. if fried. thrown where the stream does not run bait. will too quick. a to Ware. of bread and eggs.

however. altogether THE ANGLER S GUIDE. This Fish persons it is is not very common in England. and prefer them to Roach or Dace. the flesh soft and pid: they seldom exceed a pound weight. : which is more killing than artififly. many persons who like small Fish fried. Bleak are sometimes sect called a hair much distressed by an worm 5 they then swim on . let it and very small float. small size. put on a No. 11 hook.38 eye. hair and angling about a foot beis the best way for killwhen you use a fly. at the Prussian or Crucian Carp. Mad Bleak. the Roach. from their somewhat bitter. by fishermen. where fish Bleak are large. cial flies if artificial. ing numerous small Bleak : be a live house-fly. being unable to descend in and when such condition. A line. think the Bleak well tasted. In Spring. and tasting in the which happens. low the surface of the water. and depth of two feet. the sur- face of the water. scales being like favours both in appearance. By some supposed to be across breed. They are very prolific. single gentle. use a No. they are called. The Bleak is not much prized at table. only Summer months. for which reason they are useful in ponds. but sooner recover themselves than any other Fish. between the as it Carp and Roach. a black gnat —Note. . and the head resembling the insi- Carp J it is a poor bony Fish. 12 or 13 hook. : much like a fresh-caught Sprat they spawn about the middle of March. In Sumin- mer. and the Autumn.

where they are very numerous. were introduced into this country about a hundred years from Prussia or the North of Germany. body 5 being much flatter and thinner in their scales are also more of a than a golden hue. the the They differ very much from silvery common Carp. moats. feel a bite. between. . When you see or for Angling Crucian Carp is well adapted for the young Angler to practise himself with. when you cannot get Roach. but I never found them a good bait in a river. as food for the Jack and Pike : 39 large Eels are also fond of them 3 you may bait trimmers. a worm. naturalists say. : use a gut or horse-hair line. or Gudgeon. many ponds round London either with they begin to feed in April. or paste. with some success. pits hooks with the Crucians. and they want the barbs or wattles at the nose. The Prussian since. and continue until Michaelmas. night-lines.THE PRUSSIAN OR CRUCIAN CARP. which all common Carp have 5 they breed. strike immediately. Chewed bread : is good ground-bait Crucian or Prussian Carp bait they will sometimes take the on the surface of the water. or a few inches below. gentles. 10 or 11 hook. a blood You or may red take them worm. and fish at or near for the bottom. with a No. Dace. numerous. in These Fish breed. preparatory to more noble game. and are very . or Crucian Carp. being a hungry boldany small biting Fish. or just hanging over weeds. or canals. and to lay in ponds. Remarks on the Prussian or Crucian Carp. and they will take a bait at almost time of the day quill float.

The Stone Loach is an excel- indeed a most killing bait for large Eels. new-made pits. and geon.40 THE ANGLER in S GUIDE. or globe. with or without a shot or two to sink the : warm is float to your line. when used on night-lines they are generally to be found in small gravelly brooks and rivulets. it is when dead. These Carp will live a long time look very beautiful. in the shallows. This is a very small Fish. the Stone Loach on night-lines.vered with very small scales. near milltails : they lie at the bottom. or Stone Loach. or there is somedifiiculty in catching a dish of them. having around dark body. and thrive wonderfully. and. routing the gravel. the same as Barbel. with six wattles or barbs . You may take them with the tail' end of a red worm. I fins. or in ponds with gravelly sides or bottom. if used alive. somewhat resembles the Gudbut have heard they are a delicious Fish when with egg and crumbs of bread . and a small hook. but seldom growheavier than one pound. which river or pond water. also a good bait for Eels . in a glass bowl. . for they soon die put in hard spring Loach. during the weather. lent. ct. — I have sometimes taken a few in the river Lea. water. being scarce as well as small. from whence gni vel has been dug. fried in batter. killing bait for large Perch. and several teeth five in its jaws : it seldom exceeds four or inches in length. head. and.^ —Note. and : many of them having double tails must be if frequently change the water. in colour? mouth.li its mouth. using a bait.

breeds very those fast. and spawn of Fish. being always very numerous in the fens to . who have Fish ponds should take great care the Prickle- Prickleback gets not a habitation therein. stick. They in in all ditches round London. you are must cut caught off the prickly fin from the back. it someneces- times. is hook : a small piece of worm. also try. to the amount of I cart loads. 41 The Prickleback. They E 2 are good food for poul- which are very fond of them. its The Prickleback. seldom grows short-lived. upon an average during which migration. and spread on the land as manure. producing immense numbers . attacking Roach and Dace. and and destroyIt a very bold and voracious Fish. and is sometimes used as a bait in fishing for Perch : in this case. at which time they are collected in nets. which receives its is name from is the sharp spines or prickles on to the length of back. Pricklebacks found in the sea. as well as most parts in the kingdom.. they become so numerous. or Strickleback. Is the smallest of the finny tribe. in Lincolnshire. for manure. part of the river Welland is almost choked with them. with a small piece of worm. as make sary to separate and find new situations. pens once in eight years.THE PRICKLEBAGK. but two inches. its size. which hap. extremely. fertilize it am are informed. sieves. but. and. and that fastened to a sufficient for the purpose. therefore. twice ing very small Fish. backs are frequently used. &c. They produce the . baskets. either with or without a tied to a yard of thread.

gut or a twistfloat. rod. 10 one about some put two hooks on their line. in different waters. when large and fresh caught. ed hair line. afford boast of very fine and immense Fish.42 THE ANGLER eflfect S GUIDE. tory of Fish say. but believe only once. —namely. light cork or stout quill 5 and No. and much prized at the table. The Gudgeon. The Gudgeon is a firm well-flavoured Fish. : especially before they cast their spawn the rivers Thames and Lea numbers of them. by will take a bait their being easily taken. that Writers on the Natural His- Gudgeons spawn two or three I times in the year. a cane or hazel hook for in a boat. and that happens at different periods. VII. same on fowls as Sprats. As. of which they are also increasing their fecundity and very fond size. . at any time of the day. a foot above the other. Gudgeons March October. In the Thames they are generally fished red worms for bait. CHAP. —They are a bold -biting the and from with much amusement to till young Angler.

Many lovers of this Fish. I know Gudgeons are for the table in the Spring. 4o Gudgeon it. for.THE GUDGEON. the Spring. for. Though Gudgeons. and. yet. before their spawning in the Spring. at this season. which to . by opening and washing. and in go a few miles up from the Thames. and not worth their carriage. arrive in the river Lea. is Gudgeons feed stomachs to so clean. or to from March and April is May. but the native Gudgeons of the till Lea do not spawn to the mistake it after Midsummer. for instance. and the spawn of other which they among low the small gravel they rout up on the shallows j but. Gudgeons leave the shal- spawning. as the after weeds grow up. cloth. They should be cooked in the frying-pan im- mediately. especially in extreme hot weather. generally. or during the carrying home. and without being scaled or opened . you them. and spawn in May. either burst or stink within a few hours after they are taken out of the water. be that as in the best state may. the they as only wiping with a damp Sprats 3 same usual with spoil for. and feed a good deal on the weeds^ their flesh less firm. that there j nothing in the require is offend therefore. who reside in or near the . in the hot Summer months. j rather of a bitter taste. small find worms. excepting the Smelt. leads above alluded that however. they are (in my opinion) the best small Fish. or else tasteless they also then. that the fresh waters pro- duce. in which makes their flesh is Summer. at this season. their chief food Fish. or a few hours after they are caught. are a very indifferent Fish for the table.

occasionally. subscribe to the Fisheries on the River Lea. but. as do small Perch. where the bottom clean and gravelly. with small shots. which are frequently caught while angling for Gudgeons. much The get a best Anglers prein pare to commence Gudgeon-fishing this river at the middle or latter end of March. tip-capped float. that generally . The best place to fish for Gudgeons is is in gentle eddies and sharps. and. and also take dish of these delicious Fish. with a rake (an iron instrument so called. so that about a quarter of an inch only of the float appears above water. it . by thus loosening the gravelly sand.44 THE ANGLER S GUIDE. and let the baited hook gently drag on the ground swim. try another have two hooks on their but I Some Anglers when Gudgeon fishing. and strike immediately you perceive a bite begin fishing. for the sole purpose of a few months' Angling for Gudgeon. in fishing with one. line. and the Gudgeons imme- diately repair to the spot to feed on them. current running pretty sharps plumb fish the depth before you begin fishing. line made of the finest wire. fish from the bank to of the river. with a light cane rod. These Anglers fine for Gudgeons pains in the river Lea use very tackle. fastened to a long pole) as. and the hook Shot the a No. ply your rake. as before observed. : when the leave off biting. you uncover various small worms and insects. before you is necessary to disturb the ground which you intend angling on. Metropolis. 10 or 11. I have found. and from three to and the stream or six feet deep. or sandy. a single hair line.

of the body long and covered with small back a dusky dark colour. that a whole or half a red you enter the point of your hook top or upper part of the worm. —Further note. very frequently cast in a handful of gravel or road sand about will where you are angling. Blood worms are the but. the belly a dusky . it is the general practice to — ^Note. The Gudgeon Carp species. angle for liver. in which case you may have plenty of bites but kill no Fish. the is a handsome lively Fish. for Gudgeons with a small piece of raw sheep's a bait. in doing which you must be very careful not to squeeze them. .THE GUDGEON. which Gudgeons take freely . — If you ar'j without a rake. besides having less trouble. put only the half of one on your hook. in Flanders. at the it when angling for Gudgeons with worm. kill 45 more in a day's angling than those who use two. or they burst to pieces when you use red worms. the scales. when I speak of angling in Flanders. I mean in the waters around the city of Ghent. Gudgeons prefer a red worm. towards the end of the Summer. or they will nibble at the loose piece instead of taking the whole in their mouths. Remarks on Gudgeons. and that should be the tail end of the worm. and further note. down very as possi- near to the end of the leaving as little ble loose. they will also take gentles. —Note. most killing bait in the Spring. which keep the Gudgeons about the spot. when baiting the hook with blood worms. put two on the hook. and carry tail.

to cast their spawn. in all the water which under the con- servance of the City of London. also to be abound with Gudgeons. and they are rivers in met England. first from the first of Thames March is is prohi- until the of June. when they are coming from the into the Lea. and may be in seen. geons that are caught nearest — ^Note. Gudgeons barbs or wattles. and the Canals near London. Thames geon is a gregarious Fish. which extends some- what beyond Staines Bridge. or weighing more than four ounces I have never heard of any being taken that weighed half a pound. nor are they so numerous. whereas the Angler who fishes in the river bited bottom-fishing. and . taken fifty have frequently dozen in the course of a day's angling. the tail waved or back fin at the brown mouth hang two spotted with darker of the Carp. but are not so large in the any that have seen as those caught I Thames and Lea. in the river Thames. in The GudSum- mer. which number is very seldom taken 5 in the river Lea. dorsal or somewhat of a purple hue. The with in in New most I River. herds of hun- but they are very susceptible of cold. lie and retire as soon as the Winter commences. j are seldom taken of more than eight or nine inches in : length. because he may take them before they cast their spawn. during a day's fishing yet the Lea Angler has the best of Gudgeon fishing. like those and the are of a light brown. at the bottom of clear rivers. the largest Gud- in the river Lea are those parts London. and THE ANGLER S GUIDE. dreds together .46 white.

.

.

and very fresh) are a killing bait for Perch. pecially. they seldom take a Gudgeons will live and breed in ponds that have clean. and reckoned firm and nutritious. bright-eyed Perch. or the red. 7 hook rod : and use a tolerable strong top to your scowered worm. or twisted hair line. particularly in the tide flows strong in. Put a cork float. if gravelly bottoms. The Perch. strong tackle them. from which they do not move will very During the Winter. especially my hook.THE PERCH. either marsh I bait with a well brandling. instead of one the water is of the other when very bright or shal- low. Early in Spring. prefer putting two red worms on kind. if dead. when upwards its of a flesh is pound weight. where which brings with it numerous Shrimps. with fins of Tyrian dye. CHAP. on a gut. silk. and the easiest may be used in angling for way of fitting it is as follows. especially a small stream runs through them. it is es. Live Shrimps (or. . and a No. bait. close together in the river. 47 warmest and deepest parts of the until Spring. The VIII. wet docks. being excelled tribe. by none of the fresh water 3 Perch are a bold Fish and the small ones. on which every Fish found in those places . The Perch. is a noble looking Fish. generally take a bait immediately oflFered therefore.

II. especially in rivers. will take your bait then it is necessary to give line. but live Minnows and Shrimps are most for killing to be depended upon line. Trout. and as they often run a con- siderable distance before they do this. or Chub. the large Perch especially. Part. from being too suddenly checked when going cessary to give to their haunt : it is likewise neto pouch. Spring months. you should ways have a winch and running tackle on your rod and hook on your bait-fish. Perch are also Minnow. III. hooks on a Some angle for Perch with two baited one of them placed so as to hang or swim near the bottom of the water. Dace. Stone Loach. for the water is then generally thick and high. or a small live frog. which is a good way in the line. . the other to swim or hang at mid-water. or the Fish will break away. . When al3 fishing for Perch. heavy Perch : use the same hook.48 THE ANGLER S GUIDE. When you are fishing where the Perch are bite all small. and the Perch will then swim at all depths. for sometimes a Jack. and then strike smartly : place the float on the line so that the bait or should swim hang about a foot above the bottom of the water. Angle from the wharfing and shelving banks. Pike. small Bleak. or lose your Fish. and float as before directed. same way as described in Chap. and you have a with a worm-bait. will feed. hooked by the lips or back . or Gudgeon. without run- ning tackle you certainly would break. and also about the ships which have laid live caught with a some time in dock. let him run about the length of a yard or two. if them a few moments' time you suspect a heavy Fish.

THE PERCH. up in the a cork one. and of size No. . live when fishing for Perch. and to as being troublesome keep alive. I above place about eighteen inches higher up the I tie another. to . put the other end of the F bristle. it and bait with live following Minnows or Shrimps. I then use strongest gut then take a leaden pellet. the bottom hook I tie to about nine or ten it inches of twisted gut. which it. and also very often close in-shore. and of a tolerable large the line of choice twist- ed gut from four to six yards long. veral Perch I 49 have killed se- and Chub with a small frog hooked by the chaps.) and make a small groove all round the middle of it 3 after which. then loop this . which to about three inches and a half the is of bristle 5 if bristle . I fit manner. as well subjects to travel with. but I have only used a frog for a bait when I I could not procure live Minnows ^ir Shrimps. (these leaden pellets may be purchased at all the principal Fishing-Tackle Shops. Some to a :^nglers. to the line line. cannot be got. 6. they then fix one to the fin. above the other or lip. but prefer one hook to a with a line fitted as follows "When I fish for heavy Perch with a floated line. and in circumference something larger than the stem of a tobacco-pipe. bait's gills I : and the other under the back bait. one being tied about an inch . use two hooks Bleak or Minnow. or to get a sufficient number of. The float should be size . The hooks I attach to the line are from one to three. a piece of lead pipe with a hole through about half an inch long. as by no means consider it equal to either of them.

and then hangs about and round the "whereas the bristle remains hard. consequently more likely to be seen by the Perch. pellets. but I have always found three quite enough and in shallower I is sometimes use only one or two. fishing in very feet. and float. when Perch in the deepest water. it soon gets softened and limp in the water.) The reason I tie hooks. and. to a bristle that if tied to gut. place a small shot above and below and eighteen inches above tied this I place another hook of a on bristle. and projects or stands out from the line. —Some Anglers.50 THE ANGLER is S GUIDE. which are placed high up is. though it well known the Perch swim at all depths. or he will destroy great part this advantage I have experienced by mode of fitting my tackle for Perch fishing over the common use four method. which the hook pellet tied. because. is my Perch with the addition thus complete (unless a shot or two may the be wanted to sink the float. when placing the shot on the line. that he so fixes them as not to prevent the pellet from revolving round the of the line. the line. yet I have. when fixed to the with the movements of the live bait keeps twirling and spinning around. manner as just described. exactly in the same line. but clear of the line. to prevent the pellet slipping up or down. line. deep water. . and whip pass the same very secur^e I now my line through the down 5 to within eighteen inches of the in order bottom on the hook and I to keep it from slipping up or it down. The Angler will take care. by many . say from sixteen to twenty or five hooks on a line. forming a loop. line.

years' experience. there be neither wind nor rain. it will do. or any other small Fish. &c. if your only chance to find Perch on the feed. ever and anon. they will keep longer alive than water . and accompanied with light showers. or if made of coarse gauze. putting a hot hand in the kettle distresses and alarms the baits. and again towards night-fall or evening. the ground. similar to those used in removing Gold and it is Silver Fish. that by carrying Shrimps in a and damp sand wicker basket. only of a smaller mesh . AVlien live Minnows.THE PERCH. consequence to provide live —Note. and frequently is is the cause of several of them dying. occasionit a few handfuls of loose sand or gravel. until get a bite. calm. or nearer shore. and take the bait out with a very small net. which generally an irreparable loss for the of the if first day. rise and draw it a I little to this side or that. after to be them early in the morning. and will take a bait in good earnest . therefore against. will often move the Perch to feed if -. but. if In ponds and other still waters. you put Shrimp among damp if sandy gravel. because. but when it is a mild breezy day. are used for baits. found that I kill 51 two to one on the bottom hook to what j I do with the hook tied the highest up the line place the therefore I make it it a rule so to float. put in and also remember. as to let my bottom hook nearly touch and sink it. it is you throw in the water. the Angler should frequently change the water in the kettle. is the Perch are then on the rove. when ally. they receive some .

or weeds well wetted . and bait with two well: scowered red worms. coloured. 7 hoop tied to about nine inches of strong single gut. worm a little below the its and carry . hay. and carry it dovni to and out of the draw : up over the shank of the hook on to the line place the second while you worm on the hook. tail . by occain sionally wetting or partly immersing the basket water. enter the point of the hook in this second tail. and Drawing for Perch. or carried in a fish-kettle you cannot conand veniently get gravelly sand. and they will remain it alive a long time. and having failed getting sport with his floated line.52 air. Sinking. especially if you keep damp. it or twisted Jiair or gut. and the bait com- — I have always found more sport by baiting small red way with two worms than putting on one large marsh or a brandling worm 3 —put about . if : than packed together if in a bag. at the head. THE ANGLER and will live longer S GUIDE. in the following manner the point of the hook in the first — enter it worm. close to the second. let him try his luck by roving and dipping. parts of the plete this j the shanks and all hook will be covered. 'or sinking and drawing for Perch with worms. it up within a quarter of an inch of first head then draw the worm back when again on your hook. in the following manner : take a No. Roving. put the Shrimps among it. AVhen the Angler and the water a little is favoured with a breeze of wind. put it in your basket. take a good wisp of straw.

to sink fasten this g'ut or hair (to it : 53 which the hook fixed to a line as is tied. raising and falling it. when you cast away your baited hook. nine inches above the hook. because the continually and near. and so act. but let the Fish run a yard or two before you strike bait is cast far — this is called roving. and the slack first between the winch. then gradually rise to the surface. three shot. wharfings. and bite don't when you feel a check it. winch on a rod you can manage ring on the rod with rings to cast in. act as directed in roving . and the in the other. holes. cast into the middle. and the stream or water not very broad. then draw sink again. and if the wind is at your back. and so on till up gradually is felt. you bring the if bait near the side on which you stand the river is too broad. line draw out as much holding the rod in one hand. use this the same and bait the hook the same way is mode of angling also to be preferred when the .) to a line trolling line that is . throw to the opposite side. between and and branches . and let your bait drop from the bank gently into the it till : water. in canals j and about bridges and locks let it 5 sink nearly to the bottom. the line slip gently away from the hand which held By a little practice you will be enabled to cast your bait with precision to any particular spot you wish .THE PERCH. or sinkin ing and draAving for Perch. behind dropping the bait and among weeds. let it. and the Angler place to another. is is moving from one Dipping. also close to banks. let it a bite : when you must tackle. and sink. eddies. among roots of trees piles.

the only in difference between the two and casting the in dipping. mode when treating on Trout Fishing. the Angler had better desist from searching for Perch until the ensuing February. nay. but more . and continues till the cold weather or Winter comes on for after Notherefore a full description will be given of that of Angling. sometimes. Perch Angling commences in February. having more line out.54 water is THE ANGLER very bright j S GUIDE. even in cold Octobers. if not is too blowing a gale from South West.) and frightens them awiiy methods. bait further from you. 'old. 3 vember. best for I'erch Fishing. or j ditches. while roving. and drawing them along just below the surface of the water. float for. much like a small Shrimp : some Anglers call it the is fresh-water Shrimp the grub I have alluded to found sometimes when you are digging for worms. or Dark windy weather. with tackle fitted for Trout Fishing. —Note. than In Summer. especially in ponds and still waters . I have some- times had more sport by putting on four gentles. they will then feed all day. is . during very warm weather. to be a good bait for Perch in ponds and still waters in the heat o<f Summer and -. than my hook three or with worms. and under dr'ed halfthis cow-dung in grass fields or on commons 3 grub has no legs. of a dusky white colour. also an insect found in some running water. and I have found a grub. and also about the roots of cabbages. Perch are also sometimes angled for by roving or trolling with a live Fish or J^rog for a bait. the alarms the Fish (Perch and Trout especially. at such times.

barges. take him. and near the sides where rushes grow. floats of and near locks. for if Perch about. and timbers in navigable rivers and canals. on the gravel or sandy parts there are any of the pond. they will and if you meet with several brace them in a still hole. in and deep back water of mill-streams. Give plenty of time when you have a bite. as all well as other Fish in such places^ will feed at hours j but in other waters. and they are well on the feed. perchance. one after the other. and they are inclined to soon take the bait of . in the stili and in all bending and still parts of rivers. when Perch. during will seldom see 5 warm weather. and especially about an hour or In the middle of the it is dark in the evening. they will. as well as gentle eddies. for. unless in docks or tide rivers during the flow and ebb. Fish fly in every direction. spoiling his Now put in a baited hook for the intru- and you may. take the bait almost im- mediately it settles in the water. You need not wait long in a place . feed.THE PERCH. you may often take them all . freely in the t-wo before Ob morning. the Angler Perch move until the day begins to is decline then the quiet Fisher for Roach often dis- turbed by Perch coming into his swim to feed. with care. day. by letting one fall off your hook. in ponds about sluices and the outlets mouth of and flood-gates. and mill-pools. &c. about shipping. Perch seldom move after food. lie Perch delight to in about bridges. if not dis- turbed or alarmed. making the white sport. der. that the Fish may gorge before . and at the entrance and in wet docks. also in deep and dark holes.

of the it is.56 THE ANGLERS GUIDE. unfortunately. the line will become slack about the mouth of the Fish. and occur. when he first perceives a bite. if While you are playing a heavy Perch. and the hook comes or draws hold. when he col- fishing for Perch shall where he has reason to think meet with some heavy one. away from its Perch abound most in deep. and in such rivers they are to be found in most parts thereof 3 but in rivers. recollect brittle that part of the how tender and Perch is. fast. ing the tackle after they are fairly hooked fore. and he then. the hook tears away from such a tender or insecure hold. that the Angler. and how frequently. the hole which the when this does not hook has made soon becomes enlarged. strike.) part of the and if you do fix hook in the roof of or the side of the mouth. there- consequence. and sluggish rivers. that is it will never draw . but is if you strike while the baited hook in only in the mouth. for you more Perch are lost by the Angler strik- ing too soon. keep cool and lected when he perceives a bite. giving the Perch to two or three moments' time strikes. (and you should bear mind what a spacious likely it is mouth a large Perch has. by his plunging and struggling. dark. and how the you pull away the baited hook without touching any said mouth. gets round or among strong weeds. whose currents run strong and still search for Perch particularly in the bends and . gorge the bait before he because he has then an opportunity of fixing the hook securely in the Perch's pouch or stomach. from which place too soon. than by break.

before you attempt to land . either for the Angler's own table. —Note. would not take the trouble it. fearing he may be slightly hooked by thus act- the reader will see he not only secures a large Perch. or you have chance of securing him. gently movlittle ing or drawing your float a or to lift it it to the right or left. and so will Smelts. moving until till it seemed likely to make its escape. and you should be distressed for baits. you must p. some when this is Anglers hook the the tail Minnow through the upper part of instead of the back fin or lip . ings of a the wind. but very probably may. fearing it is moving away from them. where white Fish are always to be met with. that making a prewhen Perch are well on the feed. and let gently drop in again. it is in those bends or turn- or in still holes or places laying under proper to keep. play he is him ing. quite spent. and Perch will freely take it. done. parts thereof. —Note. and they are a Fish worth all the trouble attending the taking. or the eye of any other Fish. . by such care and skilful way of angling. but not being of much on for the feed. him. or for sent of: and also further note. when angling riv er.ve the Fish more time little to gorge.THE PERCH. especially if such places are 5/ near a scower or sharp. continually. as this way of acting frequently inclines Fish (Jacks and Perch especially) to seize the bait. though they have seen the bait stationary. out of the water a few inches occasionally. AVhen you have hooked a heavy Perch. you may bait your hook with the eye of those you have taken. fill his basket with them.

very high at the upper end of the back. and as they grow larger 3 they generally become fine eye. which weighed nine pounds. a few years since. Remarks on Perch. contrary to the nature of fresh-water Fish that devour their swim in shoals. is The it large dorsal fin erects very strong and spinous. Perch are gregarious. The back and upper stripes part of the sides of Perch are of a dark green colour. who generally retire they find the size. and a very large mouth. Perch on his guard. especially a Jack or Pike if approaches him. The Perch in shape is thick and broad. teeth in their jaws. which if when alarmed. much hog-backed the they have a small head. which a yellowish white. and of a formidable though somewhat reluctant or some parts darker in leisurely. own species will 3 sometimes attack and they are slow of growth. tail and belly fins are of a bright orange or vermillion colour. and also in their throat . in Hyde Park. waves or thick irregular is towards the belly. The back and sides of Perch are covered so thick with small scales as to form as strong a covering almost as a coat of mail 3 they spawn in March.58 THE angler's guide. 8^c. in and seldom exceed three or four pounds weight but Pennant writes^ that an extraordinary large one was taken out of the Serpentine River. . and.

in Summer. Lest some brother of the angle. nor looks aside. remain there until the people of the house retired to bed.* The Barbel is of the Carp species. till down. sit then walk to his favourite swim. A large Barbel. many will travel during the night I to arrive first at a favourite place. of a fleshy leather substance . With hurried steps The anxious Angler paces on. which are four in number. ere he arrives. would take and pipe .THE BARBEL. hole. London and stopping his supper at a village public-house near the river Lea. The Barbel. . an 1 RDr. they * The partiality for a particular swim. fre- quently.ch. or eddy in a river. Possess his favourite swim. and wait patiently the dawn of day enabled him to use his angle rod. is very great among Anglers leaving . knew an Angler who in the evening. Tench. and derives its name from the barbs or wattles at its mouth.

mixed with of a large some labour and much anxiety size. then running under banks. struggling a long time after they are hooked. little value for the table yet I am told. Barbel only breed and thrive tide-rivers. as when baked. The Barbel is prized for being a game Fish. and No. into large beds of weeds. but their flesh coarse. with a stout rod. and therefore considered but of . affording excellent sport to the Angler. or with slices of pickled pork or bacon it but the spawn of Barbel is not fit for food. winch and running j 7 or 8 hook likewise with the ledger line. cork float. especially stuffing in their belly. with split veal do the smaller ones and . weighing nineteen pounds ten ounces is j they are a very handsome Fish. that they eat very well. which is fitted in the following . a mouthed Fish. trying every possible line. gut line. In the Thames and part of the river : Lea there are many. Barbel are usually angled for on the river Thames in boats. leatherin large are gregarious. sulky. by several persons. or break your effect if which they certainly you are deficient in skill. as gene- rally acts as a strong cathartic. and what Anglers term. in fact. way to get off the will is hook. or shelves. The proper Tackle and Baits described. or your tackle in any respect faulty. very fine and large I knew of one taken at Shepperton.to THE ANGLER S GUIDE. and frequently as an emetic. : for when they are exceedingly crafty. often lying motionless at the bottom for some minutes. fried in batter. a tackle. and strong. called punts.

hook is or with greaves. which preferable to silk and hair. with such tackle. and you also frequently catch Roach and Dace whilst thus trying so angling for for Barbel. and about float. a large marsh worm. a light rod.^ — . one hanging a foot above the other (further particulars on fitting ledger. 30 yards of strong running tackle. a winch. (jl manner a : short solid rod. 9 or 10 hook. 10 and others use 2 single hooks. feel the Fish pull. is : placed a piece of perforated. without a with hook No. fig. as a Barbel.THE r. with a float. line free j till you feel a bite. or tug. the running line should be fine about twenty yards long. when treating on Eel fishing) baited Avith a well scoweredlob. 3. and not so liable to kink or tangle. because it is stronger. nearly touching the water. of is platted silk. when of the same size. much large greater sport. (See ^hold the top of your rod over the side of the boat. with a G .ARBKL. Plate of Angling Apparatus. 2. fish In the river Lea. When Barbel. 6 or 7 tied on twisted gut j : some Anglers use a double hook of the size No. killing and fine running line affords . strike hard but most good Anglers prefer using a single gut line and a No. they generally tackle 5 with much finer the rod being either of bamboo or cane. keeping the and when you . the bait then cast in and lies clear on the ground No. the tackle shops) betow which to prevent the lead slipping down fasten this ledger with a is slip loop knot to the running line. (sold at fixed a large shot. About ten inches above the flat lead. a winch. or twisted silk or India twist.

for. for any other pur- those stout hooks are kept at the principal tackle shops in London. require the and smallest hook to beguile them : besides. because he is obliged to cut out the hook after having killed a : Barbel bait baits —red worms. and that so placed as to make 5 it somewhat difficult to take quickly a large bait and as the chaps of Barbel are of such a strong leather substance. quill float and No. therefore. and greaves. the top of your rod always over the and do not the line touch the water . which the experienced Angler knows. this method should be followed in angling streams for all kinds of Fish. between the top of the rod and the be about two feet. a small wiiicli. they are generally those of a thicker substance than the usual kind. I always take the three baits with me. and. when I fish for Barbel. and prevents your hitting a very quick bite or pull in down . will hold the largest of them. in strong streams or thick 5 water. The reason in these fish- sort and small sized hooks are preferred Barbel ing is. 10 hook is used. bags. if which should longer. on the hook I . gentles. the smallest hook. and. I mean it that part of the line float. or greaves and a worm. and hangs in the water. fine gut line.62 THE ANGLER S GUIDE. Greaves are certainly . drag two or three inches on the ground float. running tackle of fine plat- ted silk line. the Barbel has but a small mouth. 9 or 10 hook : when a No. if strong. light stiff top. and are seldom used by experienced Anglers pose than Barbel fishing . The keep let must always touch. alternately putting worms or gentles. that in fine weather and bright water they are finest tackle very shy in biting. the most killing bait but.

In Flanders. together. whole bend of the hook. day Autumn. which the Angler manages while Barbel will not take standing on the shore. they sometimes want much in Never omit trying a worm evening in the : a wet or dark muggy all they will frequently take red also in the Spring. The Barbel bites very sharp. (the Lea) with the ledger line.. and is till When the water coloured or thick. as in the Thames. in. How to act when you see a bite. worms June. before you attempt to turn or then endeavour to keep your fish away from the shelves . then draw the first down. the other. put two red worms on it the liook in the following manner : enter the point of your hook in the first worm. then enter the other near the and carry the point downwards . greaves or gentles. you perceive and permit it : raise the top of your rod a him to run some considerable check him . I believe one way answers as well as Barbel may also be taken in the tumbling bays. thinking the of the worm to the point of worm appears more tempting by being so placed. and have hooked a Barbel. but will bite freely at a piece of half-boiled potatoe. distance. near the head. and cast tail Some Anglers bring the the hook. under the bank. and pulls the float down very suddenly. and draw tail. as 63 enticing. instead of fishing from a punt. and at the tail of mills in this river. therefore you must strike immediately little. and from heavy beds of weeds take .THE BARREL. up the shank to cover the .

and will feed very freely is after rain. if a very heavy and you are fishing with a gut : line and float. the chance of success increases with the coming night. that out their biting. which will sometimes occupy near half an hour. chopped into pieces. while fishing is them. The best ground-bait made with ed greaves. (you can hardly give them too soak- much. and killing a when angling with such fine game Fish for Barbel. as directed in page 26. and is small hook small . and clay mixed together.) and continue for to do so frequently. when strong fleshy lips. though your hook fairly fixed in his for. and where. for when they are swimming or . Fish. before you attempt to land him. with- Barbel are frequently caught foul. A large quantity of worms.64 THE angler's guide. They will even bite all night. bran. mixed with clay and bran. This makes Barbel fishing so plea- sant to a good Angler. hooked by some part of the body instead of the mouth. but best in the morning and evening indeed. Before you begin to angle throw in plenty of ground-bait. under the point of his rod. is. : all the day. are likewise a ground-bait. especially if good and very enticing thrown in the night before. when the water thickened a little. but be not afraid. it will never draw. till The Barbel feed from March November. tackle as above described. and play him till he has quite strength. the current into deep and still him from as water as soon lost his possible. The seasons to fish for Barbel.

Colour. cunning pig yes. thick. May. fresh-water Shrimp or Periwinkle. up the gravel or sand with feeding on small worms. and under banks. is and full . ten. the ])ackisofan olive-brownish colour. strikes. A fresh Water-snail. and four fleshy wattels about the mouth . supposing iish. sharp pointed. ground-bait. or especially twelve inches apart. like pigs little . or tail. and near large beds of weeds. which they can prois trude or contract at pleasure 3 the body long. when the water is and during the night.. They delight in to lie in deeps. for Barbel. a pale red colour. and the lips consist of a fleshy substance. their body. Sfc. which bite } moves the it like a the Angler. the scales all over the body are placed in the is mcst exact order. and under light waving weeds on the sharps. G 2 . and the Water. Barbel have an oblong head. the tails of mills. the belly white silvery . about eight. often strike against the lower part of the float Angler's line or hook. is a good bait. thick. at the warm weather . when ledger fishing. &c. which they find there. when taken out of the shell. the mouth under-hung. routing their noses. the fins. Remarks on the Nature.snail. and also !?: end of scow ers in mill-pools. and generally hooks the The chance of this way of taking Barbel is increased by putting two hooks on the line.THE BARBEL. or mill- reams. floating about the 65 fins. the upper point being curiously curved. sharp. the tail forked. in April or The Barbel spawn in eddies. to be so. of Barbel. and are in sea- son about a month after.

as far as the City of Lon- don claims the right of Fishery. . formerly ' called Cook's ferry. all the Very large Barbel are taken way from Hackney Marshes Waltham-abbey. bold and piratical practices. at Hampton. handsome. I knew of one. and Portugal. they named him Seward- Paul Jones. a very or dorsal fin has also a sharp its strong ray. on the Lea. called Flander's Weir. Barbel grow to very large size in the river Thames. noble looking Fish. The boatmen. in Hampton-deeps. Spain. Shepperton. doubtless. but ways broke from '^ their tackle. in the river Lea. The largest in the river Lea. and thought this must weigh near its thirty pounds. Barbel are very rarely taken as high up as Broxbourn and Hoddesdon. was taken Mr. which." of. Chertsey-bridge. pro- The is when well grown and in sea- son. and so on to Waltham-abbey. Barbel. &c. the heaviest are taken at Staines. the Fish uses for tection. weighing eighteen pounds. Ditton. and Richnumerous in mond 3 but seldom so large as at the first-mentioned Barbel are also places. Kingston. in the year 1816. The back. France. and Hampton-deeps. Thames They are also taken at Twickenham. Germany. that I at know stone. Edmonton. In the river Thames. and at Shury's water. particularly at as far up this river as in the subscription water Bleak-hall. al- which had been hooked by several Anglers. enabled to defend break the Angler" s tackle.66 THK ANGLERS GUIDE. and very strong bel is with this sharp -pointed ray the Baritself. I think. Basset's Mills. Walton. .

&c. and Winter months. flies. yet they they see you. either at the top of the water or at the therefore. they generally 3 leave the hole or place while you remain therefore. The fearful Clievin loves the shaded stream. bottom . being firmer and better tasted during the Spring. of the Carp species. the But the Chub as it Angler all much amusement. 67 The Chub. large cockchafers. and not very choice food. The Chub mer is a river Fish. and a bold-biting Fish. Chub At the fishing is much followed by many Anglers. particularly in Sinn. though the arc a shy Fish.THE CHUB. is will take a bait the year round. he greedily takes moths. top. keep as far off as you can the whole time you are . bees. affords Autumn. and Chub if will bite boldly. (of which I shall fully speak when treating on Fly-fishing 3) but you must observe. rather bony.

without stopping there- fore it is necessary to give plenty of line. or oppo. and hook. and to a third then returning to the first. at all hazards. and. or the winch locked. and a few plunges. especially in places where Chub love to lay. cold weather. which frequently or hang over and touch. may venture to look at him.. I angling for or killing one generally make it a practice. winch. When angling for Chub. to move to another place. and running in recommended Strike the for Barbel fishing quill float. you after. without a winch. 8 or 9. &c. generally runs some heavy weed. &c. immediately ously to site side it hooked. who follow such a plan. roots. or close to the branches of willows.. Chub are not so game a fish as the Barbel. as river Lea. will be re- warded for the extra trouble they may have is taken. and so on : those. and are without a winch. otherwise your Fish will break away they generally do in the first instance.68 THE ANGLER . for the furi- and give plenty of line to him run Chub. in running. of the river or pool. freely. where you have reason to clear of trees. for. swim. and the water heavy weeds. moment you let is perceive a bite. of a manageable length. use such a tackle. S GUIDE. grow under the water. and the moment you strike a fish. expect heavy Fish. hold . the and single gut-line. or to the middle. No. soon the shore or landing netj but if bring him to for Chub you are fishing between the stumps. which when you hook a heavy one. the haunt j of Chub. after having killed a brace or in a hole or two of Chub. rod. you should use a stronger line. after his first or second effort.

or with a Eeh. if with a rod and in the' following without a . worm." this way The baits for Chub are greaves. by which (Troll method many large Chub Trout. bullock's brains and pith bait with bullock's brains a killing bait. observe the . 3 and get your Fish ashore quick as you can of angling is called " sink and draw. so feel a bite. branches. and pith from the back bone. ledger in the day — see night lines and ledger lines for —Chub are also sometimes taken with a Roach or Trolling or angling is Gudgeon. which will be enough sink the bait 3 drop in the baited hook roots. particularly in the latter end of Spring. You may. Minnow or a small frog also often suc- cessfully practised. the same as for see. against its 69 getting among off. paste. when with a live trolling for Jack. you then strike smart. &c. red worms good bait two should 3 be put on the hook. 3 In the gentles and greaves during 3 Summer months. he think proper. bullock's brains. those roots.) 3 During for the April and May. gentles. To fol- and pith. fish in such places as the above float. during Winter and in is greaves only are the best bait March. take heavy Chub with a lob- either laid as a peg-line. way put a few shot on the about to ten inches above the hook. occasionally. suffer it among or be- tween the branches or bottom. or he will surely get line. red worms. at night time. which are a are taken. then draw continue to act till it to sink to the gently up near the surface. line. the same as for Barbel Chub loves a large bait. and generally break your The Angler may line.THE CHUB. Summer and Autumn.

worked . afterwards. and spit out of your mouth into the water. throw in plenty of ground-bait. nearly the size of a cherry. honey. as ground-bait to entice the Chub. chewing and spitting out the is brains into the water for ground-bait. cow's. the next in value Before you begin to angle for Chub. calf's. i an oxj and cut into small pieces. and. at this season. &c. and it in the water. the case. and fish close to the bottom 3 Plumb more the kill I you may some at . mid-water or a this little lower. to The bullock's brains are t be chewed. and fear not taking very heavy Fish. — Chub are immoderately fond of the ^Note. —take it some pith of the back-bone of . for. or sheep's brains as fill will nearly a quart pan. where you must angle for them. (see page 16) which for killing. or paste made is of bread. it will you then pound them 3 be better) now mix the brains carefully with bran and cast it some house sand. pollard. If this bait is not to be procured. cheese. cut if into small pieces with a pair of scissars (and in a mortar. still when Chub retire to deep holes. depth. bottom method is practised during the Winter. but as many Anglers feel great objection or antipathy to the chewing of raw brains. frequently. in small quantities. while you are fishing.70 lowing rules : THE angler's guide. and repeat occasionally while you are angling. above bait. use the whitest greaves you can get. but at . to bait the hook. and bran. or made with soaked bread. of the same sort as used for Barbel. they should prepare as when that : is them them as follows take many bullock's. called blowing of brains .

The Chub will feed . together. fix it on a No. which as to is white inside. &c. but in- Chub never crease and delight much in deep holes. in that part of the work termed Fly Fishing. The river Lea is famous for all Chub. in rivers. scowers. but the bait drag in the Winter.. and so part. and all Fish as near the middle of the stream as you can in the Spring months. bees.. in deep holes : let two or three inches on the ground. July. &c. and bushes whose branches hang in the water. pioths. &c. In Flanders. to the way Hoddesdon and Ware. Summer until quite dark. the inside of a red cherry is found the most killing bait for Chub. or in the shelves under banks. when it is used as follows take a black snail and cut through the skin at the belly. 5 hook shew the white and dap therewith same as directed with bees. but keep as 71 : much out of sight as you can they bite during the whole day. in night. and in holes that are shaded and secured by the roots of large wil- low and alder dose to or large trees. and will grow the to the weight of nine pounds and upwards • in Autumn and cold weather. tum- bling-bays. Chub will also take a black snail in some waters early in the morning and late at evening. and also on the shallows and scowers. and August : are the best months for angling with flies. they keep close in deep dark holes. at the tail of mills. From Michaelmas till May is the season for catching Chub by bottom fishing May. at the top of the water. from Temple-mills and Lea-bridge.THE CHUB. but best in the morning and evening. thrive well in ponds or canals. June.

for large large Dace but the greatest difference between Dace and small Chub is. and from two to four pounds When quite in season. their scales are so white that they are often mistaken. the year. and. " Once a Chub- always a Chub-hole. when small. weight of three or in size. they will continue to harbour in the same hole true hole. and the enormous widthof the mouth.72 all THE ANGLER S GUIDE. and occasionally take your live or dead bait when you is are trolling for Jack . which points out to the observing Angler where to in the Spring. but they are rather longer in the body.) except the back fin. . par- by the enlargement of the head. and per- . (for which they are often taken.'' not Although the Chub and colour. so the old saying among is Anglers. that the upper part of . they greatly resemble the Carp. and their scales are also larger and of a lighter colour 3 indeed. while alive. and the mouth and head larger. by the superficial Angler. the dorsal fin and the end of the engraving tail . in weight. and deposit in the sand or gravel on the sharps and scowers. (see the the tail is also less forked than the Dace. They generally spawn it beginning of May. as they increase they diminish in ticularly the symmetry of their shape. afterwards. and of a in the bluff or round shape. fish for them Chub eat better while full than after they have spawned: at this season will the spawn fried with the Fish be found very palatable.) of Chub are of a dark purple. four pounds much prized for the table* they are a very bold handsome-looking Fish in form until they attain the .

silly Fish. I will admit that in ponds.Tllb: ROACH. and a steady character hand. when stewed same manner as Carp. they are far from indifferent food. easily taken. The Roach. in the fectly harmless . 5 but it requires much skill and with a quick eye. Roach are very numerous in most rivers in England. where they are half-starved. fine tackle. CHAP. especially during Winter and Spring. Unwary Roach the sandy bottom choose. and by some Avriters they are considered a and easily to be taken practice. Roach are . X. before any one can pretend to the of a good Roach Angler.

taken with almost any kind of tackle or baits little but pond Roach-fishing affords sport to the true and general-informed Angler. and No. choose them very short in the : shank. I am acquainted with many Anglers who it seldom wet a line but for Roach. a single hair-line. in a day's angling. when and is so fishing. and little more does taking those small ones on the : shallows in rivers but the taking thirty pounds weight or more of Roach. that the line which is above the fastened to the top of the rod. is and No. as Roach's mouths are very small observe. must not be more than twelve or eighteen inches. that. without attending to the above . you must use a light cane rod. and hanging slack on the water j the line should be so shotted with very small shot. fine from eighteen to near twenty feet long. 10 or 11 hook. single hair line. from 6 or 8 ounces to a pound or upwards each Fish. float. some any other mode of indeed. (which frequently done by the to London as Anglers.) affords as fish- much amusement ing . with a very light rod. from the line being too long. preferring to every other kind of fishing. 10 or 1 1 hook -. that not much more than an . a tip-capped float. To take heavy Roach (and those only are worth taking) like an artist. or you will not hit a fine bite.74 THE ANGLER S GUIDE. with a light stiff top. : 1 such times and and also small ones seasons in rivers at they may be . out of a stream from 6 to 10 feet deep. eighth of for an inch of the float appears above the water Roach frequently (and very often the heaviest of them) bite so fine or gently.

. &c. as. always keep the top and so high that none -. must use the finest single gut they can procure. as the least jerk hooks those tender-mouthed Fish. keeping as him much under the top you can. certainly. par- ticularly if you fish off a high bank or wharfing.THE ROACH. sitting posture is In angling for Roach. and the butt downwards. less liable float and fit them with hook. a to be preferred. quick but lightly. described j but they who fish finest will succeed best. and by thus playing him under the point In this fine of your rod. you are more out of their sight of your rod up over the float. it is best to take with you a landing net. because they will occasionally break. or you will hazard breaking the line or hook in weigh- Roach may be taken with larger hooks and stronger tackle than that which I have ing the Fish out. your wrist. which need not be haraise the zarded. t «> you will lose the chance of two bites out of three. and cause trouble and delay while at their sport. not from the arm) violent. niceties in adjusting your line. and light pliant Those who object to single hair lines. : by that means. as top of your rod. which to break. he will soon be your own. If you have hit or hooked a Fish. for if the jerk is too you will break the line. line. fishing. nearly touching the ground. of the line above the float lies on or touches the water and when you see the least movement of the either strike float. as de- . by its being pulled down or thrown a little up. besides the pleasure the Angler feels while killing a Fish with the elasticity of a hair rod. are. (the motion coming from .

. Roach will take this paste the whole year round or red ochre. along the it bottom of the —Note. also but paste is the most killing bait for large size of a Roach. will and in the Spring. because. by adding a little will be of a pale pink or salmon colour. and knead with the thumb and finger of your right. Barbel. and before you begin to angle. in that case. cads in Winter and Autumn. or as much single hair from the hook as will nearand. . their scribed with single hair some Anglers make Roach lines half single hair.76 THE ANGLER : S GUIDE. which must be immediately squeezed out again it . The best bait for Roach. in is still waters and gentle streams. in the way directed in page 17. it . drift and let your bait gently touch or river. and other re- Fish that require ground-baiting. paste made of second-day's baked white bread (the crumb) slightly dipped in water. Chub. to your line . which they sometimes prefer also take gentles -. then place it in the palm of your left hand. or until of a proper consistence or the crumb of new vermillion bread without wetting. and greaves -. they . you save fitting this way in of up hair lines is superior to any other^ my opinion. blood and red worms. having it : ly reach to the float. and half two hairs twist- ed. plumb the depth accurately. in Summer. Put a piece on the hook about the marrow-fat pea. when angling for Roach. baked and parboiled wheat. for ten minutes. and. the single hair will go first 5 the float on the twisted. always make let a rule. in case the line breaks. and small marsh brandlings.

by which means the and. as the ground-bait separates. in the water. during the tide making. better than at bottom . and hair frequently do. especially for Roach. drifts down the stream. hot dry weather. as Roach. you should occasionally take II 2 . less likely to break. it. and will lodge there. your baited will not then is be at a proper depth as it proceeds. Roach occasionally swim near the surface of the water. success. and Dace geneif rally bite at the is end of the swim.THE ROACH. After trying this at way without water . main with the plummet attached to it. when and streams. especially the water shallow or bright. or a house-fly. dip the line above the especially in the water for the same reason. which material. when dry and occasionally. but this does not often occur. and will then sometimes take the bait at mid-water. stiff which gut . make choice of a swim is shoal at the end of it because. line gets stretched and softened. and until high-water. consequently. and the baited hook will also the all way : but if the end of a swim hook is deeper than the top or beginning. float in and also. therefore always begin to fish with the bait slightly dragging or touching the bottom. When Roach-fishing. and keep the Fish from going further touch the bottom . you then may angle fish at various mid- and you may also depths is when an- angling in a tide-river. while fishing. Chub. gling in rivers And that further note. During very warm weather. while you are preparing and casting in ground-bait.

When fishing this way. and single hair-line to a fine rod : put one small shot on about four inches above the hook. half- when treating on cads. particularly feeding. Ground-bait plentifully before you begin it is the place be baited over night better. moves in. For further account of Wasp gentles. to sink the bait. then draw the baited hook gently or slowly up to the surface of the water. thrown or bread and bran made into small pellets. and deep still holes. close to the for float. nothing so good for ground-bait as chewed bread. and sometimes from the of the or if line drawing through the caps 5 float. &c. In Flanders. and gently in by 6 or 8 pieces together. but not so in all this bait is also difficult to procure. flood-gates. try round piles. and so continue .78 THE ANGLER S GUIDE. When Roach is in a still hole. mills. worms. where bushes and found a trees grow over the water. I have Wasp gentle a killing bait in : some waters. with small balls of the ground-bait. see the Appendix. if the depth again. and also a cad. and sometimes with a gentle put on a No. cast in that or chewed angling bread frequently. opening locks. as described in page 25 : and also while angling. till you it feel a bite the Roach generally take the bait as approaches the top. close about the place your float and baited hook July and August. or falling from tides. 1 hook. During Roach may be taken in the follow- ing manner with an ant-fly or a house-fly. or gentle stream or eddy. . &c. the Fish leave off which they this will do if you have lost the proper depth : happens in rivers. from the water rising . bridges.

but in forward Summers. at which times their scales are large and lie very smooth. sluices. and in among weeds in Summer : 3 in eddies and in deep holes. in rivers. hue on the back lour . that run in and out of a pond. or say from April to October. caught 3 but at this time Roach are not much disposed to take a bait. and lakes. still weather . and also about those parts where the bottom in hot is clean. nearer the belly a bright silver cofine eye. when in season. in ponds. they have a the tail is and the fins are a bright red . and locks. of a dusky red. and. piles. they will cast their spawn in the latter end of April. For some weeks are after. for they . their scales nearly as rough as oyster-shells. in rivers. is a very handsome Fish until : they are in season from September March. and are of a dark green or bluish . during Win- ter also about bridges. ponds j search for them near flood-gates. they are found on the shallows and scowers during Spring. They bite. will not touch a gentle or greaves in Roach breed and but best in rivers : thrive in canals. and at the mouth of streams gravelly. and they are if altogether unfit for food. and waters during Summer only.THE ROACH. or after mild Winters. The Roach is a species of Carp. docks. . all the year. as they that country. or sandy. with teeth at the entrance of the throat. they are very sickly. but best late in the evening. ponds. 79 boiled potatoes or paste are the only baits used for Roach. somewhat mixed with a light purple hue they spawn about the middle of May .

especially . at Blackwall. among and more feed on weeds. and are of a superior I size.so then keep latter THE angler's guide. when large Roach are scored across the and broiled with the scales on. —Note. and fatness. after leaving the weeds on which they have fed (which begin to turn sour in September). Shrimps for with which I bait. Fish. but such heavy Roach not often met with. have taken many heavy Roach and Dace. In the East and West-India Docks.sides. and so will but they will do much better some weeks later in the season. though I have known some taken weighing are more than three pounds. Roach seldom exceed two pounds weight. they are con- sidered in the by many as a well-flavoured Autumn and Winter seasons. flavour. end of July they begin to improve freely take a bait . when I have been fishing Perch. and getting into in deep water. 1 Towards the in health. Roach and Dace thrive well. which consider principally to arise from their feeding on .

much sport. and also the largest. used Roach. XI. j the scales sil- and fins are small very colour food. The Dace is a very handsome-shaped Fish . They is are angled for with in the same sort of tackle as indeed. Roach in rivers. when you are angling for Barbel or Chub. and baiting with greaves or a . as they generally bite very freely and those of half a pound lustily before weight will struggle long and safely bring you can them to hand.THE DACE. The silvery Dace in sharpest streams delight. 3 the body long and of a bright they are also considered a light nutritious afford the Dace Angler . or Dare. The Dace. 81 CHAP. quently tak^ Dace but they are more likely to be met with.fishing you will fre- where you find .

fSee directions on groundfloat In fishing for Dace without a on your line. which scowers. especially near mill-tails. bran. when for Dace bait. especially in a wet. worm : strike smartly the moment you for Dace. and also in strong currents. particularly in the evening. The best places for this mode of angling are the sharps and rippling shallows at mill-tails and streams. and also with gentles. ground-bait with greaves. and in rapid currents. strong streams and eddies. Much amusewith two or ment may be had by whipping three artificial flies on a line. perceive a bite. sharps. See. you may then use a hook.82 red THE angler's guide.J with greaves. on whipping for Dace in Fly-Fishing. When you angle in a place is more likely for Dace than Roach. and clay. you intend fishing plentifully Let your bait drag on the bottom. and let your baited hook run stand up it. particularly if you bait with a red worm. and act as directed in killing Roach. In Summer. —Note. and eddies at the meeting of two stream. or a small piece of greaves and a gentle on the point of your hook : greaves make the best bait for large Dace. to keep the bait on the ground the stream. and strike the moment you see a bite. angle with two gentles on your hook. and a fine gut line. down (say . gloomy day towards the end of the Summer and Autumn. this Dace may also be taken way by moon-light. put a few small shot about nine inches above . one or two sizes larger than for Roach.furtlier. which Dace are very fond of during Spring and Autumn. the hook.

begin to fish for them in March. feeding on small worms. is generally somewhat from recent floods and rains. they do among the loose light gravel. Dace will then take paste as free as the such case.) and when you strike sliarp 5 83 feel a bite. you will kill more fish by angling (say in three or more hours different at swims or holes. If the swim you Roach in 5 are fishing in contain Roach as well as Dace. They are of the Carp species. where they remain. Dace this season take a red worm freely it . in April 5 and generally cast their spawn early vious to which time. until they have deposited their spawn. for they then retire. which will at &c. thick. two or three : each place. and as the water. and clay. size. I believe. early in Spring. ground-bait same as when Roach fishing but when you intend devoting a whole day to Dace fishing. greaves. never attain to great seldom. this mode of angling is called tripping. twenty yards or more. like 5 Barbel. and rub themselves on the gravel. Remarks on Dace. The Dace ponds or in the 1 is a river Fish.) than continuing at one spot at such times. or tripping a bait. they pre- come on the gravelly shal- lows in great numbers. They do not much later season than October. The Dare but or Dace are gregarious and lively Fish. and will not thrive bite in still waters. to deep waters until Spring but you may the . ground-bait with bran. weighing a pound. will allow the Angler to .THE DACE.

in derision. Some Anglers then put float. about ten inches apart. use tolerably strong tackle. but : not so much esteemed on it the con- the Germans.84 THE ANGLER S GUIDE. and with fish in strong eddies. XII. at mill-tails. cook large Dace same way as direct- ed for Roach. call the Shoe- maker . CHAP. on two No. &c. The Tench tinent is generally prized as a fine rich Fish in it is England. much sometimes taking Trout while so fishing. and meet sport. with a tolerably heavy and let the bottom hook drag two or three inches on the ground. 9 hooks. in page 80. —Note. The Tench.. one above the other. but they are very scarce streams about London 5 in most rivers and some few are taken in the .

or sweet paste in the hot months. very dull. or early in the ing. They take red too worms best in the Spring. particularly in the : called Red-bridge. and close. they take or suck float straight in slowly. Use a fine gut-line. and ground-bait with small pellets of bread. I have caught very fine Tench in the river Roding. but must drag a unless it is on the bottom it in rivers. Just after a will take warm rain has fallen. I which then found in . in foul and all weedy waters day in they will sometimes bite very free Summer. Wanstead. dark weather. sultry weather. only late in the evening. clay. and generally draw the it down strike immediately disappears. not much scoured. quill-float. mornin Your bait should nearly touch the little ground ponds. and also in the Camberwell and Croydon canal. or chewed bread.THE TENCH 85 Spring and Summer. out of the rivers Thames and Lea. or bread and bran mixed or throw . and gentles. of worms. fish close to the bottom. . frequently. bait. but they thrive best in those ponds where the bottom composed of loomy . particularly while small misty rain descends at other times. during warm. or pieces float. in about half a dozen gentles. at holes to the north of the bridge in the meadows the ponds in Wanstead-park abound with Tench. and near the bridge. especially in waters. or mud. lakes. close to your large When still the Tench take a it . The Tench is will breed in rivers. at Abridge. and No. or in rains very few Tench are ever caught good deal of the day. Woodford-b ridge. . and ponds. 9 or 10 hook . Tench is the small white snail or slug.

and keep near the surface of the water. to thin a If you wish of bul- pond of Tench. well mixed together. j use the same baits as when but weU scoured red worms generally succeed best» Baits for Tench. prefer baiting with gentles. among the when you may take them with rod. In such places you connot play a heavy Fish. and sweet paste.86 THE angler's guide. : blood worms and red ad- worms are the best baits as the season further vances. early in May. and until Miwill get Summer. and the Seasons to use them. and a No. and bring the Fish ashore. . line. The line should put a few shot on the line just to sink the in the water. in In rivers. rather green. few inches and when you see or a bite. night. are and continue September. 7 or 8 hook float-fishing. and : angle also the following days this method and mixture answers for Carp fishing. Tench weeds. During April and May. and so continue to the end. for se- and veral ground-bait over succeeding nights. In March or April. get a bucket therewith full lock's blood and fresh grains. therefore use a short stout line. a bed of weeds. in numbers on grass-plots for gardens : begin to angle Tench in ponds. little and baited hook. they sometimes caught chaelmas. until or still waters. strike smart. by dropping the bait in any opening you observe be without among a float bait a feel .

but I believe the Tench is per'. fectly free from the persecution of Jack and Pike at all for I have never taken one that has been its fins. the Tench of the Physician. and.THE TENCH. Remarks on Tench. : and receive a cure opinion. 87 The Tench has a few teeth iii his jaws. or with any of those wounds or scars on the body. tail. The Eel also forgoes his voracity. . Dace. and size nearly as tail when . Roach. baited with live Fish. healing the wounded and sick of the finny race sick and . or attributed to a dislike of the slimy matter on I body. each about six or seven inches long 5 and when those . the wounded rub themselves against the Tench. of a large broad as they are long their fins . both by night and day. writers say. honoured it with the name and is said they are respected even by the all-devouring Pike. and Tench. and of a greenish is gold colour. for which purpose. in regard to the Tench. frequently which are so the small met with by the x4ngler. Bleak. in this is the general and received is consequence. being short and thick. know not. and is of the Carp species. Whether the forbearance to be its of the Pike arises from is respect to the healing qualities of the Tench. but not a very handsome Fish in shape. I have known several trimmers to be laid at night. among Fish he takes. muti- lated in or any other part. and the whole body covered with a all balsamic quality. and their are large and of a purple violet colour scales are very small and close.

and much prized by many for the richness of its juices and blood. my acquaintance. who had numerous opportunities of noticing the singular circumstances of the perfect freedom the of death or wounds. inhabitant of the conflicts in liquid element. They . without this has invariably 5 ever having been disturbed the case during been my experience neither have I met with even one solitary instance to the contrary ed by any of relat-. which as I fomid as lively when put in the river the : preceding night. The Carp is a beautiful Fish. which Tench enjoys over every other other. arising from the continual among each June : Tench generally spawn they are seldom caught so large as to weigh five pounds. The yellow Carp.88 THE ANGLER S GUIDE. The Carp. with scales bedropp'd with gold. trimmers were examined in the morning. both Eels and Jack have been taken by the hooks baited with any other Fish but the Tench.

unless the weather will very mild. either in the river 89 Thames fine or Lea. Carp seldom feed in ponds. and a winch with running tackle on. bait frequently : my hook with worm on a red worm and a gentle together put the first. 9 hook fish deed you must as fine as the little nature of the stream will allow. use a long fine light rod. till Michaelmas you must not expect much sport the day time. who seem their to increase : cunning and craft with weight and age in angling for them. June. the weather seasonably mild. and during those months they will take a bait at any time of the day : after this time. and a No. from which time till June. but try for in Carp-fishing in them until early and late after is November. they generally bite freely than at any other part of the season. say to ten fat pounds weight. particularly the large ones. and thhik it sometimes increases I 2 . Carp seldom take a bait the following Fe- bruary. in is They of will begin if to feed the month more February.THE CARP. fine gut in- with small shot. or you have Carp. well-scowered red I and parboiled marrowfat peas and paste. are not very numerous. but what are caught are remarkably and large. until the begin- ning of the month of May. then the gentle to cover the point and barb of the hook. chance of taking in rivers. half.scowered gentles. The Carp in is very shy in biting at a baited hook. single 5 a small fine tip-capped quill line shotted float. and they are also very and rich in flavour. ly early in the season) is The best bait (particular- blood worms : in the worms and Summer.

gentles. unless is soft light rain the best time ter. will even feed When angling in a stream. and also then plumb the depth. that you may not have occasion to disturb the water. You may use a piece of it nearly as large as a small marble. is a killing bait for or still waters. towards the Autumn. if convenient. found on bushes. I have had sport by baiting with a small green . the night before. in to xingle very early in the morning. your bait will be gone without your your hook greaves. with which cover the shank as well as other parts of your hook. will find they have not lost their Carp will seldom bite in the middle of the descends : Summer.90 THE ANGLEK success during the first S GUlDE. discoveijing a bite j : Carp are also on very fond of a wasp gentle : put two or three also they are fond of small pieces of white In fishing for Carp. When fishing with it this paste. in still water. for a bait. keep as far from . when you -. caterpillar. inclined. same with in honey. and the but when blood worms. and very late in the evening all night. in as soon as you can see your float in the 3 wathey the morning. &c. that. put only one on your hook three or four. you should place you intend angling in. The crumb in of a new bread dipped stiff and well worked into Carp rivers. paste. when you begin Those who are labour. or have an opportunity of pursuing this plan. day. the Carp will suck off the hook so slyly. my part of the On a wet warm evening. without you keep a watchful eye. cabbage leaves. bait with red worms. the water as you can ground-bait the and. I Summer. .

patience. for Carp are soon paste. because Carp do not gorge so quickly in dead water as current. New-made grains. when keep as much stooping water . and letting out again. wait a moment two before you in strike. have a wonderful knack of when they get among heavy weeds. but throw it gently. use him gently and with till him in. and bruised green peas. strike immediately 91 . especially in rivers. hooked a Carp. he is for they are a very strong and exceeding artful Fish in the water. you see a bite but or if in a pond or very still water. so as to endanger breaking the hook's drawing. around line. frequently . in still when angling bottom. but it should touch the fishing in a river or stream. Always as possible out of the sight of Carp.THE CARP. When and the place not having then 25. and will try every a possible pile way to get among heavy weeds. . by sitting down or behind weeds. or under the shelving banks. been previously ground-baited. alarmed when angling with sweet a few small pieces of it throw let in close to your float your bait swim about half an inch from the bottom. winding quite exhausted . is for a stream where food passes on with the to catch. &c. which or get away by the Carp and Chub particularly effecting. or post. : in small pieces. of trees ter. see page use such as when in Roach and fishing. or between branches and roots which are under the surface of the waCarp fishing. either while angling for them. give line. or it which only allows time enough ^VTien you have ever gone. worms cut into small pieces.

and laying its down clear of I every thing that might impede retire as far course. to keep thein about the spot you are angling is the casting in more apt to alarm so shy a Fish as Carp are. generally use two rods and lines. that the line can run free first drawing from the winch it a yard or more of line. placing . he must not think strange. in the The Angler must morning. mixed with treacle or blood. ing for Carp and if without success for it when fishmany hours. them so within a few yards of each other fully then lay my rods careiron. but towards as its decline. and 5 exert himself very early late in the evening. Hope and Patience support the Fisherman. When I I fish for Carp in ponds or any still waters. in for several hours. in in mixed with bran and greaves. they will take a bait freely in j and you have already thrown enough in. (for this often occurs that " If when angling for Carp. and drive them away.92 THE angler's guide. still is the night good ground-bait. then from the water as the seeing my float will two in a allow J as by so keeping out of the sight of such shy Fish is the only chance of killing a brace or ." you have been trying no more for Carp without success. thrown before.) always bearing in mind.) down. where will not drift away and also parboiled barley or malt. cast and have thrown in it much ground- during the last two hours you frequently happens in Carp fish- angle for them. as ing that they will not feed during the day time. (or resting on a forked stick or . especially it ponds or 3 holes in rivers. bait.

is soon known to the . the is any thing prevents the line running rod and all is drawn whole line into the is 5 and if it a large If piece. if pond or water water . in very hot weather. and inch in the water . and part of their bodies are it. an instant the rod and the and if you are fortunate enough to regain is your tackle. it is you use a without running tackle. they generally rush with extraordinary velocity to the middle of the is.THE CARP. and feel the hook. and gorge it. Carp will often it in. and a heavy Carp all is in hooks himself. of broad-leaved weeds in ponds and moats with a red they are then to be taken by a dipping bait or paste : worm use a line without a float j put one or two shot a few inches above your baited hook 5 then. but covered by those broad leaves and weeds not see you. the consequence free. with extreme gentleness. but when they have so done. you will hear Carp sucking among beds . when suck so placing your baited hook. the soon out of the Angler's reach. about an for when you hear Carp sometimes above 5 sucking. drop your bait let it betw een those weeds. they then are close to the surface of the water. (lay : 93 the Angler should bear in mind. for if in you lay it down. the Carp are so disturbed. hang quietly. that Carp very cautiously and slowly suck in the baited hook in still waters . Sometimes. quite ne- cessary for you to fasten the rod to something by a slip knot . that there no chance of getting another bite in that place for twelve hours to come. water . and you if they do manage your which tackle adroitly.

I doubt not the fact. was one House. for Carp. come near the sides of the bank to take to pieces of bread. fish slices of bread. . Remarks on Carp. and held them just below the surface of the water . and especially where you it j stream or ditch runs into till those parts the Carp resort to . prefer the shal- low parts. he have hooked a heavy Fish. but it then weighed eighteen pounds.94 THE angler's guide. Writers on Natural History say. line. and will continue to cast their for spawn to tlie more than that in thirty years. was taken out of the basin facing Tilney 3 Wanstead Park the Carp had much wasted. to apparently me from age. The largest that I ever saw. about flood-gates and piles. in When you find that a with a floated a pond. In respect to the taming and feed- ing of Carp from the hand. for years.. a it will keep the Carp to the place. or halfboiled potatoes. which the writers on Natural History give many singular accounts of. because I know gentleman tains at Maidstone who has a pond which con. If you cast among those weeds a few few hours before you begin to angle. the usual baits for Carp are the inside of cherries. if Angler by their violent struggling. In Flanders. to many Carp those Carp have been in the habit. &c. &c. as Carp coming to the call or whistle of persons giving them a food. which are narrow pieces of crumb. after they spawn then you may fish in deep water. that Carp are a long-lived Fish. and that they grow length of a yard.

a whitish colour 3 the lower the tail. has also several a pond. They no are sometimes drawn out of shallow even weedy ponds. which time depositing side. a sort of yellow violet 3 the it 3 mouth is small. are thick. and not know- ing him. who Carp in Hackney.. weeds. with hay at other times. though. and very leisurely swam away. their have never known such a case they are so intent in to occur. Carp spa^vn early in June. Another lives in Mr. and will take food from the hand of those persons they are in the habit of seeing daily. sometimes caught with the hand. while spawning. it. Knight.THE CARP. (but. &c. which are very tame. 95 and swim away. but are shy of strangers. and 3 offered a piece of bread just under the water and a Carp rose. ova. and ponds. Some time after. took it. but a fleshy palate. they dived away. of the sides are a greenish golden yellow part. . Carp. near the shore that they in among may be pits. again in August. some I say. in form. for they will escape the drag-net by leap- . fish are more difficult to catch. the said gentleman laid himself at length on his stomach. and.entleman. very regularly covering the whole 3 body. small rivers. rakes. the Carp then hastily take i:. but on their nearer approach. during my observations. with fin two wattles hanging from the dorsal 3 reaches nearly the whole length of the back they have neither teeth nor tongue. like trellis-work or fine netting the upper part -. I saw a visitor to this gentleman offer bread to some Carp which were swimming near the sides . with nets. with a short neck they have large scales.) at .

than any other Fish. well in some rivers. Carp are very tenacious of live longer in life. &c. Eels excepted. only breed in still many believe. and tnarl pits. in doing which. on deep holes by or near flood-gates. I have caught hundreds less than four ounces in weight. lips . lakes. or stick their heads in the mud Carp while the will thrive cast or drag-net passes over them.. and I have found them some damp grass or sags. and in and near large beds of weeds and which they feed. . after they are removed from their natural element. 1 my own have never taken one so small as six ounces. sucking the juices there- from gler. and ponds. they will waters. or shallows. they may be heard by the Antheir from the noise made by the chopping of and jaws. in a river. rushes. THE angler's guide. canals. canals. though. j For in it is very unusual to catch a small Carp in rivers practice. although in ponds. in Carp are found rushes.96 ing over it.

both in in shape. are a very strong and gler fine Trout game Fish. affording the Antheir sport. cious. being studded with teeth. The Trout. causes them to be eagerly sought for. They are caught with small . Swift Trout. with being considered a delicacy at table. like the Pike. XIII. mouth. jaws. which circumstance.THE TENCH. 97 CHAP. The common Trout is a very beautiful form and colour. Loaches. the Salmon excepted. and tongue. diversified with crimson spots. and excelled by none of the fresh-water tribe as a deli- cacy at table. much like the Salmon is Fish. They are vora- and destroy multitudes of Mintheir nows. and other small Fish.

or in the the best bait during Spring. put it on as follows : enter the point of its the hook about a quarter of an inch below head. Trout will not touch a worm that is half dead. or two tag-tail worms. lob-worm. one worm. placing them about nine inches above the hook the line should be made of the choicest fine gut. artificial. long. while you put on the other enter the point of your hook in the second worm somewhat below the middle. . and with a running tackle. both natural and and also with worms and cads. or any way mangled Or dirty. or a blue-head marl-worm. or two marsh. and carry it near to the head. to within a quarter of an inch of the worm's keep the point of the hook completeThis done. and No. Bait with either one . and carry it down tail. first putting a sufficient number of shot on the line to sink the bait. 6 or 7 hook 3 when you bait with worms. use a strong rod. ly hid in the worm. particularly in April and May. angle without a float. . THE ANGLER and flies. S GUIDE. and the weather duU or boisterous. then draw the first worm down to join it if . then draw carefully up over the arming or -. which are at night.98 fish. In angling for them. on a multiplying winch. well scowered. the water be much coloured. whipping of the hook. cast in your bait. and very lively for observe. at botflexible top tom. if and late day time. especially hi the early part of the morning. and bring it it out about three parts down body. Put the two worms on the hook in the following manner first : run the point of your hook in at the top of the worm's the head.

will fly and flounce about in every direction. feeling Yet to his furious course give way. keep as far from the water as you can. in mind what the Poet Thomson says *' With yielding hand. then strike smartly. it is carried away without touching little the ground. will leap out of the water more than a foot high. cads are a more killing bait than worms. and struggles most vio- and. and first when line a Fish begins to do not strike the time you feel a slight tug. and on falling again. generally. 99 standing as far as possible from the water up the stream. and let the bait go with the middle or roughest part of the stream. but when you and be not feel one or more sharp tugs toif gether. and a heavy Fish. Note. —Note. give him line. You safely drag your spangled prize on shore.THE TROUT. chance then of a Trout taking your While thus angling with a tripping bait. The Trout lently 5 is very strong. as soon as he feels the hook. : —Now bear him still. to put as many hook . or hook. if an old Fish." The Minnow is a most killing bait for large old . and you have but bait. but rather slacken your . if the stream be rapid. especially in the months of April and May. in angling this way. to the great alarm of the Angler for his rod. in some small gravelly streams. shot on your line as will readily sink the baited because. Till floating broad upon his breathless side. line. in too great haste to land him. it is necessary. and let it gently trip on the bottom bite. -.

now by water. and let your bait swim rather below mid- Deep dark holes. are fitted on purpose for this Hooks mode of angling by the fishing. three months The two or . If you are angling it from a high bridge. mill. to let your bait be will be best some considerable the water is. and the bite. to feed in Trout will begin fine March.. largest Fish are taken by let When you have a him run a little before you strike. or any eminence. Minnow. particularly when used by spinning against falls the stream. &c. &c.fishing the Trout are then on the scowers and shallows. use strong- tackle-makers.tails. and continue till Michaelmas. This way of angling for Trout often. particularly if is bright. very successful. likelv and free from an eddy or stream. it Trout. tackle. where the water over into tumbling-bays. or in the eddies. the lips. and draw against the stream or eddy very near the so that you can see the surface. or beneath the back 6 hook. are the best for bottom. cork float. Some Anglers put on their lines a small when fishing in a still hole. pools. which under the head of Fly-fishing. because the weather is frequently . Trout are flies.100 THE ANGLER S GUIDE. surrounded with trees. places to take a Trout when fishing with a live Minnow. first soon after which time they spawn. distance from you. also taken with I shall describe both natural and artificial. are the most in. When you fin. are angling with a live Minnow for Trout. When you are thus and cast your bait lightly in the water. and feed most at bottom. if the weather is for the season. hook the Minwith a No. it.

so that few flies 101 are found on the water cially. (all represented in the cut tied principal Tackle Shops keep them. Trolling. Perch.) 3 to a length of the best twisted gut for your bait. your S^c. near mill-tails. or Dipping for Trout with a Minor is now Get such a hook as the Worms. Roving. and Chub. Trolling or Minnow Hook . which is a good place to drop in a stones. which should be fitted in the following manner: K 2 . season espe- the large Trout love to deep holes and eddies. cold and unsettled. is only use a smaller needle is . traces. fishing You for cannot be too early or late in bottom Trout. use a white middling-sized Minnow. and pools sometimes close to the apron. In the Summer lie in . the Shank leaded for Roving for Trout. to which the hook tied. C^ee a Cut of Traces in trolling for Jack. worm bait. called a Minnow fasten this to length of gut.J.THE TROUT. especially during a hot dry Summer. as directed with the gorge hook for Jack and Pike needle. which you put on the hook exactly which in the same way . in preference to the spotted and big-bellied ones. also under large —Note. till April or May.

but there not occasion for quite so rod. you get a if bite. drawing. and join them together 3 neatly and strong. . that the gorge the bait handsomely. on securely and neatly a loop or hook which you hang the length of twisted is gut which loop end fixed to the baited hook . much line to be drawn when dipping. first to the opposite side or across the stream drawing over the current. gently When the bait touches draw it to the right. and slowly till raise it to the surface. and so continue . Trout may have time to now wind up the slack line and strike This mode of fishing is generally In dipping and called roving or trolling for Trout. the bottom. of choice twisted gut. then act as directed in roving dip. draw nearly much in line out as your rod is long -. is only in holes or near large stones. . and at the tie other end swivel. of about ten or twelve inches each. but you rove or and draw and bait with worms.1 102 take THE ANGLER S GUIDE. raising feel a bite. which you let go bait lightly in when you cast in your search -. from your dropped as the bait. now fix the of the traces to the running line on a as light trolling rod . and in eddies near the bank you stand on. two pieces. with a small box swivel at then one end of the traces make a loop. your bait and tackle is is the same . then the left. lower the little wait two or three minutes before you strike. and falling your bait top of your rod a : when you . hold the rod one hand and about a yard of your line draw from the winch in the other.

and bring 5 below the middle then draw the worm up in the line above the shank of the hook. Trout are as timid and suspicious : as they are voracious and strong this method of Perch and angling for Trout may be adopted Chub. and put a few shot. will assuredly find his advantage therein. or two well-scowered marsh or two tles : tag-tail worms. and then strike the point of the it smartly. keep as for far from the water and out of sight as possible. for Chub J indeed. give Fish a moment or two to gorge. while you put on . hook out a the just below the head. and carry it to within an inch of head 3 there let remain hid in worm 3 then draw down the first worm the to join or lay as over the second.worm. it. with the Minnow. the second enter the point of the its hook second it worm the near an inch below its tail. instead of the leaded hook. To bait with two worms. which shoidd be a black or blue- licad marl. and angle same way fishing when roving. or several wasp gen- the when you feel a sharp tug at your bait. AVhile for Trout. . or a lob worm.THE TROUT. the above who will description of tackle for roving and dipping for Trout is of the cheapest kind 3 but the Angler go to the expense of having his hook link and the two other links made of the strongest and choicest single gut fixed together with small box swivels. G or 7 hook. about six inches above to sink the bait. you in some rivers frequently kill a Perch or —Note. 103 use a plain No. while in search of Trout. put in the little first. &c.

you arrive Wandsworth. also near Hertford. at the Angler may indulge himself in angling by paying for board and lodging. bringing The London Angler has but seldom the pleasure of home a dish of Trout caught in either the for those rivers. . tleman Angler seldom refused a day's The river Wandle. at the Crown and Cushion. &c. St. Middlesex . has numerous till Trout at .104 THE ANGLER S GUIDE. Bexley. &c. at present contain very . mous they may have few 5 been. to the Kent-road. Paul's Cray. The little river. Mr. certainly. has Trout 5 also the Darent. in Sur- rey. At and Rickman sworth and Watford. and at Wades-mill -. to Farin ningham. . is Yet here the genfair fishing. neighbourhood. hovi'ever fariver Thames or Lea . &c.. running from or by Syden&c. and other gen- tlemen near . or at the White Horse inns. the for Trout.. Lewisham. Baker. Foot's Cray. and Horton. but those are very large and fat some weighing more than ten pounds. Alban's and at Whet Hamstead. Kent . or Dartford-creek. in and from thence latter place. particularly fine at Carshalton. 5 and in the river Colne. may boast of very fine Trout and at Crayford. and near the powdermills. are several good Trout streams. There but they are all are. again.. private property. to Uxbridge. its in Hertfordshire. in the waters belonging to Earl Cowper. through and near Darent. called Ravensbourn. at Merton- mills. many good Trout streams within twenty miles of the metropolis. ham. and. Greenwich.

to which you will first tie a hook. manner about Take about nine inches of strong. a I have therefore given. and hooks. gut. about three inches long.THE TROUT. in the rivers Thames and falls Lea. three inches above this hook must be placed another piece of gut. 105 Spinning a Minnow. about three inches above the hook No. to which tie a long. No. or wherever there are heavy or rapid of water wherein Trout are found. as be- fore directed. in the following pages. No. when they bait with a Minnow to spin others. 8 or 9 j this short piece of gut is then to be fastened to the nine-inch piece. single or twisted 1 -. swivels. with two hooks. Minnow baited for Spinning. Having found. and Bleak. very full and particular deand baiting scription of the method of fitting tackle hooks for so desirable a purpose. Some Anglers use two hooks.shank liook. . by long experience. prepare in the following your gut. that spinning a Minnow or Bleak is the most killing way of angling for the large or old Trout. use only one I shall de. : scribe both methods : — First.

Minnow or small Bleak for a which is to : be placed on the hooks in the following manner take the large hook. it is always the large size. No. the nose line. will make a half now pass the hook through the body of the Minnow. and enter the point of part of the Minnow's chaps. hook out at the side of the tail you then take the it small hook. you do away the necessity of using a second hook. prepared for the purpose makers : to those two nine-inch add a third then place a piece. fastened as before. the hook No. then draw the gut at the mouth tight. for this hitch I . 1 : No. In making the half hitch. and about two inches quite through it 5 of gut with it. with swivels shot on the gut within half an inch of each swivel. and the is hook baited. then take the hook in the again. enter the point of this it hook under the chaps of the Minnow. and pass under and over the gut it Min- now's mouth hitch : 5 having so done. and all is complete to receive a bait. 5 swivels. and bring the point and barb out beside the tail . and 5 enter it in the its Minnow's or Bleak's mouth carry it through body. now 1 all is ready to loop on the running is When one hook only : used. 8 or 9 will then reach or hang to the down shank of the aforesaid hook. out at the out- draw the hook. and bring side of its nose . No. which must be fastened together with small by the fishing-tackle pieces. bringing the point and barb of the . passing lips.106 THE angler's guide. 1 : to this nine-inch piece of gut add another of the same length. into the under it through both the point and barb coming out at the outside of .

then draw it up and 3 across with gentle tugs. The Angler should bear mind the from the 3 shyness of Trout. and always stand as far water as the managing his tackle will permit Eftethod I this pursue myself in all kind of angling. throw further out. that in baiting a hook this way. in is liable making Ano: the half-hitch knot. lower the top of your rod. and bring into the it put the it hook again the Minnow's mouth. bringing the point and barb out tail tail 3 at tie draw the slack line. because. and so continue If a you have fished the whole water. to which also a swivel should be : fixed. Fasten the whole to your running line. three inches on the line then put the hook in out at the gill 3 its mouth again. as before described. if managed as follows you fish across a stream. the gut ther to break. as follows enter the hook. and draw gently across 3 if you fish down a pool or stream. if and it will spin well. throw to the opposite side. cast your bait in near 3 let it sink about a foot. under the chaps and out at the nosej draw the Minnow up about . tie it is your hook to tine plaited silk. keeps all fust at 107 3 the bait's mouth but it is proper to best to observe. but best to strike when you either see or in feel a bite. about a yard at a time the till next time. at 3 the and hook together with white and all is complete. and pass the mouth. and . itself 3 Trout takes and hooks it generally takes it is it at the tail. let the bait sink about a foot.THE TROUT. tight silk 3 through the body. is way of baiting with a single hook. standing on a bridge or wharfing. the bait.

if it most natural Always will not spin well. bending or curving near .108 THE ANGLER filled S GUIDE. less care- have often ful. as it appears yet. of. the straiter the Minnow bent. ready fitted for the use of such Anglers who do not choose to take the trouble. the better. little as a bait for spinning. it sometimes want a tail. When will you use a Minnow. but if bait with a Bleak. that unless your baits are perfectly fresh and sweet. These hooks. my basket. be one of a middling size recollect. with attention. swivels. it must be you 3 choose a white bright Minnow. the young Angler may soon acquire the art but it should be noticed. or have not the leisure. others. or Bleak lays on the hook. you must not expect to kill a Trout. in preference to a large big-bellied one let it . to prepare them. the to make it spin freely this. may be purchased at the principal fishing-tackle shops. when have hardly killed a Fish.. I . for spinning. &c.

some hanging which it. wire 3 and the tail the shape of a Fish's made either of silver or block tin. bait has nearly superseded every other of late years. when used by made the skilful and experienced Angler for heavy Trout. Caterpillars. and others fastened to it. silk. with seven hooks. and it is. In treating on baits. is of various striped colours. and L . as artificial they are generally called. very attractive and killing. and silver thread or tail. 1 consider the best fix way of placing hooks about : To those hooks.THE TROUT. size No. he. I have given an engraving of a Devil. to troll for Jack and Pike. an Artificial Spinning Bait for Trout. in another part of this work. proceed as follows take two hooks. tied to a short piece of gut. 109 A Devil. 10. much less the Artificial Cater- pillar or Devil. About this Devil bait are placed several small hooks. some objections are against using artificial baits . and laced over with gold or brass. by no means do spinning feel inclined to in oppose the fictitious Minnow This angling for Trout. most certainly. made I but. or Artificial of leather. loose. are These Devils.

neatly. to which yuu should fasten a very small box swivel. called cross-fishing.) i . both early and there drop in your bait.J—'Note. tie reaching nearly to the together. then two others of the same fixed so as to tail . and them to the Devil so tail. a length of choice single gut. you which so excites the old Trout. or some other eminence. so that they shall its hang nearly half way down back. to the said Devil. that they seem to lose their cunning. You can spin a Devil to the greatest advantage from a bridge. especially when the wind is on your back. and let swim down some if distance. may hang loose just below the There a small brass staple. 30 or 40 yards. late 5 tail is of a mill. the swivels are to enable to spin the bait. and by playing it awhile. any Trout are on the feed. and loop the other end of line. the that they is and now tix three hooks same size. them size.110 fasten THE ANGLERS GUIDE. then let it drift further down the stream. and to this swivel tie. close to the apron of it the mill. it. is At the round. and the bait kept in the middle of the stream or current for some time. The top of your rod should be somewhat lowered. whilst the wheel turning a very likely place for Trout. be 5 assured they will take your bait there is another and most destructive way of fishing for Trout. hang to the bait's belly. and rush heed- lessly to seize their prey. and then fasten the single gut to a length of double twisted gut by another box swivel. at the head of the bait. {See Trimmer Angling. to which you fix the running (See the Cut.

for a different kinds of choice . for baits and there are stage coaches going and coming every hour of enable the the day. Every other species of fresh-water Fish are found in the rivers and waters' within a few miles of the capital. are to be found bitants of the metropolis. and with the best chance of improvement. with the angle. in the art of angling. since worthy and respected Father of Anglers. The tackle shops also. every season. westward. that the greatest adepts. in the river Lea. from one ounce weight to Fish weighing more than twenty pounds each. for the fact is. at least. among Although Trout are not so northward or numerous near London. Here the most experienced and ingenious me- chanics are employed in furnishing the various tackle for the Angler's use. the provincial Angler must not imagine that the for London Angler is disappointed of a dish of Trout skill to want of the necessary take them : neither should he too hastily jeer or challenge the Cockney the inha- sportsman. Ill Note. near several waters. supply him with worms. .. from the number of his associates. gentles. &c. frequented by hundreds who delight in angling } those facilities London Angler with very little to pursue his amusement of angling trouble or expense. and thousands are caught annually. Angling has ever or. few pence. wrote his admired work en Fish and Fishing . greaves. weighing from three to more than ten pounds each. Isack Walton.THE TROUT. been a favourite sport the time the with the Londoners. yet as in the rivers there are several killed by angling.

a writer. and equally creditable to the taste of the publisher. that his fellow-citizens of Lon- don may well quote with pride and exultation. and there remain during the Winter season. striving against the stream 5 they are also found in such cold water. and under shelving banks. by several spirited booksellers of the tropolis. . after which they still into deep holes. lank. has a name and I character. Trout delight most in sharp shallow streams. has been. in a enriched. and the talent of the tions of Walton's displayed in the recent edi- " Complete Angler/' sent forth to the public. and the head of Trout their at this season is seems much too large. with a stream running through. in They spawn retire October in most streams. instead of which. and much gratified. to see that the Work on Fishing. some- times lying under a large stone or shelving clump. republished. and subject. of the venerable author. lose the beau- spots on their bodies. or breed so well. but will not thrive so fast. me- Remarks on Trout. of late years. illustrated.112 THE angler's guide. And am highly pleased. they are infested with a much and or water-louse. seemingly. lean. embellished manner worthy the artist. as a man. and. and worm. in the course of which they tiful become very poor. left who. whole appearance : and far from that of a beautiful Fish but when the days lengthen. as in rivers. : that no other fish can live therein in clean they will also live gravelly and sandy-bottomed spring ponds. at other times swimming. and an Angler.

who have so getting long infested. There are several is species of Trout the flesh of . and among the gravel in rapid parts of the streams. there a few barren females and though these females do not conduce to replenish the waters. it is said. some of a» pink co- lour. is nearly white. and the sun gets sufficient 113 to power warm and in- vigorate the elements. . and then soon recovers his former shape and colours. In Ireland.THE TROUT. yet they are always fat. speedily gets rid of his troublesome and filthy companions. &c. . found in tide-rivers. &c. then the Trout seems to take a new lease of his life. aad. Among Trout. In some parts of Wales. others yellowish and the flesh of the large Trout. with much hearty rubbing. they speak of Trout whose stomachs are as thick as a fowl's gizzard. and : fit for the table. Trout are found to be all crooked in the lower part of their bodies. leaving his hiding-place. or stuck to him.

but in the Trent. and May. for Carp with red worms. during March. CHAP. when angling gling float. either in. thrown in by handfuls let the baited hook drag half an inch fish early in on the ground ing. or Red Eye. They are frequently taken in the Spring. use a quill . Byfleet. . and the mornbite in and very late at night. XIV. they arc not very numerous. and No. grairis or greaves. The Bream. and the Mole. long When rod. April. Bream seldom . and winch ground-bait with clay. bran and made into balls : or chopped worms. the river Thames or Lea. an- for Bream. and several other rivers in the also ^in Dagenham-breach. new . gut-line. Wey. running-tackle. at Blackwall. and Bream Dace Flat. in streams.114 THE ANGLER S GUIDE. and Wet-docks. The Bream abound is a very bony Fish . 9 hook.

then take a bait freely day. is the best bait for Bream. or sags and if those be not there. tlie it 115 unless middle of the day. and sometimes paste. where a basket. parts of rivers. for Bream are plentiful. put on the hook. like the Carp. Remarks on Bream. and immediately you observe a still bite. having plumbed the depth the bait should hang just clear of the ground. let the rod rest on it 3 stand back. a branch of tree with a forked top close to the water. that a gentle breeze may slowly 3 move it 3 lay the rod over fix some rushes. and. When you angle for Bream in a river fish out further in the stream than when angling for Roach. strike. rain descends . you may use two rods and lines. to which 3 put small cork floats cast the baited first hook a good j way in the water. and not very deep where the Bream like to resort to most. with scales somecolour.BREAM. they afford in much amusestill ment to the Angler bends and broad places^. The Bream what is a very broad Fish. &C. and also wheat and malt slightly baked or parboiled. and wait pa3 tiently and quietly for a bite by this method. If you be angling in quite water. blow when warm all they will the place . but lighter in when . you may soon fill they are a free-biting Fish. and. during fresh. though generally considered of little worth. especially if have been well ground-baited the night before two red worms. or one well-scowered marsh worm. or Summer months. generally speakings they will take gentles. RED EYE.

Bream rivers .store thcca.116 large. if the still bottom be clay. in Norfolk) Bream." I have proved. which Flats. like the Carp. in several waters. to founded in fact. particularly in the East-India Dock. gentles. as to over. as also still the fins they will breed in waters as well as in loamy. rush with violence under a bank. a he9. and different Fish for the altogether a very in- table they are easily taken with worms. the hook to . among weeds. . . and the fins are red : this Fish is . he notices in Bream for breeding exceedingly " Yea> some ponds so fast. '' and be starve other Fish. particularly first feel when they Fishj for. with a large eye. or or sluggish streams to large or rapid rivers they spawn in May. the head and mouth are small. therefore. is Dace. the Bream." This observation of the Father of Anglers. and hang on the bottom some time. or paste. like the Perch. In looking into " Walton s complete Angler^' : I find. love such places as the Carp and Tench do baits. then &c. and forked tail. which is of a dull purple colour. is generally covered with a slimy substance. in they will also take the same and. and will grow to the weight of six pounds. much like a pair of bellows in shape . are THE ANGLER S GUIDE.vy like heavy Barbel. or much like the known there by the name of Bream Red Eye it is a thicker Fish than . as they prefer rivers. they are often very for sulky. give line if freely. There is a Fish in the Broads (which are large pieces of water so called. before you attempt turn him. struggle hard. and somewhat hog-backed.

broad. Strong. and thick. \M Blackwall.THE NERSLING. all tinged with gold. paste. is soft. most lovely to behold. and angle bottom in every respect. or vermil- eye more yellow than the Roaches. colour it is much and like the Roach. where. act the same as or Dace. or Rudd. when fishing for Roach . but seldom exceed a pound weight tles. few large Roach fold. lion. Brown. the gills fins. No. float. OR RUDD. but broader the : body and the belly. a kind of Roach. are tinged tail. quill . M. They in thrive best in ponds. but the Bream have increased ten- The Nersling. and gen- during Summer : use a gut or hair at line. and bronzed with gold are a bright red. The Rudd as the flesh is a very indiflferent Fish for the table. and full of bones : in shape and -. are taken. The Rudd. for the last 117 two years. 10 or 11 hook. j they will take red worms.

which makes me conclude. have witnessed many times. The rivers numbers in the Thames and Lea have Rudd. &c. particularly durI . and. or still with gravelly bottoms. ing the twenty years have angled I in the ponds in Tilney Park. though de- generated. and 5 ponds in Wanstead Park. in a few years. Rudd. . state. none were to to be found but numerous Rudd. generally supposed that the Rudd is bred | between the Bream and Roach. Roach. I have no doubt that the Fish called a Rudd little is a true Roach. and alike : Bream ters. very much the Rudd wafull spawn about of and thrive in ponds.. by 1 being put into ponds not congenial to their habits and nature . but not in great they abound in Dagenham Breach. and when in a sickly extremely like the pond-Rudd. have also caught Roach when out of season. that they are really Roach. and filthy green insects. Remarks on Rudd. but a altered in shape. are certainly April. for I have known ponds stocked with Roach from rivers. neither were there any Bream. but get poor. in or muddy ponds. Wanstead in rivers. Previous the Roach being put never fact I into the same pond. a Rudd was This seen.118 It is THE ANGLERS GUIDE.

:)ite . : if two are on the used. afford the Young Angler much amusement fin. the river There are many n the Isis. near Cam- also in the Trent. at the spot where you are fishing. on the shallows close to the ferry-boat.POPE. near Oxford bridge •iver ine. baited with a small worm fishing near the bottom with one hook . but seldom grow to the length of eddies seven inches . 10 hook. jut are rarely to be met with in the vicinity of London. or Ruff. let the bottom one be No. in Norfolk. The best bait is a red worm ground-bait with handfuls of small gravel or roadsand thrown gently in. while angling for red 1 Gudgeons with a No. Pope and or RufF are a very lively free-biting little Fish. they delight in quick gravelly Emd about wharfings. find more successful than in using two 9. forni. )eing firm 50 and well-tasted. I have caught a few Pope or RufF at Shepperton. fish and great numbers in the Yare and Put two No. and so line as to be about nine or ten inches above. occasionally. worms and gentles. and spawn some- iimes in April. species. OR RUFF. head. river 3 except in the little Mole. shoulders. IQ. though they never grow they are taken with large . Cam. and dorsal (which it erects when . The Pope iiiich like or RuiF is of its the Perch habits. and gently touch fixed the bottom. 9 hooks on the : within a foot of the bottom they from March tiU September. the other No. and the Perch in and flavour. 3 the eye. 119 Pope.

resembling a toad. This is a most singular-formed and apparently Fish. without scales. or Millers Thumb. and are different from any other fresh-water Fish I is am acquainted with : the head very large and flat. the body and tail are of a dusky brown colour. where you may catch them with a small piece of red worm put on a little hook. the eye large and projecting. any short line and rod does for . without betraying therefore. for —Note. The Bull-Head. with a shot to sink the bait. which they any fear . they seldom : exceed lie or six at inches they delight to on stones the bottom of shallow rivers.120 alarmed) are THE ANGLERS GUIDE. or it will be nibbled See fishing for Gudgeon. they being very small. the mouth very wide. much like the Perch 5 the tail and tail- end of the body is shaped and spotted or waved in exactly like a Gudgeon. baiting a hook well Pope or RufF. that but of the may hang loose. and waved or spotted five like a Gudgeon in length . worm tail up the hook and shank. will very readily take. in hot weather. of the Gud- geon species. take pains to carry the little off.

Some off. and by sniggling. The Eel. near in in great numbers. and bobbing* also with the spear. strong single gut or twisted hair. line. of sufficient length. ler i'21 There are great many Bull-heads. when other small Fish in are not to They spawn May. canals. or a whole red worm . Eels are found London. in the New River.. and hook themselves .THE EKL. because Eels will generally gorge the bait line. night-lines. &c. and remarkably fine 3 and flavour they are taken with rod and floated ledger line. put a cork float on the and use a No. after having the head cut and speak of the dish with applause. When made lire angling for Eels with a floated those of twisted gut. size line. XV. or marsh worm. I have known more than seven dozen taken in a day out of this river. in all the rivers. dead lines. this sport. for baiting a night-line for Eels . 8 hook. CHAP. be procured. j to be preferred any common rod. persons eat them fried. near Ware. The Silver Eel in shining volumes roU'd. will do. docks. or Mils-thumbs. They will answer but they should be alive. and half a bait with a piece of lob worm.

till you have separated its back- bone with a knife. and cut down to where the hook lodges. without much care. or a pair of scissors. pointed scissors more useful than a knife and. you may dislodge it. you are likely to cut the gut. when fishing for Eels diately an Eel is -. which can its only be prevented by cutting through back-bone -. both by day and night. take a yard and a half of tolerable fine . and there keep it. clap your foot on it..122 THE angler's guide. without cutting the material to which it is tied. line. coils up. and twists your line in numerous knots. you may then take away the hook without danger. place them about a — ^Note. strike. for it imme- taken from the water. im- mediately you get an Eel on shore. Ledger follows lines may be used with much success in fishif fitted ing for Eels. which you should always have ready. instead of standing upj When Eels bite. which you lies may tell is the case the float upon its side on the water. then prize. I find . the other on the outside. &c. and lift or weigh out your on your If you put more than one hook foot apart. so that you cannot hold until they are disabled 3 for them in your hand sharp- which purpose. The body of Eels is covered with a slimy mucous substance. or 3 whatever the hook may be tied to but if you enter one blade of the scissors inside of the Eel's mouth. they will draw the float under water it there let remain a moment. : up as first. as Eels generally gorge the baited hook. : or small brandling let the baited hook lay on the if ground. therefore. if you use a knife to lay open the Eel's throat.

or in strong eddies. having cast in the bait. then loop of on to the I yard and . or on the bait . to the shot. which is. from the other end of the trace. for Eels will generally hook themselves. now fasten the trace to a trolling line. or engulphed in the eddies. espej when the waters are low. lay down you rod. 7 hook to about a foot of other end I aforesaid gimp it at the make a loop . securely placed on 'the hook. may be managed by one AnSome Anglers make their ledger lines of fine . gimp. your will rod (having a first unlocked the winch 3) perceive bite line by the shaking of the . the hasty Angler does not draw the bait from them. where the largest Eels that feed cially by day are to be found. because is carried away by the current. with as used for Jack-fishing the same rod and winch bait the hook with a well-scowered small lob or large marsh-worm. and make a loop at 123 it . In ledger-fishing. or very bright in it such places. that the Eel may not be able to suck it off without taking the hook in its mouth. ledger lead down which shot is to prevent the lead from slipping any lower down. a half gimp. cast in the baited hook in the middle of a stream. I firmly a swan shot a flat . and pulling of the give plenty of time before you if strike.THE EEL. Several lines and rods gler. then pass. a floated line does not answer. call a ledger trace about eighteen inches (that from fix the end looped to the hook length). Now. each end of fine then : tie a No.

when short of small Fish. for Eels generally gorge the bait. many expefine rienced Anglers tie their hooks to a very off gimp. by their numerous sharp teeth. rienced Angler must have When ledger-fishing. while Eel-fishing. which they are enabled to do. Trout. bait with dif- ferent baits. this you find most kill- Trout. The the hardness of the gimp makes them soon desist gimp also is much less likely to kink or tangle : the vexation and loss of time caused by breaking and entangling of the line. I cut Bleak into three pieces to bait for Eels line. and use a a winch. (for which ^Note. you must carry with you to bait it is lantern. twisted small cord. hook themselves. while line so fishing at night. as : observe. for cheapness. at night. consequently.) — fit for the purpose. advisable to bait with a small live Fish instead of a worm. Jack 3 if the Eels are large. do not be in too much if haste to strike when you see a bite. if you give them time (say a few moments) 3 but you . to enable —Note. for baits.124 THE angler's guide. both by night and day. Carp. when fishing for Eels with a ledger well as a floated line. you a small portable your hook. every expefelt. to prevent the Eels from biting if tied the hook. using proper baits and tackle see Barbel. especially the larger Eels. bank runner instead. or with such baits as ing.- —For all kinds of Eel fishing. and. and Chub. or the place contains if more than one is used. . &c. are caught by mode of fishing. of Note. to gut or hair. Barbel. &c.

Ledger-fishing will see done to prevent the lead slipping fig. strike too soon. all. sea harbours. Eels are also taken with dead fishing. they very always use often get round weeds or rushes so tight that they generally break your hook. 125 j you mostly miss hooking the Fish you cannot 3 but when you have hooked them. First of you must procure a large quantity of worms. two from feet its above the bottom proper place. tide rivers. docks. or rod. so that all is the ends may hang of a In the middle placed a piece of lead. 3. fix and to prevent it it moving it.J (See Flounder- Bobbing for Eels. do.BOBBING FOR EELS. in the following manner. lines. passing a which you fasten to coarse thread or worsted. by and string them on worsted needle. for tire Eels by play- ing them like other Fish on the contrary. lobs. placing the top one about . a shot above is and below in the way which you down. &c. until you have as a as many strung as will 3 form a bunch as large fasten good sized turnip then them on the level. the broad end down- M 2 . line. through them from head to tail. lines. with a large bunch of worms suspended by a strong cord from a pole or stout rod. get them on shore as soon as possible. a killing mode of angling in large deep waters. I two hooks on my ledger. conical or bell form.) (marsh and blue-headed worms are better than though small lobs will or coarse thread. in the cut of is Angling Apparatus. Bobbing for Eels is practised in a boat.

during the Spring and Summer is months. they are also taken by spearing. all 3 many are fine Those spears are sold at the fishing tackle shops. you which : is easily perceived. steady Fish. THE ANGLER S GUIDE. always fish rather shallow water. those of threadling red who will take the additional trouble worms instead of any others.126 wards. made the purpose thus let prepared. so that your dropping may fall into the boat. Spearing and Sniggling or BrogUng for Eels. have a bite. them sink bottom. same time. Rivers. cast to the the baits into the water gently . and. and then keep raising them a few inches until from the ground. as the Eel tugs at the very strongly be as expert as possible. and dropping them again. may be for got at any of the fishing tackle . which and done by striking or jobbing the spear among weeds soft sandy bottoms of rivers. ponds. particularly during ebbtide. which shops. in raising off. in which the tide flows. and ditches Eels are procured by this method. By sniggling. 5 out of the stream dur- ing the night most are taken. will increase their sport four-fold. and Eel-spears. known by the name of . many good Eels are taken in rivers and other waters. but they will lay hold freely in the day time. — ^Note. in your line. and bob in shoal. or During or the hot weather. afford the best success. Im- mense numbers are taken by this method.

A few yards of whip. is In place of a hook. used . a stout needle used . brass. The scribe 5 art of sniggling is somewhat difficult to de- yet as it is a most valuable. is platted silk. are the best they should not exceed two inches in length : before you use them. a is branch of willow. indeed. rod. such as : is used in far superior for a rod. is wound on a thumb-winder. entirely the necessity of tying across with strings and this wire also passes through the water with less resistance than wood j . that kind with which tailors stitch button-holes. the small end being bent nearly to a half-circle. or any thing else. the only way. near three yards long. or iron. and still which leaves sufficiently sharp for the purpose of sniggling. and illus- trate the same with cuts representing the needle. either of copper. or any small cord. for the bend. 12/ Sniggling for Eels. and the small needle. . employed in this species of fishing. to that shape and confined ' by tying a string near the point. break off point. or hazel. sufficient for the line but the same quantity of stout trolling for Pike.. I shall bestow every pains to explain the method pursued in sniggling. or circle at the top. A friend of mine has much improved the by using about half a yard of which does away stout bell-wire. and. that can be practised in the day time to take large Eels by baits. line. by sail-makers. it about the eighth of an inch of the strengthens the needle. and fastening the other end of it near the middle of the rod.SNIGGLING FOR EELS. &c. generally used .

Thumb- and Heron. . You to can bend the wire-top to the shape most proper often convey your bait to a hole. from the culty of getting near the place to be. reel where an Eel is thought (See the Cut of a line.128 THE ANGLER S GUIDE. I and you can have a fine point to the wire. consequently con- you are not so veying it liable to injure the worm when to the hole. diffi- which is wanted when sniggling.) Rod with a wire top.

129 CO < ^ o o 1— .SNIGGLING FOR EELS.

should be blunted. length or two in may the butt of their rods. similar to those used in making folding rules those hinges. or a silk or it thread round the point end. are THE ANGLER S GUIDE. these tops -. . about teen inches long. In respect to tops for sniggling-rods. using my : walking stick it the rod. destroying your worm. it while conducting tie in search of an Eel. six- some Anglers use them^ made of hickery. The preceding simple cuts of sniggling-rods. Those who fit use these folding tops. worm where is an Eel suspected to for. &c. which consists of three pieces join- ed together. by the aid of or bent to may be formed is any shape most the likely to enable the Angler to place lay. after tying to the thin end of about half a yard of the said stout bell-wire lacerating the to prevent the wire it worm too much. Those who prefer the conveniently carry a I wire for sniggling-tops.130 Note. with two neat brass hinges. have them made to the second top joint of their general fishing rod. have killed for many Eels by sniggling. will lay in your pocket tackle-book. which will prevent penetrating too far tle in. This top it very convenient to carry. the most apparatus for taking Eels I by sniggling. except whipping with flies. so that the same rod can be used for every kind of angling. when folded up. A lit- experience in sniggling will enable the Angler to select which he thinks the best among those tops enumerated.

not well scowered. which. and tying it strongly on . equally tough and well scowered. to the which you can readily bend shape most conve- nient for carrying the bait to any place you wish. thereof into the worm. In baiting the needle. and also a quarter of an inch of the larger. as before described. for those large Eels will seldom take a j worm if that is just dug from the earth and besides. with the . near the and carry as near to the head . within a quarter of an inch of the eye or thick end. so that the presented to the Eel. and the head will be presentis ed to the Eel. or tie the needle to the line is clone first with waxed with shoe-maker's wax. it down much back as will completely cover the needle the line will then hang from the tail. &C. they think more likely to entice the Eel to bite.TO TIE ON THE NEEDLE. The best rod for sniggling about two yards of tie light stiff bamboo 3 to the top of which about half a yard of wire. the line will then hang from about the middle of the needle. from is its moving or twisting about. enter the thick end tail. marl worms. laying the end of the line nearly half-way down the needle. to tie on the Needle. and halt it. leaving the smaller end quite bare. then draw the worm . 131 How To whip some silk. Some Snigglers put the needle into the tail is worm near the head. the it worm is apt to break while you are preparing needle. The worms proper for sniggling are tough and well-scowered lob worms. or very large marsh worms.

While sniggling. rivers. not far below the and be- and between the planks of wharfings. in rivers. or the point of the bent rod. and convey the head end of the crevice. recourse then had to digor ging him out. it times. ditches. Some- present your bait to every hole and crevice you meet with. and have communication with rivers and streams. may be known by observing holes. and some smaller. lakes. 3 under and between large stones about in ditches and also which are nearly dry. &c. The places in the banks proper to offer a bait at. is much decreased.. and the way to take them. at the tail end. after you have hooked an Eel. the mill-tails. During t^he Spring and Summer months. bait the needle as before your left fix rected j hold it in the point of the wire. is the time to expect most sport by sniggling . a little below the surface of the water. at such times. Eels lie in holes in the banks of surface. some nearly as large as rat holes. especially when the water. ponds. and other waters. likely to contain Having met with hand. boards that form the aprons of tween any planks and boards about woo den -ridges. for. and flood-gates mill-pools. (all where you suspect an Eel the while holding the line in . planks. worm just within the hole or lies. and a place di- an Eel.132 THE anglek's guide. it is if in a bank 3 if between boards often found necessary to saw or force asunder those obstructions. lightly into the worm. is will prove too large to be pulled out. Places where large Eels lie.

generally. and secure him your bag or basket. you have caught an Eel. the rod. The month May is the best month till in the year for catching Eels. and night of thunder and lightning. as before obof to convey the bait to in the hole. but only hold the line tight. and you will his the needle across stomach or throat. from morning nighty N . kjeep you have unhooked him for they are covered with a slimy substance. fix then strike smartly.EELS. This. loosening as much if necessary to let the bait reach the said hole or crevice. and during showery and hot gloomy weather. soon make their appearance j you then in will. as above. immeafter a diately the water settled after a flood.) hold your the Eel is bait still it. and unless speedily disabled by cutting. but give him two minutes or more to gorge. when it. called a take-off. sever the to put your foot on and back bone. Do not check it. J they entangle the line in endless of confusion. of course. disables which completely the line clear till him —you may then . Recollect. fish for is The soft best time to Eels is in the day. the place where you expect to find an Eel. near the head. a few minutes. which. only made use bite. and inclined to take you will feel him dragging the worm further hold of your worm. is. lift the Eel out. from the Eel taking or slipping the worm off the point of the rod.Eel takes slips off immediately is served. it When the. 133 as is your left hand. which is called a in other modes of angling. which prevents your holding them. in this case. Dc not pull. &c. with a knife. and they.

Spring. size^ } even to measure a yard and a half and weighing more than of water with a fifteen pounds. in a torpid state. should be careful that this Fish is well dressed. all and night. those there- who attend to their health as well as gra- tifying their palate. Eels live many years. fried. at the . especially those caught to be hard of digestion in rivers. or thoroughly done. but. if in a river. before it is eaten j to effect which. are considered nutritious food. and in the lie in In Winter. until life. or (commonly in pitch-cocked. until they are almost putrid atid become offensive to the olfactory nerve. are known fore. they coil numbers together. Observations on Eels. same time. from which they seldom move during the day. broiled. live So tenacious are Eels of many days out of water and without food. lying under large chalk- stumps or roots of trees. they should he parboiled before they called are spit-chucked. planking. or in holes in the banks. buried the that they will mud and sand. themselves up. . . They are fond they do not love they prefer the stones.) baked a pie. between piles.134 THE ANGLERS GUIDE. Large Eels. but yet muddy water and. and muddy or sandy bottom. still parts. and grow to a very large in length.

baited. must take the trouble fitted. during the night. &C. to hang the hook link . then fasten the length of ten inches of gimp. or u friend's table.NIGHT LINES. and less inclined to kinkle or tangle. (especially fore. make a is much much to superior to any other for strength. Directions for fitting. for Eels. with fine Eels. take about ten yards of . XVI.. of laying night lines for them. either j with a loop or a draw slip-knot line but if fit with a stout hook swivel. fix also Tie the line firmly in the a stout peg stick. or strong whip cord but four line strands of Dutch twine. &c. bait in the day time. baiting and laying Night and Chain Lines. platted together. when very there- the Angler who wishes to furnish his own. platted silk. the following in manner : For the peg or single chalk line. to the line. which you ground. you your whatever your hook is tied to. but run and feed freely dark) . laid cord. 135 CHAP. or three strands of platted or Dutch twine.. FOR EELS. line. Large Eels very seldom take a except they are sniggled for.

if the inis • tent of putting a perforated bullet or ledger lead. for baits. and bring it out at the tail. The is single. all a small Fish used for a bait. or what the hook and draw each is tied to enter the point of the needle in the bait-fish's mouth. —Note. Stone Loach. or Gudgeons. take a baiting needle and the loop of the gimp. Thumb. now tie the bait-fish just above . are proper baits. to every other. which would not be the case not a hole through it . better than any other way -. Dace. about four inches long. and leave but when away there is a hole through the bullet or ledger line lead. the bait and then moves without dragging either the perforated bullet or ledger. but small Gudgeons finding and pieces of Lamprey Eels and Bleak I prefer. are single or double small-sized Eel hooks. when . about two or three inches above the loop or swivel. . to sink the bait. it is THE ANGLER S GUIDE. would be alarmed. when Small Roach. place a bullet or a ledger lead on the line. and also Miller s -. to keep the bullet from slipping Cut.J The proper hooks for this mode of Eel-fishing. and a swan shot before down. in that case. to suffer the Eel to take the bait without feeling any m ' check. When you bait the hook with either of the above fix it to enumerated Fish. till the hooks are brought to lay close on side the bait's mouth (See the Cat). Bleak. a worm or piece of Lamprey is used for a bait and the double.13€ on. (See the it. draws the bait. the lead had for. them a killing bait in most waters. it would feel the weight of the it and. when the Eel lead. probably.

and fix is it to the gimp. Some Anwhich I hook by entering the point of the needle tail. put on a single hook. they should be well scowered large lob worms. head of the worm. they should be pieces about one or two inches long. in the following manner to j but observe. and. or position. and bring is out at its j draw the shank of the hook completely covered. the tail 13/ with some strong thread. have not found Lamprey a good bait for Eels in any other rivers but those into which j the tide flows. from drawing the hooks out of their proper place. therefore. to keep the gimp* or whatever the hooks are fastened to. the point and barb are less likely to show or be felt. Eels are apt to nibble it off. when much 5 no more than a quarter of an inch of the j is left loose. in them. instead of the because the hook then lays in the thickest part of the worm. —That part which contains the roe are the most I enticing pieces. and aU will be right.NIGHT LINES. If you bait with Lamprey.. that a short : shanked hook ! is be preferred Take a long minnow baiting-needle. it is a very killing bait neither do they answer in any ponds where I have tried them. Note. &C. If you use worms for . hooks baited with worms are very n2 . yet. —Note. or what the hook head tied to j enter the point of the needle close to the it tail till of the worm. FOR EELS. while the Eel is sucking in the bait. baits. glers bait their at the prefer. and avoid taking the part which contains the hook. taking care also that the point and barb of the hook are hid or covered in the but let worm worm hang loose from the point of the hook for.

but I have not tried To much in rivers. Some Anglers will take the trouble to clear a sufficient space in the middle . also. chalk stones. will all take a bait in which case. therefore prefer Fish for baits. such parts lay your lines. Carp. I I but have not found to answer in rivers j have. in -. &c. some of the hooks with worms. frequently bit and mutilated by small Eels. and on the sandy or gravelly part of the stream. or checks a Fish bait. when he is taking the is which will occur when the spare line laid in Though Eels generally lay.. the Angler would sustain much less loss of lines. Choose those parts of baited hook is rivers or waters where the not likely to be buried in the mud. coils. entangled in heavy and strong beds of weeds and. abounds with Trout. and are on the feed at night. In ponds. for a bait. seldom gets twisted. in holes or in the mud. who worm-bait at night. as the line gives way gra- dually from the runner^ and. same : way it as described with Lampreys Eels will certainly take this bait in ponds.runners. if the lines were fastened to bank. or Chub. hooks.138 THE ANGLERS GUIDE. yet. and Eels. and others with have taken large Eels with live frogs it Fish. unless the water you lay in. run. Minnows. used about two inch pieces of fowl's guts put on pieces of my hooks. near beds of weeds. or . instead of peg-sticks. they when they come to the clean scowers. large lumps of earth that have parted from the banks^ &c. among weeds. during the day. in consequence. lay Eel Lines.

. which is on the bot- tom (See the Cut. hooks baited and tied : and is fitted in the fol- lowing manner take from twelve to twenty yards. gimp. platted Dutch twine. of stout cord. according to the number of hooks you intend to fasten to it. and each hook fastened to a single line. which sash windows are hung with some Anglers 3 these sash lines are used by others use thin clothes' lines. or a piece of square : cut from a field or bank (See the Cut) to bait should the hooks which you intend be tied to about half a yard. or less. there lines. from having a number to it. or roast: ing jack line. some other strong and baited in the same manner as already described for the single. of trolling line. will take more Eels than those who lines are laid. fastened to a chain is —Note. or peg-line. fastening the . either of which will do of the line turf. when chain on the no occa- sion for bullets turfs because the bricks or keep them or ground. number of baited hooks.CHAIN LINES FOR EELS. The Chain Line of is so named. breeches-makers' thread. about the size of line . in their places.) (^ Chain Line. fasten one end by a loop to a brick. of a Large bed of 139 iri. weeds to lay lines 3 and they are generally well paid for their trouble lay and those who lay twenty hooks baited. twice the line. or thin cord.

in When the you lay chain running waters. especially the week of a new moon. the current will then keep the hooks hanging free from each other. to the shore. because the Eels can then see the bait. or clump of turf. Eels will run and take a bait at night from the latter end of November. at which time he will do well to lay his lines every night. —Note. and take it close to their holes. cast your line in so that it will lay near the side of or under the bank.140 THE ANGLER S GUIDE. To cast in Chain Lines. when the hooks will j hang and free from each other then fasten the other end of the large line to another brick. about three feet a-part. Single lines may be drawn by the hand. unless shines very bright. with a slip draw knot. or current. all is ready to cast or lay in the water. you provide yourself with stout drag hooks (sold at all the fishing-tackle shops) fastened to plenty of strong cord . and take them up. and the last of an old one. If the nights are cold. they will not move or run lines in during cold nights. cast first brick up the stream. baited hooks to the large stout line. When must first you come to take up chain lines. throw in the hooks over the part and draW in where you have placed the it line in the water. the other down . or taken in by a forked stick. for far. rather i than in a shallow. during March until when the moon dark which nights the Angler and baits in store for had better keep his lines first nights. or trimmer rod. .

who live near where they lay their after had better begin . &C. or stakes therefore. bricks by good Eels. in such waters. to take them up soon if twelve at pight for by that hour. and themselves among the heavy beds of weeds.. they will often entangle the line. by putting the fork under the hoisting it 141 line near the hookS. &c. because. boat fishermen. to dry. are but confused neither will a . &c.. they line. the fastening to bricks. lay and take them up. he is likely to have his lines discovered if they are fastened to piles. hooks. also on Baits. able distance from the place they were cast if and they do not tear or twist themselves off.c. bait. or to lumps of earth. will often drag the and a considerin.NIGHT LINES. stones. is the feels safest way^ but all in waters where the can Angler confident will be secure. and to the proper time S. bargemen. and give Angler in infinite trouble to recovering and fitting his line for another night's fishing. Hooks. Therefore. the assistance of a second person in If the baits are well taken line. and up. those lines. &c. branches of . trees. with &c. they all. hooks. On laying Lines for Eels . he often lay his baited chain lines to more advantage a boat. Eels run. In directing the Angler to fasten his chain line to bricks. H J I will certainly have taken the little and then the . FOR EeLS. cleanse them. it applies chiefly rivers and other waters that are public or much attended by Anglers.

good Eels are often and if not broader than the Angler can leap with the assistance of a leaping pole. do not fix them a direct opposite each other. they rip the hook 3 through the tender parts of the throat or mouth but if they have it in their maw or stomach. and the said ditch or stream is protected. so that the across and hooks may room line . I laid in a straight and have found my baited hooks This do more side execution. which they frequently do when hooked in the throat or mouth j for. j where it can be done or when laying at the end of mill-tail streams.142 THE angler's guide. or in the shallow parts or pools of water. hy their continually twisting and struggling. for good Eel have had time you should know. but a yard or to the more (according (^f number of hooks and length line line you use) below. and the tackle be good. fastening each end to stakes on the opposite banks. you can . &c. in those stakes. In large ditches and narrow streams. the Angler should lay bis line right across. formed from flood gates. for the Eels run more on the of sharp streams than in the middle. with a boat. which allows if more baited hooks than also. thus laid. they never cease trying. their most violent exertions will be in vain. that have to communication with bo found 3 rivers. 3 falls of water over precipices. for ^^many hours after they are hooked. in such places. to get away. Note. lay obliquely for the water. to escape. fastening lines to way of stakes should always be preferred. in —In putting line.

as the boat goes down the stream. &C. it is such a confused mass of weeds. fifty yards or more from whence you have it and when you have brought to hand.NIGHT LINES. else. or soon rots.Qften J them without loss of for. some other you may readily When Stake. fasten one end of all the line (having brick. called lines. FOR EELS. and let the hooks drop in regularly. up the stream. any thing past in the first brick underhanded. f)ff laying lines from a boat. stream j and the other a note in down or across the then make find it your pocket-book of something on object. coast. after In regard to baits for Eel much . -. and the slime from those which have twisted Jtardly that any other than the most patient of Anglers find would resolution enough to untwist or disen- iangle the number of knots. oflf. lay their short lines. when fastened to any thing moveable. When which is you cast in the water your or chain line. you in recovering have a great deal of trouble and that frequently laid it 3 your iine. to search for and you know where . they are lihe.' place the baited 143 hooks to the best advantage. made fast to bricks. on various puts of the sea trots. until the boat.toe . which his line and hooks are tied in ly. Eels. that the bank. or your hooks first 3 baited) to a whatever you intend then push the water. but this ought to be done immediateline cleared and the and washed from it all impu- rities. or again. all out is 5 then fasten the other end of your This the way the fishermen. and carefully dried.

by baiting my night lines salt with chicken's guts. and is less likely to while the Eel swallow- ing And further observe. he can procure small Gudgeons. large white not be with spawn. for I have had excellent laid first when let I have my fish-baits. be felt it tears the bait less. Kirby hook. 7. to I S GUIDE. prefer the single is ones whose shank similar to the . and never use for them too large . Bleak. which I first parboil. single for baiting with Fish. for the sizes No. larger hooks tear or mutilate the bait. (that have not night. any size.) and sesses the best and Minnows (the Minnows should Lamprey Eels. it with salt . day. will kill Eels of worms. to those which have a loop shank especially with a also is it. because when baited. of 6. hooks well manufactured and of good shape. he then poskilling baits. and also with boiled which I cut in shape like a Fish. and also ponds. in most I have the killed a great many large Eels in docks. while . and then sprinkle beef. or those of No. or tide rivers. among ship- ping. j Some Anglers think Fish but this opinion sport is object to every thing salt erroneous.) on the second all them lay separate salt. for that killing worms large are the least Eels. to choose hooks that are narrow in the bend.144 prp. and that be depended on when if the Angler lays in large rivers. . can aver. before I put on my hook. been touched the having night. first having sprinkled them with Note. worm. — In choosing Eel hooks. and standing rank frequently cause alarm or suspicion in the Eels. Dace.ctice THE ANGLER and experience.

and baited with worms. but it has a gristle to down the back. in . Eels search of food (large ones especially) begin to -move from their holes. or other places of shelter. and. just as the sun is 3 lines in the setting at which time. and they then often suck part of the very bait 145 away. laid at night in the Thames. as I have before observed. Lamprey Eel.EEL FISHING. but is of the shape of the Lamprey. and ne- cessary they should be in the water at sun set. and full of lightish spots it has no bones. They rivers. &c. — The proper time to lay or put single or chain water for Eels. to bait them because it takes a considerit is able time to bait some score of hooks. therefore. which done by the thorn getting across the throat or stomach of the Eel or Flounder. is Note. Eel lines. and is both Eels and Flounders caught with them. but their seldom I suffer the hook to come within mouths. begin in time. when swallowed. have seen pieces of sharp thorn tied to as a needle is same to a sniggling line. for you must know that the fore part of the night is better than the latter. come from the sea in the spawn in fresh water month of March. and deposit their spawn . in. of a much larger . the sooner after twelve o'clock the lines are taken up the better. being- taken sometimes nearly three feet long the skin 5 is of a blackish colour. according to the number of baited hooks you intend laying.. size. The Lamprey Eel or Seven Eyes.

The Lamprey Eel is frequently caught in the river Severn. considered wholesome food their bodies. &c. In the month made in a gravelly. they quit the fresh water again for the sea in about three months. a sort of gristly substance. and other places. after leaving their spawn : safely. is even a back bone. the spawn becomes a brood of Lampreys. of April. The Lamprey. the back silver is : dark. killing bait for Eels. After spawning. sandy bottom. caught by the Angler in the Thames. that have a communication with the sea. Perch. near Gloucester. (to which the Lamprey more properly belongs. Lampern. Eel they like shot holes. Pliny informs us. but they I are never angled for purposely in any place that am acquainted with. about an inch and a half long sometimes. will . while angling for Gudgeons. they are..) in the Spring. put in pieces The Lamprey line or : a most on a night trimmer. head. ford. much resembling the have seven holes. on each side of the They are found in the Richmond. not when they are in the best state. This Fish.146 holes . they hasten again to the sea. THE angler's guide. not they have no bones in in its place. or Seven Eyes. and belly white. when fishing with a worm . and other large rivers. but. but they are . about four or five inches long. This Fish is about a foot long . with a worm. in Thames about BrentMarch and April. leaving their brood in the sand or gravel of rivers. Flounders.

laid as night lines. its mouth round and open. the orator. which have connection with the . the Blind Lamprey. or Flounder. gills. The Blind Lamprey is very small. live sixty years. and Smelt. and Lamprey Eel. viz. The Flounder flows. and suspended jewels and ear-rings to their tensius. CHAP. not larger than a lob-worm j the body is : is divided into •rings. also kept a Hor- tame one. but three only are noticed in general by Anglers.FLOUNDER AND SMELT FISHING. Naturalists reckon eight species of Lampreys. but it has neither teeth nor tongue has a hole on the is head. and seven on each side. . . The Fluke. say within ten miles of London. This Lamprey only valuable as a bait for Eels. Lam- preys the Spotted may be bought of the Thames Fishermen. or those is only found in rivers where the tide sea. XVII. in the ^ Strand and are certainly the best bait in for Eels laid with lines at night. and wept at its death. the the Lamprey or Seven Eyes. like it worms . at Dog public-house. some parts of the Lea.quite 147 and may be trained so as to become tame : the Roman ladies used them as pets. Strand-lane.

about nine inches • above each other. they are taken either with dead-lines the or floated. on which you may put two or three hooks. and at the same season it also frequently happens that you take both Flounders and Eels. and bottoms they will likewise thrive in clean gra- velly ponds. and of the also in the Docks. you will meet with Flounders much larger than those case. as they will both take the same baits. 6 or 7> for. on the opposie side river. In the creeks from Blackwall to Bromley. promiscuously. any that are brought delight to : market from the They lie among sand.. very sweet and firm and. stream runs through —Note. in such hook of No.148 as THE ANGLER they are properly a sea : S GUIDE. in the other Docks. gravelly banks. when you angle Flounders for Eels in this part. . when angling we find for Flounders in rivers near the sea. in some tide rivers. to think. and West- Ham. to spawn they are generally considered a very sweet Fish. line. particularly if a it. you may Flounders weighing from one to two . &c. in the river I Thames superior sea. and are in sea- son until Winter. light and easy of digestion. are to Those caught . Stratford. you angle for also. use a take near London 5 therefore. and the canal at Limehouse. only leave it fish. in same manner as Eelsj in fact. See fishing for Eels with a floated The colour of the Flounder : is generally a dark mot- tled olive they spawn about March. when fishing for Eels with a floated line.

in the 3 wet docks. 3 149 pounds a piece and they will take a bait during almost every montli in the year. and very large and July. with loose white scales the back is of a dark hue. in March arrive. for taking Smelts in nets . those poor Fishermen have been deprived of their resourse for paying off the debts of Winter. they then take. Smelts are well the table. In July. rive twice every year in the yet. their jaws and tongue have many teeth. is said. the eyes have also the same silvery appearance . &C. How to angle for Smelts. by the Smelts not making their annual appearance in the river Thames. AVhen they the season be favourable for the Fishermen to work their nets. known as a most delicious Fish for They are of an elegant shape. various we used to begin angling for Smelts. an immense quantity of them. which enables the poor Fisherman to discharge some of the debts he unavoidably contracts in Winter. previous to the time above alluded to. it Thames. is the principal place but. \ The river used to swarm with this delicious Fish. that Though they aris. for the last twenty years past. Between London Bridge and Lambeth. covered . in consequence of his not being able to labour in his vocation. and Observations thereon. or rather used to take. and 5hine like silver . they do not get above Lon- don Bridge during if their last visit. below bridge o 2 but at the floating . but the sides and belly are ahnost transparent. for so small a Fish.HOW TO ANGLE FOR SMELTS.

when they it bite. Perry's Dock. there has been so few. about eight will stand better or nine inches line if apart tied —the hooks on a or 9 hooks j from the fine bristle. and from more hooks. very frequently. is size. timber. for several years past. was a favorite place for Smelt -fishing J from those timbers a hundred in dozen have frequently been taken again. Then. Blackwall. and returned home to breakfast. is nearly but this dock. the best baits are a small piece of the belly of an Eel.150 THE ANGLER S GUIDE. the river Thames. about six inches long. and pieces of a Smelt. . up — all other Fish pull down . taken five or in the dozen before eight o'clock morning. as well as the . they are sought after. it was noways unusual for an expert Angler to carry away upwards of twenty dozen of fine Smelts. six I have. flexible top to your rod. strong gut ten to twelve or heavy float. what a place for Smelts days ! —^From in those this place. that myself and many others. Use No. to the now belonging East India Company. laying at Limehouse-hole. Smelts are caught by angling ner : man- you must have an exceeding strong and line. have entirely declined ourselves about them. two miles from the spot river. then residing about . 8. deserted by the Smelts in fact. as usual. have made much inquiry on the subject of the Smelts not visiting. a day. at present. the bottom hook touching the ground. but they I are very small in number. troubling Th^ only and few in place. in the City Canal. but without any in the following satisfactory result. they throw the float —Note.

when you angle with a dip instead of a you do not float. as above described. the points of the hooks are forced through the bait. ..) and tive the most destruc- way of killing Smelts. Smelts will some- times take blood worms. sometimes. should be about the size of a fingernail. is in The the best place to catch these Fish. you will then see. &c. The pieces of Smelt or Eel for bait. gently raising and sinking fishing. or pieces of Lobsters. because every time he strikes. it. if feel. early and late You may fish for Smelts from July to November and December is —very the most suvicessful time : take twenty or thirty dozen in a day. and in the wet docks below London-bridge. put a small piece of white feather at the top of your rod. Shrimps. although the hook shows through the bait which is fortunate for the Angler. and with a small piece of lead at bottom.HOW TO ANGLE FOR SMELTS. or he loses a bite. till you feel a bite : this is called dip- from the name of the lead.* They are very frequently fished for without a float. canal that runs from Limehouse-hole to Blackwall. strike immediately and strong. * Smelts will bite. a bite. &C. but with hooks. through the taken off Isle of Dogs : they are also. in consequence of his being obliged to strike with much force and quickness. near London. all the logs lying in the Thames. You always find Smelts is in deep water. which you occasionally let dip or touch the ground. and also red worms. — many will Note. &c. is (which may be procured at the tackle.shops. therefore a long line necessary. lines.

and in various salt water docks. affix- generally about six yards in length. for which purpose you should throw sufficient length of . where they generally run large.. 6 or the line (beginning at the botj Loop the hooks on tom) about afoot and a half apart the ground. the several creeks Mills. twisted hair. which greatly resembles its name known by the that of a cucmnber. with a loop at the end. are taken with in between Blackwall and Old Ford. this delicate Fish takes in this country. you 7. round Bromley. to which are ed five or six hooks. chosen for this purpose is a No. by angling in Portsmouth harbour.152 THE ANGLER its S GUIDE. A dead great lines. In salt water. but will grow to the weight of nearly half a pound. not more than four inches long. Dead Lines. They spawn the latter end of March. I have caught Smelts. The dead line is made of whipcord. may use a hook of the size of No. which should be tied on pieces of bristle. many Eels. or piece of lead. by the in the same method as used Thames. 8 but in fishing for Flounders in brackish waters. &c. Flounders. to keep the bait on lie at the bottom. but in Germany it is name of the Stink-Jisck. rally The hook gene. They are generally about seven inches long. and immediately afterwards they go down' the river towards the sea. West-Ham. Abbeytide flows and Stratford. where the from the river Thames. as every hook must close to every hook put a large shot. or gut. From peculiar smell.

or fork. Fishing in this way. Perch. or a small stick stuck in the ground. or crutch. day and If you fish for Eels among the shipping in the river Thames. say about twenty yards. or bank. or fork. under the line. and tying the line to a weed. Dace. to the top of which fixed a small iron crutch. in great those creeks I have named. line into the water.OBSERVATIONS ON FLOUNDER TACKLE^ &C. and fasten on from three to six hooks. hooks would catch the weeds. . &c. with this rod : you take up the lines in the following manner forward take the line in your left hand. It is necessary to have a short rod with you. and meet with success until night. especially from an hour after A high-water. by which means you can easily lift out your line over weeds.. pushing it in the water some distance. in shape like the letter Y . number of Flounders. unless it lies on the ground : the best bait is a red worm. or any other impediment. you may use in half a dozen lines at a time. Without to drag you would be compelled the lines up the side or bank. and spoil the and occasion you infinite trouble. this rod. 153 Flounders and Eels seldom take a bait. three or is four yards long. where the baits. by casting them a few yards from each other. about half a yard apart from each other. Eels. Roach. : until the time the tide is quite run out latter you may begin to use dead lines in the end of January. and about the same distance above the top hook . or a live Shrimp. and with the right pass the crutch. are caught by this method of fishing. act in the following manner: get some stoutish it lay-cord. December. and Gudgeons.

so swift are their movements. but abounds in the river Tem. and the Trent the nearest river I have found them in to London. and you will hook the Eel. you will feel a bite snatch the line sharp. about nine miles from Ludlow. this mode of fishing should be practised from the ebbing of the tide until it is The Grayling. about the size of a broad bean. to twisted gut. and bait with pieces of lean corned boiled beef. —Note. tied from drifting . the Wye. or fine gimp. : delight in rapid streams.154 THE ANGLER S GUIDE. . or a piece of which should weigh nearly a pound. fasten a very large ledger lead. and line to keep the hooks 6. line in your hand. or Umber. that the Roman poet. use hooks of the size No. Decius Ausonius says of them. and in the Severn. at Salisbury they . and. flat lead. quite low water. or Umber. If you hold the . is the Avon. The Grayling. silk. is not to be met with in the rivers about London. and with force.

is called Salmon Peel . waved with dark brown. which the Angler . escapes the quickest eye. and will often bite while a loose hook hangs lost a in their mouths. arc fearless in taking a bait. and are flies. water is somewhat coloured. angled for the same as for Trout in respect to particularly the camlet and palmer fly . flies. OR UMBER. dappled with black the belly is handsome. and regularly spotted or erect. of the Salmon species : in the North. the body long and round.THE GRAYLING." This Fish spawns the latter end of May. in Spring and early part of a Summer's morning. 9 hook to your but no float. ** 155 The Umbra swift. then is entitled to the name of Umber. this Fish Gravellings . which they are very fond of. we call them Skeggers. In the river Severn. Umber. then angle within a Grayling. when you have is fairly : tim. or from the bottom. and small insects. he soon subdued strike is mediately you see or feel a bite. -. like the Chub. They have teeth in the jaws and gullet 1 they feed on worms. and in the South. gills. and of a white colour . and sel- dom exceeds large. in the West. the foot line. rally called This Fish a Grayling. and stands 1 like that of a Perch. and back are brown. . and use a No. a pound in weighty the head. but if a worm the if or gentle is used. with these Grayling you often take a small beautiful Fish called a Spring. until full grown. may have hooked imgeneit minute before but. over which runs several lines from the head i to the tailj the is middle line is spotted with black j the back fin very large.

in either of busk a fly. dress. much like that which arises from the wild thyme growing on the Downs. The Salmon. from the Severn. need not fear having sport little : those countries. and. by paying a attention to the methods there pursued ficial flies in fishing indeed. and well understood 3 but the An- gler of the South. or who can cast^ or throw. double wings fly. the stone all and the owlet moth. as well as in North Britain. the art of angling for Salmon is much practised. most depended on and is a large yellowred bodied made on a No. dub. will kiU any river. also the green drake. in Sussex. the arti- used. in the West. for Trout. 2 hook. . are neither numerous nor diflScult to fly make : the fly.15G THE ANGLER S GUIDE Grayling emit a most grateful fragrant smell from their body. in the river in the —Salmon are found Thames. with brownish . made double Salmon the size a^ in when used North. The Salmon is a Fish which is seldom taken by the Angler in South Britain. In Ireland and Wales. to the Tweed.

of brown and glaring colours. is Thames and Medway. nearly as big as a large butterfly.J perchance. The Salmon is unknown in the Mediterranean sea. In Scotland. and over objects of great height. warm climates. is small Salmon are called Grilts. in the North. (See Angling Apparatus. 1 hook tied on gimp. in their When journey.. or shell. &c. sife also. generally dividing the year in fresh and salt water. taken clear from the as is They will sometimes take a small Fish. of on at a time. During the first year. which whipped over : with silk. with a strong a No. then Morts. is ^d up other . &c. with artificial flies of a very large size. they are unexpectedly obstructed p . they spring cataracts. both in the ledger-line. hundreds of miles : to deposit their i^p spawn intent only on this object. made They and of peacock's feathers. such used when trolling with a live-bait for Pike. Half Fish. but found in northern salt^ Waters it lives in fresh water as well as going rivers. and which put twa for the rivers also large well. to be bred from a female Sal- mon's spawn being impregnated by a Trout. 157 to are justly considered be superior in flavour to any bred in other rivers. and deposit their spawn the Spring. cockle.THE SALMON. prawn. The Pink Trout thought. fished for at bottom. I believe. waxed with shoemaker's wax the bait is a raw muscle. Salmon leave the sea in j Thames and Lea about Christmas August.worms.scowered lob.enerally. in Autumn. Salmon are an- gled for at the top ii. Plate 4. they return again to in the sea. they are called Salmon Smelts.

baits. himself does throw. Angling for Salt-water Fish. or any other cause. I visit. but soon recover. they swim back a few paces. party sale. voyage. and become more than twice or thrice their weight in a few months. the for six to London than less pounds weight. or those whose business. like a bow His tail takes in his mouth. the information of the lovers of angling. may occasion a sea. for Freshin catching water Fish. . CHAP. For sure. and practically described. with hook and &c. Among the regulations to protect who catch and send Salmon the produce of any fishery of forfeits five this Fish. who may plea- reside on the sea coast. full and bending aloft That's to compass drawn. they return to the sea very lean. with an astonishing spring. XVIII. or residence on the shores of the (to the have subjoined "Art of Angling ways practised line. After they have spawned. pounds . are concisely The tackle. collecting aU their force.. over-leap every obstacle.") the diflferent Fish in the sea.158 THE ANGLERS GUIDE. then. the said penalty also attaches to the seller and buyer of the Fish. ill health..

Baits.SEA-FISHING. 159 General Remarks on Lines. which worms are got by digging with the tide is a three-prong fork in the sand. which I fasten on a very stout bamboo its trolling rod.. which the Codlings have taken very . or from a head-land. wound on the largest size multiplying winch. are lug or sand worms. I always use a strong platted silk line. The baits. that is. of a dark co- lour. and fish with a hnnk No 1 or % tied on fine and silk strong platted silk.. or treble gut. twenty feet long : on this line I place one of the largest size cork proper depth. or any other. Eels. when out j the places to find them are easily discovered. are at the fishing-tackle made of hempen and sold of shops. to sink which to I three parts is under water. &c. Up as a bait. Shrimps. Dover. &c. is by obj serving where the sand raised in small hillocks the other baits are well scowered lob-worms. when a rod float is not attached to them. The and cord. Muscles. and upwards of seventy yards long. Lampreys. but when fishing from a pier. during tolerable calm weather. small pieces of fresh Fish. lines used for fishing in the sea. and hooked by the part representing freely. 8^c. but think the much the best.* the bait always touching or drifting on the * I have sometimes seen pieces of the Sword-fish cut into the shape and size of a the Minnow. under the name Cod and Mackarel lines . generally used. put on as many large split shot as necessary for the purpose. Hooks. in preference to a ledger lead. floats. either Ramsgate.

fastened . and 2. it is piers. a large hairy worm. in this After my first mode of angling.160 THE ANGLERS GUIDE.they are angled generally.. fastened a piece of lead. when we have gone ing for Whiting. in general. but their hooks. so that it well up. but they may be in caught from boats. and I always found my account gene- rally killing three Fish or more to other Anglers' two. the other Cod or Mackarel hooks of the Boatin men. the point of the hook. When they are fished for usual to hire a boat and a man for the pur- pose '. and from the rocks. are miserably bad. when you bait with a lug-worm. bottom. dug from the sea sands : to the baits I have nothing to object . Whiting. a few miles from the shore. &c. and over the shank of it little remains hanging below it off. I always provided 1 my own hooks. silk. Ledger-fishing also answers very well in seaharbours. with a loop in it. the Boat-man finds tackle and baits. tackle-shops two or more hooks are used. which are the No. The is line used Whiting from a line. party the rusty I. pass of the hook. which are lug-worms. tied to about nine inches of treble gut or platted at the end. in a boat. for the purpose of fish- using my own fishing for tackle. a small strong cord or Mackarel is to the bottom of which dip. shore of England . to be bought at the -. or the Fish will get withI out being hooked. in a party. —Note. called a prepared for the purpose. boat. essay. "\¥hitings are very I numerous around the southern for.

sometimes a Whiting on one hook and . so that the hooks and baits do not hang or twist together. p 2 . frequently think they have a bite -when . for Whiting bite . put them overboard till close to the side feel the dip lead of the boat j let them sink 5 you touch the bottom hold the line between the thumb and fore finger. as well as ^Vhitings. at Weymouth. and draw up your for sometimes you may loose the Fish It want of sharp hooks. the dip lead hanging be- tween the hooks : having anchored the boat. at the same time I have caught many a bucket full of those Fish near Margate. and bait- ed your hooks. 161 by looping to pieces of whalebone. those ought to be noticed.. a Dab on another. keeping raising the line and hooks gently a few inches from the bottom. from a boat. which are suspended from the dip lead. letting it fall occasionally on the ground. is only the motion or rolling of the boat practice will soon enable but a little the Angler to distinguish fishing for Whitings. the Fish bite you will a sudden snatch or jerk line . lay the back of your hand or wrist your thumb on the side of the boat. the difference. &c. and fingers inclining to the water. When thus you frequently catch Plaice. immediately strike. Dabs. at The Hastings. that you may : judge the feel distance when . more a few inches above dip to touch the I only recommend the bottom occasionally. to fish that who are not accustomed from it a boat. which is easily 5 discovered by the dip it lead touching the ground but do not let remain there.. &c.TAKING WHITING.

is to which the which on the . of the largest size. the best time for salt-water fishing . or rather the silk length of treble gut or platted hook. j as is put on the line one of the largest size cork and within a foot of the hook the float as many large shot as will sink three parts under water. repaid by increase —Note.162 places I THE ANGLER have S GUIDE. or any fresh white Fish. line. the top joint should have two fasten a multiplying winch. &c. &c.Irag the bottom : the best baits are fresh lug-worms. draw as much of the rod.. a No. pieces of Smelts. Then tied fasten the hook.) to the butt of the rod . will be amply 5port. with a stout ring . been in the habit of line are angling at for Whiting with rod and from the piers purpose fit Ramsabout gate and Dover. line from the winch. who seldom angle for of greaves. on each joint. follows : provide a strong trolling twenty feet long. through the rings on the necessary floats.water Anglers are. any but salt-water Fish. for which as your tackle rod. are not so attentive to clean good baits. as the fresh. or by a 1. or a piece These persons. (which ought to contain seventy or eighty yards of the strongest platted silk line. either with a loop draw knot plumb the is 3 depth. but those who pay of is a little more attention to the mode of baiting the hooks. or covering the point of the hook. for purpose a larger plummet is necessary than what let used in river or pond fishing your bait lightly . or well 3 scowered lob-worms large many sea Fish will also take a bunch of gentles put on the hook.

rising. are. rod. the colour very. and on the coast of Buchan. between the Reculvers and Margate. Piers. have caught small Cod with the &c. Always . Cod. on the Kentish coast. pieces of Lobsters. and on the north-east coast of England. from for WTiiting. the Whiting Pout in the is smaller they are angled for same way. The chief place is where Cod are to say. that on the north-east part of Ireland during the or rather from Spring till Summer. that is. or. this Fish is long and slender in the body. is 163 and always during. and on both sides of the Frith of Murray. species. near Birchington . of the same . also tiU Michaelmas. particularly from between the rocks and small headlands near Water-Bay and West-gate Bay. &c. from Spring I Midsummer. in Scotland on the Frith of Forth. is caught on the coast all round Great .COD. in ^varnl weather. about the size of a large iWith nut J they will also take bullock's liver. Whiting food j are universally considered as light nutritious they seldom exceed a pound and a half in weight} In shape.the time the tide flowing. as some term it. lob-worms.. &c.. the Clyde. fresh caught Cod. This Fish Britain.- and the skin almost transparent. I have been most successfulwhenmy hook was baited a piece of Whiting. Shrimp. is for the London-market. I believe. as described in angling same tackle. Whiting Polthough larger all j lack. lug-worms. sil- Imt large and bony about the head. float.

between Folkestone and Hastings. there4. a raw Muscle. making in. smaller hooks are required difl'erence there is much between the size of the . larger I . lob-worm. where the bottom . No. two pounds. may sometimes few hours. and are It is on the coast. the great supply of salt Cod comes from the banks of Newfoundland. HoUand they are caught considerably eighteeii Plaice. take a score or two of Codlings in a Plaice. you line. some weighing more than thirty pounds. weighing from one to between five and six pounds weight . sandy and clear from weeds small. a piece of fresh Salmon.164 fish at THE ANGLER S GUIDE. seldom weighing the Cod so caught are called. well known. or Shrimps : this Fish has but a small mouth. is bottom. or fish with a rod to the line : if the weather be calm. Codlings. may as angle with the same rod. and tackle as described : but note. of course. into the bay. or on the which are in the sea. At Ramsgate. being chiefly caught in the Downs. &c. half an Oyster. you must angle from a boat. who will take you where you at a proper time of tide.. and when the tide holes. The flats best of this species of Fish is called Downs Plaice. whe- ther you use a line held by the hand. 3 or enough. and is in still between rocks. On the coast of . have heard of some that weighed the large Plaice are called pounds Dutch The Plaice bite very freely at a lug-worm. for Whiting. a boatman may be hired. is quite large fore a hook.

light food. •considered a very wholesome. &c. and doubtless wholesome. it is When angling The flesh of for Turbot. of the Turbot small. or with those caught on the Dogger Bank. Dabs. and . ^receive ilftlf much amusement those Fish will feed at Plaice are or mid-water.«re Turbot Lampreys. •dressed and eat. but they are generally rikbout from six to ten pounds. jaibout . . and. &c. by giving the Plaice plenty of line. as well as at bottom. when on the sea-coast. similar to the Plaice. ifiver. 165 mouth of a ^Vhiting and 'you Plaice. Turbot are sometimes hooked of a large Weighing near twenty pounds. bullock's is iwith pieces of Whiting. and other Flat Fish. are a Turbot.. Herrings. with strong line. to excess 3 not taken many prefer the Turbot to any other Fish the ocean or fresh waters produce. or lare is chiefly supplied with Turbot by the Dutch fishermen. The mouth they are also caught Smelts. cut into pieces &c. is always from a boat. may kill very heavy Fish with a No. and also in the strength thereof. Turbot if very white and firm. size. killing bait for . The Turbot found on and shallows. The London market I>utch coast. fresh caught •ehoice Fish. though The most a great many caught on the coasts of Cornwall and Devon. Torbay. therefore xtse the •for same size hook as for Plaice. 4 hook. The is larger come from flats the Dutch coast. or sandy shelves.TURBOT.

considered fine and delicious. near which the Angler meet with good sport in fishing for Roach. Mullet are seldom caught. white. or sea worm.. Your line and rod. your tackle must be strong. Pike. in the river Aruiu I . must be long. Jack. and green colours. At those gling. unless you to have a winch and running tackle fixed in the deep holes your rod best.166 THE angler's guide. and leave them generally the latter end of August. 6 or 7. as which should be drawn much up of the shank of your hook as you can. of places. from its silvery. that little its tail may hang loose. particularly about Arundel and Chichester. a house of entertain- ment will for Sportsmen. and a cork the best bait for Mullet is the sand. So called. in Devonshire. j and pools you will succeed by letting your baited water. tail for Mullet are a sucking Fish. in Sussex*. for they struggle very hard when they feel the hook. being : This Fish esteemed both by the moderns and ancients * About two miles from Arundel there is in shape. and Barnstaple. When an- gling for Mullet. &c. called the Rabbits. Grey Mullet. and enter the creeks and rivers. also. though they occasionally taken weighing six pounds. end of the their worm is without taking the hook within mouth. Bream. float : hook hang about three feet under Use a hook of the size No. blue. and apt to get the off. by anare more than two pounds. Mullets in the visit the south and west coasts of England beginning of Summer.

.

.

towards the latter end of the Summer. head square and lines j nose is sides marked with dusky back the body covered with larger scales than any other sea Fish I know ance of 3 the is of a dusky blue and green j 3 the scales are of a silvery white is. and are then frequently caught with a fly. particularly of Yarmouth and Scarborough. by fish- ermen . let out . and are not 3 and. in Sussex. con- trary to the Salmon. when you begin to provided with baits. angle for them. as far as the Goodwin Sands 3 they are caught in im- mense numbers on the Cornwall. Devon. I the whole appear- think. called held in the hand. and come into the fresh river to recover and strengthen themselves. When you the stern of a ship. 167 flat . Sussex. while she lays at anchor. continuing to advance to the Downs. Mullet spawn in the sea. use a small piece of red cloth if they are on the feed. Mackarel may be caught with a small a Maclvarel line. baited with a piece 3 of any kind of fresh Fish they are a bold-biting Fish. in nets. during May and June.MACKAREL. Mackarel. and show themselves in shoals. This weU-known Fish first appears in the Channel about April. . they are long and thick blunt . you it wiU soon kill a Fish fish 3 you from should then cut up foi baits. and Kentish coasts. Mullet are very lively and sportive in fine weather. line. they are equally plentiful on the opposite : French coast I have caught many with the angle on the northern coast. like an overgrown Dace.

Halibut is considered as . is : some little below the surface^ the proper place. strike smartly. line. and your bait will keep in th«. persons. ii will swim. You may angle for Mackarel with surface 3 \ i rod and line. before you strike. from a ship is at anchor. or from a boat. consequently very strong hooks and lines are necessary . oflF ] Scarborough. fine as By many Turbot. when a bite is felt. The Halibut the largest of flat-fish 5 they are frequently taken near a yard in length. Two hooks may be used with . forMackarel feed near the best time when the water and weather is bright. the either same as described for ^Vhiting. it is usual to give line. from ten twenty yards of which away with which the current. when ] the weather calm. Wilks. is the when you feel a bite. o advantage. v. and draw the Fish in. Mullets. I them's Halibut are caught in the British^ as well as in German is ocean. if placed twelve or fourteen inches apart perchance I have hooked a Herring when fishing .168 THE ANGLER to S GUIDE. The usual baits are pieces of fresh Fish. rippling of the stream. and Eels. weighing from eighty to a hundred pounds. Oysters. . and further north but no person goes • expressly to angle for Herrings. and a few minutes to pouch. Halibut. therefore I conceive it ' does not come within my plan to say any more of i this Fish.

for. angle at bottom and during a breeze of wind. are thought . SAND EEL OR LAUNCE. Q . and taken by turning up tl)e sand with a three-pronged fork. found buried about six or eight inches is sand on the sea-beach. The is best time to search them : is immediately after the tide leaves the of a delicate flavour.SKATE. Muscles. you will feel them tug 3 let them pull several times. not too large and are crimped. may be caught near the shore with a strong long cod line and hook. &c. sands the flesh of this Fish and worth the trouble of digging Smelts. Wilks. 169 Skate. Sand This Fish in is Eel. SMELTS. give line and a few minutes' time to . taste. When pouch Skate. such as are used for digging out for lug-worms. a bite. when good eating by some but when they are very large. The Fishermen on the sea-coast use the flesh of Skate to bait for Lobsters. baited with a piece of any kind of fresh Fish. Skate abound on the sea-coast &c. and they all round England. or Launce. Smelts are caught in many harbours and wet docks : on the sea-coast. with the angle fine I have caught very ones in Portsmouth harbour. many object to them as having a rank Skate are caught sometimes that weigh upwards of two hundred pounds. Oysters. &c.

where they are caught with a hook tied to gimp. parties go in boats from Kingston and . others of faded yellow hue some are mottled about the Ijack. In Jamaica. baited | ] with lob-worms. weeds. Shrimps. and the Mersey rivers.170 THE ANGLER S GUIDE. &c. kc. tied to a smaller hook. This Fish partakes scales. burying are itself much of the Eel. a No. &c. almost as gaudy as the plu-^J mage of a paroquet . where they are angled for with line and hook. as far as the tide flows They numerous up the Severn. or shell-fish : they are a singularly marked Fish. broad and thick towards the head. with a bright scarlet and yellow. Groupers and Snappers. and baited with worms. having 3 the appearance of a painted artificial Fish some are 3 of a dark blue and white. same as described fishing for Whiting. The Surmullet is a scarce Fish in this country : I have caught some when fishing from the wharfs and quays at Plymouth harbour w ith an angle rod and line. they are considered sweet nutritious food -. pieces of fresh Salmon. Trent. Minnows. twisted gut. Tliese Fish are'well ^1 Ja- known at the Havannah and maica. small Gudgeons. only using 8. in length the sizes vary from twelve to upwards of twenty inches. fins. Surmullet. or Burbot. in shape. &c. being without among loose sands. Eel Pout.

from raise it which you a few inches again. near Barnstaple in Devonshire feed freely during the : those small Bass 3 months of April and May they vary in size from one to ten or twelve ounces each. so continuing you feel a bite. and around the coast near Bristol. which held over the boat's side and suffered to descend to the bottom. chiefly with nets. a Perch or Dace at especially the smaller or young Bass. letting till it touch the bot- tom. The Bass are taken from five to fifteen pounds weight. which time they have some few black spots on their backs. Bass. . but are sometimes is by the Angler when he fishing for Mullet. much like Salmon in shape. The baits generally used here are Shrimps. 171 ^ort Royal to the Pallisades. and a blueish back. fSee Mullet J Great numbers of small Bass are taken in the river *Taw. and large white scales on the sides. and will take the same baits. as they frequent such places as are agreeable to the Mullet. tackle •for is many Groupers and frequently Mullet. The used in Europe in fishing similar to what is is Wliiting. though : they will live in rivers and fresh waters they are in colour. pieces of Fish. and the small shell-fish. silvery belly. killed &c. This Fish is generally considered a sea-fish. and are thought by some persons a well-flavoured Fish tasted. where and Snappers are caught. . but I think them indiflferently and certainly much inferior to Salmon : they are caught in the Severn.BASS.

and hot weather. during the long days. from neap-tides and long calms. will settled. for the Fish are then shy. as well as in fresh waters. observe. must not expect much leeward when angling from the rocks or close in shore. is by far the most likely time to have good sport. &c. —When angling in the sea. .172 Note. early in the morning and late in the evening.water is very bright. and retire further j : but when the weather and water are somewhat after a storm. that And further when the sea. you sport. THE ANGLER S GUIDE.! oiir be found strong the feed. Codlings.

The And Pike's my joy. a Poem. THE TROLLER'S GUIDE. of all the scaly shoal: of all fishing instruments. . the Troll.f PART II." The Angler.

viz. Telescope-handle Landing Hook. when the Angler so places his baited hooks. CHAP. | The art of Jack Fishing. instead of playing his victim till he . line. in the limited taking Jack or Pike with the gorge hook fishing. 1. properly termed Trolling is but this branch of angling described. Live -Bait-fishing.174 THE TROLLER S GUIDE. 2. and Snap-fishing. mediately he feels a he strikes with much force. sense of the word. No. imbite. or is taking Jack or Pike with j a hook. or drags the Jack or Pike on shore. No. I. No. and generally throws over his head. Book or Case for Trolling Tackle. Lucium Piscicnlo inescare. generally divided and by Anglers^ under the three following heads. Trolling. Live-Bait Kettle. Live-Bait when a floated line is used . 3. k Prefatory Remarks on Trolling for Jack or Pike. and Snap-fishing. Trolling. and rod. that. means .

^lg the year.sition. should not hazard his health by sitting or standing in one place by the river side for a good dish several hours together in the Winter tnonths. aflfording the Angler several months' amusement durit may be practised without danger when every other mode of angling . X. to . Trolling I consider a valuable branch of fishing. Carp. Tench. cut into small pieces.?ibout the feet and legs.. but leave the sharps. he will seldom get wet. or even dampness. is 175 different exhausted. I shall fully in explain those modes of angling Chap. and scowers. rain or suet. Take half a pound of mutton ounces of bees' wax. yet the Angler. more deep and . with observations on the advantages and merits of each. especially .TROLLIXG FOR JACK OR PIKE. and •to the health. Perch. shallows. Eels. or is . Gudgeon. ceases to be either profitable or prudent to follow for. Barbel. ^fter being exposed for many hours in the swampy five places. or rheumatic affections. still parts of ri- vers or other waters the fly-fisherman is may then lay by his tackle till the ensuing Spring well advanced. who is subject to the cramp. and wiU take the trouble of feel dressing his boots or shoes with the following compo. Fish seldom for the rise to the surface of the water. as the Winter approaches. and Dace also refuse the choicest bait the wily Angler can offer them when the Winter commences j and. which he certainly must do tOf if he expect to kill Roach J but when properly clothed. though Chub and Roach will certainly take a bait very freely at bottom. during the whole Winter.advancing in years.

I shall instruct the reader now proceed to how to choose hooks. render it powdered fire. fit for the various methods practised who full excel in the art of Trolling or Jack- with and clear directions how to bait the illus- hooks. and the to carrying them home. . trolling He may then indulge himself with a few hours' whenever the water trolling is is fit for the purpose. the Troller has but fear on that score. and as labour is generally considered conducive to.l76 THE troller's guide. cursorily discoursed Having thus on the nature of Trolling. leather with a brush. &c. — well into the ^This mixture appears if yellow on the boots or shoes. lines. playing.. and to. and landing those Fish. and he two or three brace of heavy Pike. killing. from moving continually to another further kills from one part of a river or water on J and if the Fish are well on the feed. or Jack Fishing. that is objected put among it half an ounce of powder blacking. and other tackle by Anglers fishing. resin which add an ounce of black melted and well mixed. . rods. but may allow himself the pleasure of killing a few brace of Jack or Pike for his ble. because strong exercise. and rub Note. accompanied with cuts or engravings to trate the same. or for the ally own ta- more pleasing gratification of occasion- supplying that of a friend. or little to rather the price of health. simmer all is it. the Angler find that will the exertions he has made in casting the bait. nearly approach labour. the whole in a pipkin over a moderate till When you wish it to use liquid by melting.

the bait. or what is is called a double Eel hook: to the shank of the hook fastened about two or three inches of brass wire twisted. and make a loop at the other to fix on the traces or trolling line. the other end of the gimp beon ing turned and tied into a loop. II. to be ready to loop the traces or trolling line. either to a swivel or by a slip or loop knot . or of a sufficient weight to be cast to any distance. to this loop about nine gimp is tied. others of a round or barrel form. and . (I prefer the latter. the shank of the hook and part of the brass wire is neatly covered with lead. fix a box swivel . then take another piece of gimp.THE GORGE HOOK. some of a long octagon shape. To make this hook sink. will find it assist much it : in spinning First. about six inches in length. about three inches long. when the lead lays nearly the whole length of the bait-fish.swivel to the gorge hook in the following manner.) and I also generally re- move about 1 a third of the lead from the brass of those I find . to bait it. and enticing the Jacks to take take it a piece of gimp. 177 CHAP. and how The gorge hook consists of two. but those Anglers who will take the trouble to add a box. and to the other end. and fasten one end of it to the aforesaid swivel . the end of which forms a loop inches of . and fasten to the wire of the hook . The Gorge Hook. hooks which tackle shops kept ready for sale at the fishingI because have found.

and it will lay at the | bottom of the throat. Having described the nature of a gorge hook. ficientfor sinking. and touches the lead bait. without haunt. that it. Baiting Needle. Notice the cuts beneath this . and soon pouches the whole. or only a little lower . Gorge Hook baited. in such case his teeth seldom come in contact fear^ retires to his with the lead. by removing directed. out at the lead will then hid inside the bait's belly. To bait the gorge hook.) then introduce the point of the it needle into a dead bait's mouth. 3. we will ^ now instruct the reader how : to bait the same. No.1 =»3. and it hook the curved end of which the hook is to the loop of the gimp. and bring the middle of the fork of lie its tail. and the shank of the its hooks will be inside mouth. when the Jack strikes his teeth pierces through the flesh . 1. his bait. (to tied. he then immediately drops the a part of the lead as above ! Now.178 especially if THE TROLLER S GUIDE. the remainder the Angler will find to be suf. the barbs and points . a Bleak or thin Roach. take a baiting needle. &c. and he then. and as | Jack generally seize their prey by or across the middie. Gorge Hook.

by which misfortune the and the bait-fish hook ^either i is drawn from its position. the points. ject. Now. that the barbs and points of the hook should sides of the bait's if not project from the mouth. ihe trolling however. but if a needle passed through the flesh of each tail. out of their mouth and 3 when casting. outside points 179 and turning upwards 3 some Anglers turn the it. difference of opinion There some among Anglers . it is proper to have an assortment of the different sizes of gorge hooks. because. the bait-fish in order to pouch it if wiU then immediately blow also bait. it go in search of Jack or Pike necessary that the reader should know that Anglers for use Fish for baits when trolling with the gorge hook. the hooks. much is mutilated or entirely spoiled. they when they are changing the position of it . about half an inch above the so as to encircle the gimp and then tied.THE GORGE HOOK. that you may al- ways have a hook proportionate fish to the size of the baitj your judgment leads you to select for you must notice. The baited hook line to. dipping. to is now complete to fix . or cotton . downwards. drawing. it is a neater and better way than is tying around the outside. side of the bait. &c. 3 varying in size from one to four ounces in weight which reason. tie the tail-part of to the gimp with white and thread is thread. profelt they are very likely to be in the act of by Jack or Pike they do. &c. but should lay very close. to keep the bait steady on just above the fork. and spinning the those projecting part^ of the hook frequently catch hold of weeds. silk.

up. they frequently catch or hang among weeds and when this will last longer. and the there tail-part tied or is to the gimp. for •. with care and skill the Angler may frequently kill a brace or more with one bait-fish. . occurs the part of its bait.fish is scales. and therefore never do seen but I have certainly many Jack and Pike of the bait-fish. generally torn. jn respect to sewing up the mouth sewed of the bait-fish . the bait-fish when the fins are left on. all close to the Angler's advantage to cut them away. I killed with the mouth of the to cutting off the it is bait stitched or fins sown up. This ler of great consequence to the Trol- who may be remain short of baits. place where he can replenish his bait box bait-fish in tolerable preservation. I think little occasion for stitching up the it j mouth. and also far from a . In regard am decidedly of opinion. for if the or and Jack Pike are strong on the feed. or deprived of I and of course soon ceases tp be an is enticing bait.180 THE TROLLEr's GUIDE. than when the fins are left on and further. but after the hook has been placed in a proper manner. in because the bait will then spin or twirl more freely the water when sinking or being drawn .

altogether.) way to cut off the said fin it and every first Other and bring out at the to tail 3 having put tied the loop of the gimp which the hooks are through the curve or eye of the baiting needle. the first 5 191 this way does . and pass through the loop of the gimp to which the other . To bait's bait this snap. with a Gorge Hook and Double Hook. 4 or which must be tied to a piece of gimp about three inches long. baitedj. not look so neat certainly as is the above described for but that of little consequence. Dead Snap. depends more on the strength of arm and tackle than on skill or science. draw the loop out at the tail of the bait. the hooks will then lay close over the bait's back. is the best fin. Gorge Hook 5. the leaded part laying in its belly ex- actly as (see when you intend trolling with a gorge hook. one on each side. snap-fishing. take the loop end of the it gimp to which the gorge hook is tied. with a small loop at the end 3 now it take your baiting needle and enter the point of the bait's back just where the back it in fin is. first introduce the gorge into the mouth. (but note. No.SNAP-FISHING. Then take a double hook. After you have placed the hooks properly.

I always carry some double hooks tied to short pieces of gimp. of the tied. just to fasten now complete tie on to to line. much of the hooks are exposed. . &c. and several runs. put on those back hooks and is my gorge to a snap. i and below the bait-fish the gorge hook. of course. a snap is he cannot get a Fish then his only resource. which 3 done with trouble or loss of time is and. and in the middle the bait-fish. the gim{||i sticks up. with the hooks placed in it. which very material. when my bait many so altered. in this case. I strike immediately I feel a run. when I find Jack will move and seize I my bait little i but will not pouch convert it. and also line gimp and coming from the is tail instead of) i from the mouth or back. when I troll with a gorge.) Over the bait-fish l are represented the two hooks. Angler will during his practice. to pouch. those two hooks to gimp same length as that to which the gorge is and fasten both loops together with the trolling line or trace.192 THE TROLLER tied 5 fast tail. for the find. The in the superiority of this method of using a snap con- sists in all the hooks laying close to the bait. CSee the Cut above. if you wish or think proper strengthen your tackle. because. hooks are draw and all close to the bait's silk and tie them very above the your with waxed all is round the Fish. than if it be hooked by the back or side -. for hooks so placed will allow the bait to appear more like a live Fish swimming or spinning about in the fin water. with the short piece of gut. tail. that after if hours' trolling. — properly ^Note. S GUIDE. in 1 which case.

with a loop at the end of the gimp } or you may tie two single hooks back to .BAITING HOOK. — fSee the last Cut. and bring it out close fin.J that when a Jack or Pike seizes the bait he may not feel them. to the back. tied to about eight or nine inches of gimp. at the extremity of the back and draw the gimp ready to ^Note. IX. fsee Live- Chap. 2. instead of the double ones a baiting needle. unless hait-fishing. either brazed together or made on one shank. &C. you intend tliem as a snap. back on a then take thfe piece of gimp. and is the troUing line. Provide two hooks. guiding upwards. and hook the curve end into loop of the gimp j now it enter the point of the baiting needle just under the skin of the live-bait-fish. fix after till the bend of the hooks are all brought to the place where the needle entered. close to the gills.J Use hooks of such a size that the points and barbs do not project over the belly or shoulder of the bait-fish. Hooks double as . Double and Treble Hooks for Live-bait Fishing. 183 Fig.

run the point and barb into the bait-fish's under this prevents the skin from stripping down. is a most killing way and to be preferred to every other. This method of baiting hooks in live-bait-fishing. by casting and drawing out a bait so hooked several times. about an inch of gut. is the skin of the bait-fish apt to strip downwards. 4 or 5 will be found most proper. but the water with the will swim nearly as strong in it hooks attached to in as without. to —Note. and the bait remains also much livelier. 6 should be preferred. the sizes No. 9 hook.184 THE TROLLER S GUIDE. and tempting to a Jack or Pike. and it will very little inconvenience from the operation. take hold of the small hook. those of the size No. with a loop to the end of pass the loop over the gimp that is tied to the double . proper tied to it to prevent which. hook. Again observe the Cut. above described^ of various sizes. are kept ready for sale at all the principal fishing-tackle shops. that the gimp and shank of I the hooks are to lay under the skin of the bait-fish. . so as not to feel wound the bait' s-flesh. and bring the hook is it to the bends of them now when and lip 5 baited. and therefore be careful to carry the baiting-needle cautiously. illustrate this description. Observe.^ lose their and in consequence the hooks place . The reader will notice. I use a No. as before alluded to. tied to gimpj but when tied to twisted gut. when When the double hook above described is used.

in Cut above. enter the fin. fSee the hooks.J Now . and about the way up the shank a smaller size hook. so as to aUow size. 185 Treble Hook. with a loop at the end. 7 or 8. No. each piece about an inch long then tie those four short pieces to about nine inches of very stout gimp. by tying two hooks made on one shank the other on which the three hooks are tied. To tie fit this treble hook. ^ to four pieces of .) and bring the point and barb out on the other side j the two large hooks will then lie close to the side of the bait. and ready to be baited having a its live-bait-fish. the hooks to hang 5 down tie the other side of the bait-fish other Anglers four single hooks.TREBLE HOOK. a No. tie the whole to about nine all is inches of gimp. and Spring Snap. small hook beneath back (avoid touching the back bone. take two hooks that are half made on one shank. fSee the Cut above. Five Hooks. gimp.) Some to Anglers add two more hooks to the three above described. [k<2. and in the middle of .

) in prefer- ence to the plain. tied to a piece of gut. but as page 185.) bait's among The small one is as already deloose. hooks high up enough for it is not proper the large hooks should hang below the represented in the cut. . fas represented in the Cut above. the top of which is tied the four large ones. to (See the Cut. hang two on each side of Spring Snap. hook through the back will fin.) which I by no means recommend. If the Angler chooses to use a spring snap with three hooks. The engraver has not drawn . the dead snap. —Note. bait-fish's belly. 3. as some term them. (terms synonymous. those four large hooks they have one of the size No. 7. or. meaning a snap without a spring. and the large hooks it. fig. he has only given on baiting the dead or the to follow the directions plain snap.]S6 THE TROLLER S GUIDE. scribed.

the Fish has generally dropped the bait. or you may pur- made of one piece of wire is 3 betw een the lower part of the shanks fastened a small link or two of chains. will among the Troller's tackle.) which slightly live sewed up with white thread for j the bait will : still and swim very strong many hours I but I cannot recommend this hook. (from which takes its name. tied back to back on nine inches of gimp. instead of pouching it J see. .BEAD-riOOK. and thereby creating an alarm the Jack or Pike. or like a drop-bead. The bead-hook chase them is formed of two single hooks. (a Gudgeon is the best bait. on the whole. have had a run.) The is put into the live-bait's mouth. I because have frequently found. 187 Bead Hook. (see the Cut above. &c. having a piece of lead of a conical it form. when and you must bait. to is And again.) linked by a staple to lead is it . those loose hooks frequently : hang weeds. make mention of \i. I think the bead-hook not worthy a place therefore shall not again ' place thereof. but in inform you of one much better. that unless the Jack pouches the you have no chance of killing him : this often arises from the hooks hanging loose in to each other.

put one end of the gimp to the wire j that the aforesaid hooks are tied to lay the hook No. When tying the hooks and gimp . and the whole the Cut. Gudgeon. or Dace. and you will seldom fail hooking him. 3. 8 on the wire and gimp. to about an inch and a quarter of twisted wire 8.) ready to receive the bait. Roach. and tie each of . and run the small hook flesh just through the under the back and let the two large hooks hang one on each and all is side of the bait-fish. act as follows : —-take a proper sized fin. off. and together J then tie the whole very securely make is a loop at the other end of the gimp. then take a hook of the size No. inches of and about ten gimp . complete. An them excellent Live-bait Snap. Take two hooks of the size No. — Note.188 THE TROLLER S GUIDE. (See To live bait this snap. When a Jack seizes your bait and runs strike smartly.

Now. Dead-Snap. and how IV. Take about twelve inches of at stout gimp. proceed as folgill lows : put the loop of the gimp under the of a dead-bait-fish. \ bait-fish. and bring it out at its mouth . Snap-Fishing. draw the gimp till the hook at the bottom comes just behind . and the other towards the CHAP. procure a drop-bead lead. to bait the Hooks. tie make tie a loop one end. 189 together. at the other end a hook. and about an inch further up the gimp another hook of the same size . 2. to bait the hooks.SNAP-FISHING. which the fishing-tackle shops keep fixed to a small ring or two. place the large hooks so that the point of one of them shall stand towards the head of the tail. with Two or Four Hooks. size No.

if you wish to increase the strength of your tackle. then pass the ring of the drop -bead lead over the loop of the gimp. If you add will two more hooks two already described. and fix the lead inside the baitfish's all is mouth. and sew the mouth up. instead of in at the gills . and mouth is sewed up. and draw the two pieces of all straight . and sew that up or you may tie the short piece of gimp to the long one instead of having a loop at 5 the end. pass the loop of the short piece of gimp under the gill and out of the mouth of the bait. and the point and barb pierces it j through the skin of to keep the hook steady. and then same size and in two hooks of the the same manner as the first two j tie after the first two and the lead are in their places.J If you do so. they clear themselves and hook firmly into the Jack or Pike 3 or. J and trolling line. and when j you feel a bite and strike. you must pass the hooks and out of the first through the bait-fish's mouth at the gills. ready to fasten to the to the fsee the Cut. tie the second two hooks to a piece of gimp of the same length as . take a piece of stout gimp. fSee the Cut offour hooks. about four inches long. tie gimp together close to the bait's mouth.190 the back slightly fin THE TROLLER S GUIDE. and out mouth then slightly fix bait's skin just to keep them in their places them through the. of the bait. you 3 then have a very killing snap to fit which. and make a small loop at one end. and draw till the hooks are in the same situation on that side as the other j now pass the loop of thie long piece of gimp through before the bait's the loop of the short one.

TYING ON HOOKS.

181

CHAP.

Ill

Fig.

1.

Single Hooks for Live-Bait fishing

;

to

bait

them ; with

Directionsfor tying or whipping Hooks to Gimp.

When

a single hook
:

is

used,

it is

baited in the

two

following ways

pass the point and barb of the hook
lips of the live-bait fish,

through the two

on the side
it

of the mouth, which does not distress the bait as

would do by passing them through the middle or nose
part of the Fish.

The other way
it

is,

to pass the point
fin

and barb of the hook under the back
Fish, and bring

of the bait(See the

out on the other side.

Cut above.)
the back

Be

careful,
it

when you pass

the hook under

fin,

that

does not go too deep, so as to
;

touch or injure the back bone
fish

for, if it does, the baitdie.

cannot swim strong, and will soon

—Note.
or
to
;

When
5.
tie

you use a single hook

for Jack-fishing, in the

way above described,
It is

prefer those of the

number 4

necessary the TroUer should

know how

or

whip on the hooks himself,

in case of accident
it

therefore, I shall direct

him
R

to do

in as plain

and

182
concise a

THE TROLLER

S

GUIDE.
tie

manner

as possible

:

—To

a hook to gimp,

take some strong fine floss

silk, (that sort

used by wig-

makers
the

is

also excellent,) well

wax

it

with shoeit

makers' wax, then take the hook and hold

between

thumb and
silk

finger of the

left-hand,

and whip
top,

round the shank, from the bend to the

with

waxed

;

then lay the gimp on the inside part of
it

the shank of the hook, and whip

close and tightly

down, carrying your whipping
point of the
;

till

nearly opposite the

hook then turn back the point of your silk,

and hold be

it

down with your thumb,

the silk will then
or

in a loop,

which you must pass or lap over three

four times the end you hold under your

thumb

;

now

take that end and draw

it

gradually until the lappings
lie

which were passed over
cut off the spare

close and firm,
:

and then

waxed

silk

this

is

called the hid-

den or finishing knot, and will not draw.
Anglers rub a
ping, which
serve
it
5

Some

little

hog s
it

lard or suet over the whip-

makes
little
is

smooth, and also helps to preoil- varnish,

but a
This

good

or liquid tar,

is

superior.

the best

way

I

can describe to

tie

or

whip on a hook, though, probably, not so
as

intelli-

gible

might be wished

j

but any experienced

Angler^ or the persons keeping fishing-tackle shops,

can teach the novice in two or three minutes

how

to
to

whip or

tie

on a hook, which he would do well

avail himself of the first opportunity.

]>liAl>

SNAP,

193

Dead Snap,

with one Hook.

To
and
fix

bait this snap, take a

long-shanked No.

1

hook,

tie it to

about twelve inches of strong gimp ; then

the baiting needle to the loop of the

gimp

3

enter

the point of the needle just below the end on the side

of the back
fully just

fin

of the dead bait-fish, carrying
;

it

care-

beneath the skin

bring

it

out about a quar-

ter of an inch before
'

you reach the

gill,

then enter the
it

needle under the of the mouth
;

gill

of the bait-fish, and bring
after until the
bait, as

out

draw the gimp

bend point

and barb of the hook lay on the
the cut
;

represented in

now

take a bead-drop lead, such as described
it

in baiting a

snap with four hooks in page 188, pass
is

over the loop of the gimp to which the hook

tied,

and place
the said

it

inside the

mouth of the
is
is

bait-fish,
fix to

and sew

mouth

up, and all

ready to

the trol-

ling line.

—Note.

The

lead

placed in the

mouth

of

the bait to add to its weight,
gler to cast his bait with
cular spot, the

which enables the Ancertainty to any partiis

more

gimp

to

which the hook

tied

being

directed to lay only just under the skin of the baitfish
;

so that

when

the Angler feels a bite and strikes,
s

194
the

THE TROLLER

S

GUIDE.
fix

gimp then

rips

away, and enables the hook to
;

firmly into either the Jack or Pike
lessly placed too

but

if it

be care-

deep when

yoii strike^ the

hook gets

fixed, or nearly buried in the

body of

the bait, instead

of the Jack, &c. Therefore, recollect, in baiting for the
snap,

where the hooks lay outside the

bait- fish, that

they are so placed as to easily clear themselves, and thereby get firm hold of the prey^ but
if

the Angler

would take the trouble of introducing another hook,
of the same size, exactly in the same manner, under
the skin of the bait-fish on the other side, he would

then have a very neat and effective snap, and also one
very easily baited.

—Note.

You may have
gimp
it is
it

the second

hook
bait's

tied to a short piece of

just to reach the
^

mouth, and fasten

to the first piece

or, if

both pieces of gimp are long,
because
fine tackle is

of no consequence,

not requisite

when

snap-fishing.

Barb or Spear Hook,

The shank of
end of
it is

this

hook

is

loaded with lead

:

one

like a dart or harpoon, the other end a

single hook.
bait's
is

Introduce the barb or dart end into the
it

mouth, and bring

out near the

tail

j

the lead
its

then in the bait's belly, and the hook just within

mouth, which must be sewed up with some white
thread.
I

have noticed

this

hook, and given a cut of

DEAD SNAP.
it,

195

merely because they are become scarce, the hook
all

being generally rejected by

experienced Trollers of

the present day, as not worth notice.

Dead Snap
This snap
is fitted

with three Hooks.
:

as follows

—take three hooks of
back to back,
in a loop, (see

the size No. 2, and tie

them

altogether,

firmly on one end of about twelve inches of strong

gimp

;

let the other

end be formed

the

Cut); then having provided a dead-bait Fish,

now

take your baiting needle, and hang the loop of the gimp
to
it
;

then enter the point of the needle in the vent of

the bait, (but do not penetrate too deep in the body,)

and bring
until the

it

out at

its

mouth

;

draw the gimp
-,

after,

hooks lay

at the bait-fish's vent

now

pass

over the gimp a bead drop-lead, and place
bait's

it

inside the
all is

mouth, which must then be sewed up, and

ready for fixing to the trolling-line.

Note. This snap

should be baited with a large bait-fish either a Roach
or Dace, say from six to eight ounces weight, and in
extensive pieces of water which contain heavy Pike,
especially at the time

when

the weeds are rotten or

gone

:

this snap, so baited, will

be found effective and

worthy the Angler's attention.

196

THE TROLLER

S

GUIDE.

Dead Snap

with two Hooks.

Mt

this

snap in the following
size

manner:— tie two

hooks of the

No.

1,

very firmly to about twelve

inches of stout gimp, which should have a loop at the

other end

:

now

take a baiting needle and

fix it to

the

loop of the gimp, and enter the point of the needle into
a large dead-bait
fish's

vent

;

but do not penetrate too

deep in
are

its

body, for when so, and you strike, the hooks
confined, and do not fix so firmly in Jack
is

somewhat
if

or Pike as

they laid nearer the skin, which
in striking;

torn

away with a strong jerk
its

bring

it

out at

mouth, and

fix

the lead in the bait's mouth, and

sew the same up,

(as described in the preceding article,
;)

baiting with three hooks

and

all is

now

ready to fas-

ten to the trolling
baited in the Cut.)

line.

(See the hooks, and the same

Now

having described various and as many hooks,

with the best

way

to bait

them

for killing

Jack and

DEAD SNAP HOOKS.

197

Pike, as I think are worth notice, I shall next direct the

reader

how to choose the

trolling line, rod, winch, &c.
bait-fish for

j

also, discourse

on the nature of

Jack and

Pike-fishing, pointing out the reason

why

a

Gudgeon

should be preferred (generally) to a Roach, Dace, or
Bleak, for trolling with the gorge hook, or for Livebait-fishing
;

also

when Roach, Dace,
them

or Bleak, are

useful baits

j

with

full directions to select

the same, in

respect to size, and to keep
fishing, or to preserve those

alive during a day's
fresh,
ai;id

which are dead,

sweet,

when going a distance from home, either
;

to troll

with the gorge or Snap-fishing

for

which purpose, a

proper bait-kettle and box are recommended, with cuts
of the same, accompanied with directions to select baits

proper for every season of the year.
VII. VIII. and IX.

See C^hapters

Dace.

s

2

198

THE TROLLER

S

GUIDE.

CHAP.

V.

Nc.

1,

Multiplying Winch.
4,

No.

2,

Bank Runner.
No.
5,

No.

3,

Thumb Winder.

No.

Trace with three Swan Shot.

Trace with Dip Lead.

Trolling Lines,

Winch and Thumb Winders, Bank
Runners, Traces,
&;c.

Trolling
hairj or

lines are

made

of

silk,

and also of

silk

and

mohair of various lengths and strength, by
toge-

platting, spinning, or twisting several strands
ther.

There are

silk lines, called India twist, sold at the

fishing-tackle shops, and at

some of the china
This India twist

shops,

and other shops

in

London.

may

be

bought of any length and degree of strength and
ness, at

fine-

something

less per yard
;

than what

is

manu-

factured in this country

but

it is

much

inferior in

strength and value, because

it is

full of

gum when you

and pour as oil it much cold-drawn double-boiled linseed the whole last . my advice to provide your- with a platted silk line. oil. it. and pass through or wipe with a piece of woollen cloth or flannel. in p I consequence of its its not when you make a imbibing much water. and will then be for use. t every sense of the word they are stronger than those which are twisted. : and from being a little stiflf . and gradually draw it the line out of the it tumbler or basin. or silk and hair. than those without and also that the dressed line passes quicker through the rings cast. therefore very unfit for Jack and Pike- Ij fishing. therefore.TROLLING TACKLE. as will cover let it lay a few minutes. which will make the surface smooth.when choosing a . and . in The platted silk lines are the best for trolling.) fifty made of about to sixty yards. Some Trollers think this dressing a line causes . and in length from If you wish to make your manner on : line water- proof. and the whole line will be alike saturated with the . (the colour immaterial. after some little wear and tear ! the gum gone the line then soon untwists and be- comes I rotten. or mohair. II 199 first purchase is it. it Note. Let the twisted be made Platted wholly of silk. in it in the following lay the line a large tumbler or basin. I find so dressed less likely to kinkle. or stick to the rod. it Hang the line up for a few fit days in dry air. then take the end all put in. which every TroUer knows is is of some consequence self . dress in coils. . eight strands. silk lines are also less inclined to I kink or tangle than the twisted. soona line er to rot but is I am not of that opinion.

and large pieces of water and un- der the cover or shade of such places. now fit up some traces. the sides of rivers. for if the rod be too large to pass through the hoop.) and others use a bank . from the hurry of the moment. and join them j together very neatly and strong. Fig. should Cut. having provided himself with line. &c. their line {see the Cut. particu- hook part of to it. because I have it my line and rod more high sags. bushes. which the tackle-makers provide. or the hoop too large for the rod. which case with those not the made with a hoop and screw . some- J . 2. which are often met with about . or have them is let in a groove and fastened by brass ferules.'200 THE TROLLER S GUIDE.) for the same purpose I but prefer a winch. made very strong. Fig. (see the Cut. and enables me to troll over rushes. with a box swivel then tie on at one end of the gimp a hook swivel..) or get his tackle-maker to do for him. Figs. 3. and 3 at the other end make a loop of the gimp observe-— the hook swivel should be larly the off the tied. winch. because you can tie on such any sized joint or rod. compact. about ten inches each in length. in putting on and loop of gimp which the hook or hooks are Anglers. {see the it 4 and 5. &c. because. Jack and Pike are often found. winch. prefer one without a lock or stop^ and also those which are to made to tie on the rod. in the following manner : take two pieces of gimp. ced : those made to tie much inconvenience is experienon may also be fixed to the on a wooden thumb- butt by brass ferules. runner. The Angler. Some Anglers keep winder.

a trace. of gimp and twisted lose no time in gut. or live-bait-fishing. instead of gimp. which may be of them I in Chap. but leave that job a rainy day at home. laid is 201 necessary 5 and when a heavy Fish is hooked. and a line. either for trolling. it. have found. or snap-fishing with a dead wanted on the on the shank . looped at one end. on the trolling and to which line you fix traces. those traces float to must be leaded so as to sink the a certain depth j for which purpose. in case of accident. &c. it make a rule always to have a spare trace or two in my tackle book. on this swivel while killing — much stress is ^Note. and is more easily made and used. have a drop-lead attached to them. In the Summer months. for when at my sport.TROLLING TACKLE. traces. . I when the waters get low and bright. fsee Cuts 4 and 5 J . When trolling bait. For live- bait. snap-fishing. times use more violence than what besides. made of a foot of gut. gorge-hook. because the gorge-hook leaded and all hooks that are used^ baited with seen by a reference to the Cuts a dead bait in snap-fishing. when used traces made of the choicest twisted gut. ready fitted. from a continuI ance of dry weather. I may repairing. answers as well as two swivel traces. When float you use a live-bait for Jack-fishing. you 5 may use a dip-leadj or three or four swan shots lead or shot should be fixed just the dip- above the hook swivel. and a hook swivel on the other. as represented in the Cut at the head of the with the no lead is is Chapter. IV. that.fishing.

soon injures the strength is line. or the An- cut off the line before too much gler will. with hooks. than you are to observe^ could used gimp J feed. Anglers traces. only during the Summer. The Angler who uses the them. &c. for then they are well on the feed. Swivels and traces enable the TroUer to cause his bait to have a twirling or spinning motion. either when is trolling I with the if I when live-bait-fishing. on . twisted. when a dead bait That traces made with the best salmon- gut. draw-bow knot. because the drawing and undrawing the said knot. cause the bait to spin if much better than made of gimp. and the water generally somewhat I if it discoloured. a it is few inches must be used. who object to the trouble of fitting or using may certainly kill both Jack and Pike without by looping. gimp. — this particularly applies ^Note. probably. lose a Jack or Pike. hanging it to a swivel. . Pike almost of any size and further observe. and are sufficiently strong to kill a . that I and hooks also have killed more Jack and gorge. by simply fixing their baited hook-link to the trolling line. or Pike. at which time and sea- sons believe Jack and Pike would take a baited Those hook was tied to a clothes' line or rope. this.202 THE TROLLERS GUIDE. and at that part where much wanted therefore. when Jack and Pike and the water very bright 3 j are not much on the they then seem shy of coarse tackle but not so in Winter and Spring. tied to twisted gut. which frequently stimulates a Jack or Pike at it J to strike is used. either or by a knot should be careful and examine his line frequently.

if the traces loat and hook-lengths are longer. better than shot to sink the fput because the float is first it on the . with a hole through them. . cast with a hole hrough them. if those dip-leads are not easily to be met al- one or two small pistol-bullets. by most of the fishing-tackle makers and shops in London: but tvith. about ten inches long and also note. Dip-leads are made of a long barrel shape. trolling line. you live-bait fish for Jack or Pike is with a floated line. rolling In respect to traces used when is with the gorge. must be placed on the which looks awk- vard and clumsy. that the 203 play of the swivels also eases the stress on the rod while you are killing a heavy If Fish. without traces. for they will not pass through either the ring or cap of the float . you cannot get the again without the trouble of removing the shot. —Note. or at the snap.TROLLING TACKLE. and are kept ready for sale. then the shot below on the float said line oflf and when so done. but if you use a dip-lead. the length immaterial. traces. hough they do not look quite so neat on the line as nther split shot or dip-leads. of various sizes. a dip-lead float. the traces. will be found a good substitute. in it is put on the line and removed an instant. be hat the hooks used for live-bait-fishing should ied to lengths of gimp of eight or nine inches longj )ecause. hat I have directed the traces to be )ieces The Angler will notice made of two 5 each.

of a sufficient length.seasoned made of bamboo cane 3 . or live-bait-fishing. or spinning his bait for if . Rods proper for Trolling or Jack and and how to Troll Pike-Jishing. the choicest in length it should not be shorter than fourteen feet is but sixteen more desirable. strong . generally well-seasoned willow . such trol- When trolling is with the gorge. be not to be for procured. in four joints. and also far if the wa- he should then keep as as he possibly can. A GOOD trolling-rod should be stout and well. it sags. a long rod ne- cessary. yet sufficiently but if bamboo. who are indifferent may have them made of glers about the weight of a solid wood. do.. &c. . casting. to enable the Angler to drop in his baited hook over high ter be bright. which a away from long rod enables him to . &c. cane every way fit for the and not too heavy. THE troller's guide. those Anrod.204 . while dipping. if your tackle-maker can furnish purpose of striking true. the tackle-makers use other light wood the butt. rushes. 3 each measuring nearly a yard and a half ling rods will ahuost last for ever. without a Rod.

where there are many weeds among . such as a small hole. except the top. but if a winch is used. losing time. sometimes near losing your temper.TROLLING RODS. or any other water. about the number of rings necessary for trolling rods those who have their line on a thumb-winder. to have a ring. your baited hook frequently cast. and frequently the bait is spoiled or 3 much injured by catching or hanging to the weeds bait you then have to . Jack or Pike are alarmed. and the other joints. that he will then take the bait. you are. or on a bank-runner. seldom place more than two or three rings on their rod.at the top . in a river. fixed so as always to stand out. is a bite) is lost. perchance. all and let that joint be without a ring. fasten the winch to the butt. and others have only a large ring . with a And rod you will be able to drop your baited hook in likely place for some very Jack or Pike to lay. among a bed of weeds. There is some difference of opinion among Anglers . forgetting that hope and patience support the Fisherman. instead of the open place it which you desire or wish to fall into 3 in such case. about a foot from the bottom. either a Jack or a Pike see him. there should be a 5 ring to every joint. or clear place. in Jack or Pike fishing. and nearly large enough to admit the top of your . except the butt that is. longit is ^05 very rare indeed again. and your chance of getting a run (a run. but if your rod be too short for that falls purpose. or short when the weeds. division. from which mishaps. each iinade of double brass wire. your hook afresh. &c.

can have such close. going to and from trolling. about two I long 5 to this. I have two tops Avith to in my with trolling rod. (See and Traces. about long this I only use when snap-fishing. which. which I : always carry me. will pack in the butt or largest joint of the trolling rod J or. finger j the top joint should have two rings 3 the top one nearly three times the size of the other. so as always to stand out instead of laying close to the rod. the cut. and put theni on or commencement. . for strength and security.206 little THE TROLLER S GUIDE. and. leaving out the weak top . VI. made each joint of the rod. and leaving off trolling Jack-fishing. case of breaking one. &c. wood and a whalebone tip. or when fishing with live-bait the other top is one foot made wholly of stout whalebone. which and it is well calculated for. of a Trolling Rod. by using such rings and ferrels. have a ring on the wood tip : part as well as the large one at the whalebone this top I always use when trolling 3 with the gorge-bait. because they prevent the several joints packing one within another. which they may carry or off at the in their pocket. with the rings on. by its superior strength stiffness. Chap. which is of material consequence. a Roach- rod may be used for trolling. Those Anglers who may object to have such large rings as I have described fastened on their rods. if they prefer them to those to fit which lay fixed to metal ferrels. augment the bulk to be carried. Line. excepting the top joint.) This prevents any obstruction to the line running. in consequence. one is made very feet flexible. with gorge-hook baited. rings.

joint. sedges. under the about a yard above the baited hook. and other common fishing troll the several rods. unfortunately. certainly useful. through which rings the trolling leather loops are made in a similar manner to those which you may see over. discoursed. made with long these and without rings. only using a poll or stick. &c. when trolling from a boat. as the in the fishing-tackle shops. during the different seasons of the year. 207 Some Anglers sewed use a few small brass curtain- rings to loops of leather. line runs .TROLLING RODS. both plainly and suifici- Having ently on hooks. and cast out in search. and pass the loop over each joint of a stout walking-cane rod. This mode of Jack or Pike-fishing can be resorted to by an Angler who may beat a water which promises sport. or whatever else may impede their progress. they carry their line on a bank-runner or a hand: winder after baiting the line. with a forked top . joints. rushes. the high sags. and he. lines. j this method of Jack-fishing is. and rods. the rings hanging outwards. I shall direct the reader ^ now proceed to how to select the best and most proper baits for trolling or Jack-fishing. and occasionally use the said fork to hoist the line over. passed means of keeping together. and can be then more conveniently practised. unless this happens. in some cases. I think few Anglers would so troll or fish for Jack or Pike but. joints of hazel There are a few Anglers that from the shore without a rod. hook and letting out a proper length of poll they then pass the fork of the stick or line. I hope. . is without a proper rod .

Bleak. and is always so sweet. or Dace. that the experienced Angler knows . of a proper size. But when the Angler can get a sufficient number of Gudgeons. Baits for Trolling or Jack-fishing. VII. sort of Fish. are Gudgeons. in the observation on Jack. for. Among those three choice baits. when Jack it. and Chub . Dace. notwithstanding its formida- ble back fin. or Pike strike a Gud- geon they less seldom blow it out of their mouths again instead of pouching than any other bait. The Fish which Jack and Pike chiefly feed on. he may rest assured that he possesses the best baits for trol ling or Jack-fishing that the waters produce. Roach. attack the Perch. it. the . either for trolling with the gorge-hook. Gudgeon is the most \ useful. and it is also thicker in body. in Chap. to bait his hooks with. Roach. than Roach or Dace. in trolling.iOS THE TROLLER S GUIDE. the Gudgeon its its spins better in the water.) and they will even feed on their own species. reason holds in respect to live-bait fishing . either alive or very fresh. or in live-bait fishing . when they its strike at are not so likely to feel the lead in the belly or throat j Gudgeon is also a very clean-feeding Fish. Minnows. occasionally. CHAP. X. &c. and. they will certainly take any other . therefore. The same moreover. and. Tench excepted (see the reason for this opinion. from the rotundity of shape. . or well-flavoured. and small Trout. the Jack or Pike.

The next best bait. and as a large bait most attractit ing. the instant the Jack or Pike strikes his bait. endea. i)articulaily. note cepted) you can procure. and live longer in the hook than other Fish. which is a losing . is a Roach. and also keep low whereas Roach. about five . the Angler. the in I consider. of course the snap-Fisher should prefer to a small one. 209 on the water . it if . bait in value to : Gudgeons and Roach are Dace and Bleak if you cannot procure any of those you may take any small Fish (Tench exBut. is or in live-bait-fishing for or six inches in length a larger bait I Jack or Pike. though they will not ii pouch ler it. have killed Jack . vour to reach or swim near the surface of the water and if the Jack or Pike follows and sees the Angler. and with any of them you Jack or Pike.RAITS FOR TROLLING. but when you go snap-fishing is preferable. with a strong jerk. or Dace for trolling with the gorge. Roach. and March. and retire. Gudgeons Avill swim strongciv. Bleak. be very close to the back I sure to cut away the dorsal T 2 fin before you begin fishing with it. because. because Jack or Pike will frequently seize a large bait. and. and. "during I months of January. may kill if you ever use a Jack for a should not exceed half a pound in bait your weight ' 5 and you hook with a Perch. The next four baits. use it preference to a Gudgeon : the best size to choose a Gudgeon. bait. Dace. they generally refuse the bait. fixes the hook into is either Pike or Jack. game for the gorge trol- or live-bait Fisher but not so with the snap Angler. February.

) by baiting with a dead frog . use a single it No. line. of which I doubt not. to do which. fishing- tackle shop.210 in the THE TROLLERS GUIDE. Minnows. close to Sadler's Wells and Mr. hook through the skin. Duke Street. No. and hook first. Fishmonger. and If all is fix to the trolling line. by baiting snap: hooks with a Smelt. exactly were a fish-bait then draw the hook (which should be a small gorge-hook) close to the mouth. at which season Jack for food in and Pike are much distressed ponds . and ready to tie its hind legs to the gimp. and draw the same as if it out at . (but seldom in rapid rivers. sometimes taken in ponds and other waters. *?. or rather through the frog then will live a long time in the water and swim it strong. ponds inTilney Park. its tail. me inform the London Angler. are at Mr. &c. we wiU art immediately proceed to the practical part of the of taking Jack and Pike with rod. Wanstead. Turpin's. Trusting the reader is now made sufficiently ac- quainted with the materials for Trolling. that the two places most to be depended upon for purchasing live Gudgeons. . you use a frog 5 hook. for fix it . let : but. and also with a Sprat this has happened in the winter months. also. 4 or and to the side of the frog's lip. Jacob's. still Jack are. Aldgate. put the loop of the gimp into it the frog's mouth. live-bait-fishing. 30. m . If a frog is used for a snap-bait. and I have been told they have been killed by baiting with a small-sized fresh herring. on the back.

THE TROLLKR S D \Y. w^here. by appointment. I met a young Angler. in his pocket. o'clock^ the latter end of the month of Ocvery favourable for I 1818. cast the &. trolling. baiting-needles. walked to the river Lea. to prevent it accidentally injuring fixed to a telescope- him in case of a slip or fall).tackle fsee the Cut. with a haversack slung over his shoulder. Fig. scissars. &c. VIII. thread. place the About ten tober. half a dozen bait-fish in it. Chap. on the left-hand side of their coat or jacket. the weather bemg and the water of a good colour. Some Anglers hang the hook through a from button-hole. . a troUing-rod under his arm. On looking at my watch. a book of trolling. and. perceiving his impatience to wet a spent but little time in complimenting him on the . I to found \\ it not yet quite the time we agreed meet line. well sprinkled with bran and inside his jacket (on the left-hand side) he had placed a landing-hook (the point of which was stuck fast into a cork. silk. I. jointed rod. consisting of hooks of various sizes. also a box. I however. My young friend was waiting very anxiously for my arrival.J. 211 CHAP. J THE TROLLEr's DAY Accompanied with Directions how and where to Winch on the Rod take Jack or — To Baited Gorge-hook— To — Pike To land and unhook them. 2. a disgorger. with . always taking care to secure the point injuring them.c.

the lead will then be hid inside of the the bait's iiiside belly. Now. that is right all very weU. and out of the top large one. while so doing. consequently. its and the shank hook will lie mouth. as Continue to much line out. put your rod together. &c. fix the winch about ten inches up the butt of the rod. and bring at the middle of the fork part of its tail . j fix the joints one within the other firmly and mind. then introduce the point of the it needle into the bait-fish's mouth. the line from the winch will then run in a straight direction. now fasten your . turning upwards. if much more the rings w^ere in a zig-zag or crooked line. about half an inch above the tail..212 punctuality THE TROLLERS GUIDE. or through the flesh. in a line with the rings on the other joints. the barbs and points outside. of his keeping the time agreed on to all meet. in the following : manner —take it a baiting-needle and hook to the loop -. and draw it some draw of the line from the winch. the bait steady on the hooks. passing through every ring. Next. tie the curved end of the hook is of the gimp (to which out tied). that the rings on the different joints are in a direct line with each other to the large ring at the top ) by which free than means. bait a gorge-hook. as about half the length of the rod to the end of the line. and on his having fish. and trace to the trolling line . but immediately directed him to proceed in the following manner : First. in the necessary tackle. with white thread. . tie To keep it the tail part of just above the fork to the gimp. bait- the best order.

.

.

you cast the baited hook water (see the Cut of Trolling with the gorge). By to noticing these observations. which you must hold lightly. from the winch. ing the rod. incircling the ^13 gimp. and almost to an inch of the spot you think likely to harbour a Jack or Pike. Yl. fsee the Cut. grasping it just above the winch. let the line which you hold in the its hand pass from hold gradually. which it will do. and then the loop-swivel of the trace. and with your left hand draw a yard more of the trolling line until. the thread passing under and fix it to over it. when the line too fast 3 by holding let or that it may fall short of where you if wish to place it. with so exertion. or cast fiom the right arm. and with a little practice. without labour. Chap. Many Anglers troll with the rod held in their hand. cast a baited hook many yards distance. and rest the butt end of it against the lower side of your stomach. with a jerk in the from the right arm. the baited-hook just over and beyond those candock . the jerk left is When given. you go of it altogether. immediately it you have made a jerk. take the rod in your right hand. you may.THE TROLLEr's DAY. fsee the Cut of Trolling with the gorge). Now you have every thing ready. nor with so little who rest it against their stomach cast in or thigh. hook may not be checked.J. instead of letting the butt end rest against them3 but they cannot cast out their baited hook. as those when so carrymuch precision. that the baited cast out. or the upper part of your thigh. Now. and all will be ready for casting in search of Jack or Pike.

. and. at a certainty. is a likely place. on my word. that is a neat and fair throw . — Ah ! the Fish stops . bait. Something has snatched or pulled your you say ? —^Bravo I you have a rim : lower the point of your rod towards the water. and gradually draw the bait : nearer the shore cast-in-search. and also a sink again. carefully. . yet. may impede from running free. there- . about I yards beyond those sags. draw up slowly and. here ! a Fish. Now cast in your bait. and the current and eddy is only strong enough to keep the water lively. I see he has not run more than two yards of line out. the sags and rushes are very thick. or check the Jack or Pike either one or the other of which. nearly to touching the botit tom it it j now draw gradually upwards. draw the line. . to the right well 5 draw and but and left. to find a bay of the river . throw a few yards further out: very sink. but they do not appear very strong. I see. Now see J put on a fresh threadle this a choice one.214 THE TROLLRR 3 S GUIDE. and reach nearly all round this bend or and I see there are a few weeds. line violently. Ah ! let me two Gudgeon I think this spot deserves every attention. with your dually from the winch. weeds let the bait sink. upwards. all very fair. . directly where stand. and little to it the right and left let draw up slowly. as before. grathe . and step back a but no luck the next little from the water. Fish Observe. has taken your baited hook. at the same time. Very well . We will try another place. that nothing line left hapd. you cannot move Aye. till it is near the surface of the water let it sink again j now draw -. &c.

That fortunate. wind him again again he steady. and seems go up stream. shore. but not violently raised. and swims low a all is right again believe me. he is good Fish : I see there are some very strong canto the dock.weeds a-head. but have a shakes more patience. . and have your line will. see hiid still seven minutes —very well . and strike. steady mind your 3 do not distress by keeping it too tight on your Fish. he is a Fish worth bagging 3 all free. the water is nearly on a level with the marsh (a . it him go . by holding your rod instead of the right. for he a short time. little and seems inclined to come on Very well. you may now wind. be more violent than ever. see. he turns kindly well. and feel he will allow you to raise and show him is 3 but be collected and careful. : be uppermost instead of underneath. j You say he feels heavy . Now. for I . for but keep steady. Ah ! he moves — I see the line ^he runs ! wind up the slack line. and he appears desirous of gaining them left 5 try and turn him. turn the rod. that the winch may little still. That well done ! I see. by my watch. Oh ! now all is right. and hold a if tighter on him. let ah ! now he line strikes off again : veryis off. and keep the point of your rod a his laying so have no doubt. and lead him back is still to the place from whence he : started. now. Now he makes shorter journeys.THE TROLLEK fore S DAY. . by long that he has got the hooks safe enough in his pouch he makes towards the middle of the inclined to river. at which place. 215 I you found him he has little . Try I and lead him down to yon opening. at home.

for I think we are all over right. keep steady. extends his monstrous jaws. and again and give him a fresh Ah ! now he is angry. as he was determined to break . air. is quite exhausted. Ob- how he shakes his head. and growing desperate 3 but See. famous Angler place. he not I seems a good deal weakened. and destroy the strongest tackle clear still but steady . Now bring him near shore again. and has thrown ano: ther somerset in the air it is all very well ! Give him . raise Now draw him nearer the little shore. and without a landing hook) is .9. a few turns more. and capacious throat. shewing his nuteeth. yet the danger at all ' passed. especially if the is ! alone. that the jaw or gills do not touch or hang fo a . I see he . how he merous serve. and he will be tame enough now lit- draw him and tle close in shore. indeed. to land a Fish. keep all and free. floats motionless on his side hold his head a up.16 THE TROLLER S GUIDE. and flings himself over if and out of the water. he shakes himself violently. red gills. .

gave him further information on Trolling and Jackfishing. bag the and put on another recollect.THE TROLLERS DAY. this. this day's trolling. and I believe weighs eight pounds. and was fortunate enough to kill the which proved a male Pike. which the reader may find in this and the fol- lowing Chapters. Fish. that you will find a brace of Pike in such a place as ferent sexes. at least. though of dif- After a few throws. of a similar size. it fre- baited hook for. for refreshment and I while taking our wine^ and at other opportunities. it and in excellent condition. half a run. just below the head and shoulders. I We we bagged a third Fish do then said. and a handsome Fish you have got your pains : for it is a female Pike. Well done. weed. seemingly within pound weight of the female. on the river side. my boy. Now grasp him with both hands gills. . : During the re- mainder of about four pounds weight not distress the water. . 217 That is it. Now. I see. behind the and hoist or chuck him a few yards on the grass. Enough now withdrew to a comj . my young Angler had another Fish. I would have you quently happens. fortable inn.

which causes to twirl or spin 3 . and draw your it and across and then. searching carefully every bait against foot of water. When keep as trolling for far Jack or Pike. drawing straight upwards. by pulling and casting the with your left hand. at commence by with the wind your back fish . make it a rule to from the water as you can. and also to the right and left. After in make your line next throw further the water. and always casting in search near the shore side. the stream.218 THE TROLLER S GUIDE. against the wind. trying closely. while raisit ing and lowering the rod with your right. near the surface of the water. and draw and sink the baited hook. Trollins: continued. but if the water and weather be very bright.

in drawing up or taking to do it the baited hastily. for. and do not strike in less time than ten minutes little after. and also where there are many weeds in your baited 3 and when you you find a hole or opening between them. sure to attract it 5 aiicl excite either Jack or Pike to seize very bright.TROLLING. he is not struck for an hour after he has . by its 219 it is glistening. and merely sinking and drawing at such times. then cautiously drop hook . it is and note. not find. lightly shake the rod. that if when drawand ing your bait slowly upwards. or you will not be successful. too because you will by experience. &c. as before observed. it you occasionally will cause the bait to spin is twirl about. a sudden tug or snatch. which. as before directed j a bite and when fne line Jack or Pike ceases to take or run out your lay still. Be particularly careful. in this is or any other place. also. you have chance . to attract either very likely Jack or Pike. and if feel. Jack and Pike generally lay. In the bends of rivers. in the water. further observe. but if the Jack or Pike has pouched. he cannot get if away.) give line. if you strike too soon. hook out of the water. than when it is And. are drawing it upwards. will not do. and those parts out of the rapid current. that the Jack or Pike strike or seize your bait more frequently when you sinking. for coarse tackle. w hen the water is absolutely neces- sary that your tackle should be of the finest and neatest sort 3 and that you draw and spin the baited hook <martly and quickly against and across the stream. (which or run.

and. will make a sudden and most violent 5 rush towards the middle. When you have hooked or played a Fish until he is quite weakened. and you are disposed it. you may conclude the Fish has pouched the feels the and hooks : then wind up your slack j line. and all. way to land your prize then by fixing a landing hook in him. a heavy Fish. or the line broken. and the Fish lays to lay your rod still. the safest is. still have remained about two or three mi- nutes. and stand handy to act as circumstances may require . fearing the larger will dispossess therefore. and strike. for he has not yet let pouched but 5 him remain ten minutes. or put on a snap-hook. and perhaps moves a third time. rod. be careful so line that nothing can impede the winch and acting freely. When to place you have a run. in consequence. and the Fish lays still minute or and moves a little way and stops. do not strike. he may be disturbed by a larger Fish and. is the safest way to give time. perhaps. for. when he feels the hook. On the other hand. ing and killing your Fish. for. or up the river instant. it him of his prey . for a you so. in such cases. down. . in self. sometimes. in an winch. and there are high sags or rushes before you. bait. which he will endeavour to entangle him- or you are on a high bank. but if they shake the line and move.220 taken the bait after they : THE TROLLEr's GUIDE. he first making his appearance. are drawn into the water. but not violently and always mind to keep while you are playif the point of your rod a little raised. have a run. endeavours to get away.

together. you should bait the hook the last thing 3 tiut after you have put the rod. of his throat. \.'ither TROLLING. this landing You may carry to the in- hook very conveniently slung side of your jacket or coat. or under his lower jaw. therefore advisable to carry both hook and net. on the left side thereof. or SnanpSshing. principal fishing-tackle shops as.J jointet' all 3 telescope-rod. Observe. may draw The the and you thereby lose your prize therefore.p '. by securing the point in a stout piece of cork. they take up but little it is room. you may want to increase the length of it this. be- cause. Live-bait-fishing. also. yc^ should always carry a hook of this kind with you. while weighing out or lifting up a heavy Fish. fit in the two strongest joints of your trolling Some fit Trollers carry. his pouch . as the neti are placed on jointed hoops. a large-sized landing-net with is them. &c. takinii. either in the pocket or elsewhere. only special care to prevent an accident. or. mouth. or. having a narrow long pocket made to receive it 3 or hanging from or through a button-hole. 22i through his lips. made to the landing-hook rod 3 Used. and he is slightly hooked. you should have the end of made of a size to rod. I when a net can be convenien^l think much the safer way 3 and. when Trolling. he 5 very likely to break either rod or line out. if he struggles. line. the worm it or screw of which for. (see the Cut in Chap. which keep ready for sale and sometimes. probably. perhaps in the brittle part gills. be- . or its the is hook will tear from hold. most portable are those made to screw into a I.

who serve his baits. about five inches broad. they will also remain longer firm and rally I gene- use a square tin box.) the baits will keep of their natural shape.222 cause it is THE TROLLER S GUIDE. with hinges and a slip clasp. that may have hung to a bait before you cast in again. (see the it Cut. of the following dimensions. for Jack or Pike will seldom take a stale or sopped bait. grass. keeps them straight and by sprinkling them well with bran (which absorbs the moisture of their bodies. Jack or Pike a bait exceedingly fresh and sweet a fresh bait on or also. from seven to eight inches long. nor one on which hang weeds. . make it a rule to put when you find the present one is torn. The TroUer. (sold at all the principal . . and remain takes the trouble so to pre- sweet. &c. . When you go for a day's trolling with the gorge. and over them some and clean bran.) By placing the baits in those divisions. A large-sized Sandwich box. and keep them sweet for a long time stiff. provide a tin box. will find his success greatly exceed those who carelessly wrap their bait-fish up in paper it the box for baits should be japanned. or any thing else. and put under. sufficiently large to hold six Fish-baits laying at their full length. becomes water-sopped and be careful to remove any piece of weed. and then requires fit much trouble to in a clean state to receive bait-fish. otherwise soon becomes keep it rusty. between. essential to offer the . and two deep j the inside of the four parts box should be divided into three or by slips of tin that fall into grooves. —Note. viz. which will absorb the moisture from their bodies.

the box is easily cleaned.TO MANAGE BAITS. I . (see the Cut . tin 223 shops.) with the iiHdition of the sliding partitions. which should always be done immediately after you return from trolling. and cast in again .) and then throw. little salt. but you are disappointed will not the Jack or Pike pouch the bait. excellent bait-box. You. instead of pouching it. olow it from them. you have a run. sprinkled them with a as well as with bran. but drop it : when this occurs. and thought for use. I packed my it baits the last thing over night. pos. drop. their and hold several minutes by its body across mouth. or Jack taking a bait. kept them longer^ and in a better state When you that either are trolling with the gorge. try another kind of bait. When |have I have been obliged to start early in a mornand ing from town to a distance. will you will find Jack or Pike it sometimes take your bait eagerly. make an By taking out those partitions. sibly. for a day's trolling.

the Jack or Pike will be very little disfigured. yet I have known many instances of . and carefully cut away the parts to which the hooks hang. manner directed in Chap.tackle. IV. This being the case. them. and save . or to grasp them firmly with both hands just below the gills 3 for. can then easily get my hook away without cutting or disfiguring the Jack or Pike.) by gagging or keeping a piece of stick. the better way then to unhook him^ to make an opening in his belly. brass. and draw the hooks and gimp out of the opening. If this operation is done neatly. to use as a gag when I have hooked I Jack or Pike in the throat . and you will generally succeed in taking or killing the tantalizer. and I prefer using his it to any other. with can then. though it is generally recom- mended and so to press your lift thumb and finger in their eyes. Among my trolling. it In landing heavy Jack or Pike. Note. is best to use a landing hook. near the throat. and it is very easy so to do with a sharp-pointed knife. my is from the Fish's teeth but if the Jack or Pike has pouched. convert your in the gorge to a snap. for common fingers bone-disgorgers are not long enough for the Troller's purpose.) get away the hook. with a disgorger about nine or ten inches long. I mouth open. from two to three either inches long.224 THE troller's guide. the dead snap with four hooks. I always carry with me two or three pieces of stick. (which you may have made either of the ivory. (supposing the hook to be a favourite one. or iron. you may be assured the Fish are more on the play than on the feed.

finger. of the Fish. very few can hold them by a thumb and eye. struggling. This method does very well with small Jack I but even those have seen dropped and lost by the an momentary alarm caused by the Jack (which seemed quite exhausted) suddenly gasping. the line free. &c. and runs if which it will not always do held the reverse way. but ii underneath. some of which may probably break away from the whipping and entangle the to endanger the loss line. good Fish being lost by this method for. cast out your bait with the wincu hanging under your hand. v<^ you are playing him. 226 . because the weight. the whole rests on the rings. especially it is when the line becomes wet. turn the rod. as j then apt to stick to the rod. so as of the Jack or Pike you have hooked. the winch is will be then on the rod . When Jack-fishing with a winch attached to a Rod. wholly upon the rings. if they struggle much. when the rod is so held.LANDING JACK OR PIKE. as represented of Trolling rests in the plate because. —Note. and are about to strike. &c. that the winch may be ' uppermost. but when you have a run. which is placed in the socket of the Pike's . . twisting. . or chafe it.

. as directed in the preceding article. quill. Full Directions for taking Jack and Pike. When you intend going to Live-bait Fish for Jack and Pike. (trolling float with the gorge-hook. to keep the line it having passed and the line through the cork . put the piece of ivory. in prefer a cork without either a plug or I use a piece of ivory. ^c.2-26 THE TROLLER S GUIDE.Baits described Hooks explained —and — Proper for carry— Various ways of using SnapKettles. CHAP. with a Live- Bait and Floated Line ing Live. fix a winch to the rod. ^c. the most proper Seasons and Weather. for Trolling. for which purpose.) and I then put the cork on the troUing-line. after place of which whalebone. IX. and draw the line through the rings thereof. or in its place. pointed out. you should adjust your tackle ing manner : in the follow- — first.

I^'Z by way of a plug. gut instead of gimp. at the top of the cork. and a bait-fish of five or six inches in length. Cork j floats sold at the tackle-shops are bored through therefore. most use- but when very small baits are used. when a Jack has taken your bait. TRACES.FLOATS. two above the hook will be a more proper distance . should be something less than three feet but very shoal water. and the plug at the bottom. and you have then a cork fit for the purpose. after having baited your hook. I if you choose to use them with a plug. and sold at the the best thing for the purpose. all ready to cast in —Note. (which are described in Chap. made of ivory. and. observe. cribbage-pegs. and among weeds to pouch it. all is to the hook-swivel of the traces. — ^Note. in the hole. float is By this contrivance the considerably shortened. quence retires entangled therein. will be found. the ful . &C.) fasten the line to the traces with a bow-draw knot fix that -. have found the large-sized toy-shops. which is also of consebecause. and he then drops the bait. V. A float of a size that will swim with about half an ounce of lead. which as a general rule. a long float often gets . is When that in it the float fixed at a proper distance from the baited hook. as have recommended and de- scribed above. and only let about a quarter of an inch I appear above the cork. . a smaller be requisite then take the traces. and checks or alarms the Jack. generally speaking. you have only to remove the quill at the top. instead of pouching it. and search. or where there are feet many weeds. or whalebone. float will and twisted -.

If float. if the to more convenient manage. all this trouble and delay obvia- ted by using a dip-lead. dip-lead. line. the line as proper for the size of the float dip-leads are to be preferred. fsee Dip-Leads described in Chap. in the manner described (Chap. and the Angler if possible. or the cap is Now. you choose to fish without traces. at the bottom of the float. excepting the hand represented as grasping the rod above the winch 3 but it may be held Angler finds below the winch it in live-bait fishing. V. or shot. which must be float done. because the shot will be found too large to pass through the ring at the top. are used. way : first.J it takes some time to put the shot on the and more to take them off again. otherwise you cannot remove the from the Hue. adjust the this line. having. III. the water side. —However. and the at float fixed in its proper place. as described in Chap. whether suppose the in the sefig. &c. or the traces fitted with swivels. I no case do ever find or think right to fix the float above the baited hook at a greater distance than between three or four feet.) and as represented the cut at the head of this Chapter. and baited hooks .J traces. put the float on the line next put a dip-lead. the wind at his back 3 he must hold his rod and in the line exactly as de- scribed preceding article. and the Cut. and near the shore . 2. V. because they are put on and off in an instant whereas. or as is many swan-shot on . Cast your bait in very gently.228 to fix the float it 3 THE TROLLER and in S GUIDE. I will hooks to be baited cond article. &c. in (trolling with the gorge-hook. .

you have no success.CAST TIIK BAIT. and not out . first. it some3 times throw themselves out of the water after but. in preference to ra- pid currents or whirling eddies. and in ponds. stationary. which you will discover by the float not bobbing about much. few minutes. X . that you draw it slowly and gradually snatch it to the surface for that purpose. it. and. it swim strong about. parts of rivers. w hile it. bays. sedges. or to the right or will If the bait be lively. and &c. rushes. you should draw to him gently rod a seize it is and fro. the Jack seldom in a hurry about which proves the advantage of strong lively baits over the weak and languid still : cast in search in all the bends. and make another left. for such unsettled places Jack and Pike like not. because Jack and Pike. will only strike at the bait be escaping from them : those when it who take their often find a line out without the above caution. which will sometimes stimulate a Jack to its 3 fearing it is making is though. but not out of the water. in their eagerness. when not very much on seems to the feed. and also near and among beds of candock weeds.. When the bait-fish becomes weak. and make for the weeds. and there entangle itself. pools. advance a nearer. cast further in the water. Avill Jack strike at their bait. 2!2j> always standing as far back from the water as you can. which you must prevent by draw- ing it gently away. Observe. and retired places. at the same time shaking your escape little. being able at the after a little same time to see your float j if. when you take your bait out of the water to cast it into another place.

and then lays in less if do not disturb him . to the drawing the that he from the winch with your . keep hand. but. it is generally with violence. Pike when he has seized the his haunt to and is making left for pouch line : if he run very violently. he is generally so alarm- ed. This fact is well known to old Anglers. and if he does. on the when you have a run. then moves again. the only chance of losing either Jack or Pike after they have taken the bait is. stops a few moments as before. be sure to keep your eye line free. supposing them to be disposed to pouch contrary. is you must not expect he will pouch. on it. and the Jack or Pike goes some distance and stops a few moments. you the generally pull the bait from his mouth without hooks touching him . that it may not be amiss for you are but to know when a Jack has got it the baited hook in his pouch. therefore. he cannot possibly get out again . by the quick movement of the Angler. may not be checked when he has got still.230 THE TROLLER S GUIDE. and the float instantly drawn under watery steadily therefore. to pouch it. longer time. that he drops it again immediately. desired place. and also keep your winch and always holding a yard or two of slack line in your left hand. the Jack seldom hits the bait . When a Jack or Pike seizes your is live-bait. if you strike before he has so done. in not giving them time enough . and a third time moves he his quarters. that nothing may it stop or impede the Jack or bait. time than ten minutes after he has so laid little or you give him a . for then more on the play than on .

when you find the Fish will not pouch. curs. Prepare for this probable case with coolness and when such occurs. 3 in your hands. : run. he has pouched the (which they sometimes do the moment they take to feel the hooks. and begins When you have hooked a Fish while ing. still ther a Jack or Pike has laid for three minutes or more. Jack or Pike have a few . as However it it may be. or gills or you may change the hook and use a snap with a live-bait. throat. and when bringing him (either Jack or Pike) to a convenient place for landing. live-bait-fishis. be prepared to expect he will. and the Jack or Pike remains still (after having taken the bait and gone a certain distance) for three minutes or more. and then shakes and tugs the line and moves away. wind up the slack but not with line and strike. and then becomes bait.) restless. it. opening his mouth. that do not strain on him too hard . you will find. when such a case oc- somethnes line. for fear of the stronger taking his prey from him. when you have a the Jack runs. Further recollect. and you . that prevents the one which lias taken your bait from stopping'. 531 or there are larger Jack or Pike abpiit the spot. shewing his red '' &c. wind up your and strike smartly the contrary way may probably hook him in the •chaps. will. as much as you can . when almost gills. act as directed with the gorge-hook. and he becomes very quiet.WHEN the feed . make some desperate plunges. shaking his head. with the third movement. keep him from heavy weeds and dangerous places lastly. TO STRIKE. let Mr. if ei- much force 3 because.

you may fix you prefer it the necessary weight of shot or lead on the gimp. five hooks. strike him with a lusty stroke. tied. fig. —Note. or five hooks. and especially at the time the \iolent strug- gling takes place. fish in either case. Fish are lost through the anxiety of getting them on shore. because you put on hooks to the traces or line. When fishing with those just described. and after he has run a yard or so of line out. the fig. for then the Troller should yield to the Fish trary. the but. that many very heavy . as described in Chap. if one. either breaks his tackle or draws the Pouch out of the Jack or Pike's stomach. or three or III. in the 1. bait's gills. more •becomes tractable. which I have described . kill."232 THE TROLLER turns in his S GUIDE. . the gimp not . 3 and instead of giving time when you see your float taken down. on the condrag young Angler redoubles . when you have and 4. that . three. you to then fish at snap pouch. man- ner described in Chap. him. and of course. his efforts to the unwilling Fish on shore but he frequently. loses his prize. 1. 3. a if you use a single hook. some of the and land may get a firm hold then play. own element and when he again may be more sanguine of bagYou are to note. you must pursue same method but as described in respect to giving the bait Jack or Pike time to pouch the run . observe way he hooks goes. secundum artem. by a Jack which or Pike having seized your live bait. you ging him. to which the hooks are to putting them on the and off those traces or trolling line. If you with one hook fixed to the III. by using such improper force.

the bait-fish therein struggle and bounce about. have found. and drawn under the of the baitj bait's skin. not have a very small much more than half the size of those used to take gold and silver Fish out of globes. therefore. X 2 . because will Gudgeons are a hardy strong Fish. you should take about a dozen live Fish with you. . I have found since a kettle. and bear more rough usage than any other bait-fish.. &c. and soon dies.THE BEST j. bait-fish. carry very conveniently in This net I my at fish-kettle. principally GudgeonS. as 23li under the skin of the must be done when the hooks are threadled. if you can procure them . as represented in the Cut^ fig. rub the scales each other. by having a piece of the lid cut away one corner. or lay on the side or shoulder of the bait. swim w ell. I off. and otherwise injure net. let it there and place the kettle out of the sun. '^^Tien you go out for a day's live-bait-fishing. which should be painted or japanned white inside. where a few . and a half inches but not larger . in the water. give fre- them fresh water.assing- BAITS. III. or where you can conveniently get remain I till to itj and you move or want a bait. inches of the handle of the net projects but^ instead of the hole at the corner. 2. and by so doing. and put them into a full-sized kettle. that you may easily select 3 the bait you like without hurting the others quently. lect all Sefive your baits from four and a half to about in length. for if the it gimp be leaded. during your excursion. that in putting my hand in the kettle. is rips nearly all the flesh which much disfigured. Chap.

or to pack in a basket. I carry the net in my basket or pocket. that trolling with the gorge. bait I By using this net. Perch fish- When may I use such a kettle. prevents the water from splashing out better than any other way. than in a round one and it is more conI. that you the last thing. for the more and strong the bait swims. and always have mine japanned white inside and brown out less agitated in such a j for the water is shaped kettle. or live-bait-fishing. and the Fish pouching. is the case when Jack when or Pike are not much on tempting. the greater the chance you have of a run. when you are j carrying it. square kettle to a round one. particularly if you are going any distance.234 -. especially you have seen a Fish move if there at any former day. than those of a round form. instead of blowing it out -. and have to carry your live-baits either for Jack or ing. recollect. if do not leave after a throw or two. or distressing them. and the bait-fish not very lively or Also. for a journey fsee the Cut in the first Chapter. the feed. or this place.J venient to carry. which. Observe. a rim about an inch wide. in a place very likely for Jack or Pike to lay. Jig. complete lively &c. without much I disturbing the others. I select which think proper. sometimes. by putting a hot hand prefer a longish among these cool-blooded animals. after line^ make all is it a rule to bait your hook in respect to flout. you have had a run left in and the Jack or Pike your bait without . &c. the snap. fixed all round the upper part of the inside of the kettle.vith THE troller's guide.

as directed in trolling with . or which ever you in search of like. or.) striking because much strength 5 is required in when you feel a run for it de[)ends entirely upoH the firm hold you have of the Fish. 235 pouching j but contiiuie to cast . by one or more of the hooks having passed into or through some part other part stout. then you loop the gimp to the it trolling line. IV. at the bottom of the trace. with dead it is Jack or Pike fishing. ready now to cast throw Jack or Pike but mind you hold the rod and line firmly grasped. for snap-fishing. for you intend using- snap-hooks. same place on your return. or some your gimp and line should also be very have described various kinds of hooks. jaws. and hang it on the . When baits. the instant you may be enquick and you feel a touch. Chap. line. knot. as the gunner says. IV. and kill.SXAP-FISIIING WITH DEAD BAITS. (such as recommended Chap. which you please your hook or hooks. and try the not successful. that abled. hook. Draw the line from the winch through the rings of the rod.ind fish if every foot of water for a considerable time. and how in all to bait them with a dead Fish. and land . I : of the Jack or Pike's gills.swivel. to strike with force 3 then. Snip-Ji^hiugfor Jtick or Pike with Dead Baits. proceed to play. or fix then bait them by a draw-knot. or fasten thereto with a slip drawAll is . the gorge loop on the traces (if you use traces) to the . better to have a in very stout top on your rod. by the loop if you do not use I traces. try back.

that he well kill a few Jack himself. of the Autumn approach . from Michaelmas the middle of February.236 THE TROLLER S GUIDE. they then rapidly recover their appetite and strength. to Seasons and Weather proper for Trolling. . and leave them to the unfair in may as sum Angler. Jack and Pike will take a bait October. his sleeve. evenings. and soon become fat and well-flavoured. in consequence of such practices. caring food until the cool morn- ings. which troll . the different subscription waters allow trolling to commence in June or July. as to pay an annual to a water. but the misfortune that all the waters. but seldom very freely is September or season to quite early enough in the because. and their heads large. within a considerable distance of London. . and nights. and. yet they remain a long time after. and are till in the best state for the table. and laugh. very languid. In September. rushes. though Jack and Pike spawn in March. that the true sporting or gentleman Angler puts his trolling tackle together before September is. and their bodies are long and little for thin. and sickly. who at the will kill all he can. from necessity. are continually fished by poachers. because he argues. avails himself of this liberty to troll. The Angler. It is with real regret. the weeds. other's forbearance. di- Note. as rected in Chap. as directed in trolling with the gorge. and how bring Jack or Pike ashore. in every month dutill ring the year. VIII. weak. Carry several baits with you in a box. your prize.

Note. every favourable day should be embraced by the lovers of trolling during the period above alluded to. during a flood. those sedges. during left small Fish. keep the wind in front : gtt your back. 237 Uc. and begin to grow thin. away with the floods. rushes.. and food. surely the now desist from trolling. fish against the wind. but as they are then very full. Jack and Pike will take a bait in March . &e. or drift yih'ich time. neither Jack or any other Fish will move much at any other time. affording . as the Winter approaches. piles. for. the Angler should then prefer the middle and warmest parts of the day 3 for. which occasions Jack and Pike to be on the alert. and retired to deep holes under banks. finding much difficulty to satisfy their ^ow ever-craving appetite. have he shallows. Therefore. Gudgeons especially. bhelves. for Fish and. waste. and the water but if the water and weather be very bright. weeds. &c. From September I to the beginning of November. Thick water is not favourable for trolling. at that season of the year. Jack till and Pike will take a bait best from ten o'clock one. rot. shelter.WEATHER PROPER FOR TROLLING. at this season. The most favourable w eather for trolling. have lost their sweetness and nutritious properties. but little har- bour. and ^ i day cloudy or dull 3 at such times. is Avhen a smartish breeze blows from the South to West. and sink. . and again from three till dusk 3 but after the nights 5 become very long and cold. and their spawn being also gentleman-sportsman will very unfit for food.

tion or stupor. and they declare. that Jack or Pike will not take a bait when the moon shows itself during the day-time . make a rule to float him on his side. let the hour . When him him till you hav€ hooked a Jack or Pike. that the nose or gills may not hang to. voracious. which causes a coloured water. Note. could be disentangled. when the moon shines on the water. &c. must The Angler. some time. and you are drawing it ashore. hold of weeds. until the waters clear to try for where they remain stationary and subside. for. on short allowance. it recovered from its exhaus- and occasioned much trouble and ha- zard before it could be again subdued. or rushes still which lay near the banks. by some Anglers. &c. and played is he quite exhausted. and keep the head a little raised above the surface of the water. keep out of the heavy waters and rapid currents. It is asserted. among the sags. but immediately the water clears. that. even to the touching of those sags and rushes. are now bold. sedges. for the Jack and Pike having been. you cannot . then comes the for TroUer s turn. they have so frequently and invariably found that to be the case. or catch sometimes. Jack and Pike keep very close in-shore. who then chooses troll close. or he will seldom move a Fish . or in the to bends of rivers. them. and fearlessly take the baited hook..^38 THE TROLLER S GUIDE. Pike touch and get among weeds and I have seen a and before it entangled this way . while you are thus engaged bringing your prize to the shore avoid drawing over or .

le points only just shcving themselves. In Trolling with the baited gorge-hook. Jack and Pike X. on Trimmers. jamely. have nothing to say on the subject. and the practice of many old friends and 3 )rothers of the angle beginning first with the Gorge-Hook. it [specially |at when you is are in the act of drawing up. Observations on the different ways practised in Fishing for — Also. resulting from my own experience. of Jack and Pike. advantage over any other. le I have had most success. — Concluding and with Remarks on the Nature. and with shows well it killed the heaviest Fish.OBSKRVATIONS ON JACK AND PIKE-FISHINC:. 8^c. CHAP. and turns or spins. which is mahold ?rial in bright M^^iter. I shall now proceed to give an opinion on the nerits of each different way. but leave the inquisitive Angler to satisfy himself by observation. and also less liable to catch .) and This msequently |ait very attracting to Jack or Pike. they cease trolling. ?his bait in the water. the closeness of the hooks in the bait's mouth. Having explained the different ways generally prac- ised by Anglers in trolling or fishing for Jack ?ike. of the day he 239 I what it may. which time Jack or Pike generally take also possesses another it.

but leave the on. neither them have been touched I trolled be- tween them with the gorge. my Fish. I its mouth. the gimp and hooks is most other baits are liable to offend or create fear and suspicion in the Fish. and killed all it .. I From say that the reasons above stated. its body. the hooks be- much hid and out of the way. and the bait then frequently i blown or dropped out of pouched. there is nothing to check the Jack or Pike when they are changing the bait to pouch • it is well known first that those Fish generally seize the bait. that cutting off' the fins of the bait-fish for the gorge-hook disfigures but Jack or Pike are indifferent about is it . and have had runs. of weedS. and the bait also spins better when the fins are all cut close away 5 in consequence. particularly as it keeps the bait from catching or hanging on weeds. each trimmer baited with a choice have then I and of after remaining many hours : in the water. I do not hesitate to consider trolling with a gorge-hook to be the most sportsman-like^ as well as the most killing . tail I cut away all the fins. po- and swallow or pouch head foremost conin sequently. and the gimp coming from for the tail. Some Anglers think. or any thing else that might displace the hooks or disfigure the bait ing so : and. in the instance. and it certainly the best method.240 THE TROI-LEr's GtlDK. instead of being twenty yards live-bait. again. have known instances where a dozen at a distance of trimmers have been laid apart. while so doing. across sition. by being within the bait's mouth. afterwards changing it its .

during which lime they bagged near sixty pounds' weight of Jack and Pike. fishing. more profitable but. whole of which they killed with dead-baits. who were Jack- with live and dead-baits. but! do not consider so successful as trolling with the gorge- hook this . yet know. from killed practice. 24i way of fishing for Jack or Pike 3 yet. than any other way. near Cheshunt. mode of it. 1822. to take the I whole season for Jack and Pike-fishing. the cause of many preferring as it al- lows them frequent opportunities of resting when they * An instance. bait. at a certain seait son of the year. and a cork float on the line. In the afternoon. is certainly it an enticing way. the . and the gorge-hook but not a Fish with the livc-oait. fishes only he who.LIVE-BAIT FISHING. in corroboration of this opinion. in the River Lea. for the whole season. doubtless. neither have I ever killed such heavy Fish by method of live-bait I fishing as with the gorge-bait. the Angler will find to use a live-bait than a dead . Fishing for Jack with a live-bait. he v/ill thiiii who kill confines himself to trolling with the gorge twice the number or weight of Jack and Pike. firmly believe. except trolling with the gorge-hook 3 and the little labour or exertion re- quired to take Jack and Pike by this is. and in the water all day. that more Jack and Pike may be by angling for them with a live -bait aad a floated line.^ with a live- Live-halt Fishing. although they had two lines baited. the Fish were strong on the feed. occurred to two friends of fishing mine in the mouth of November. Y .

and gimp coming out below the back is fin. fSee Fig. and sedges. . with the pleasure of observing their float dance about by the live-bait sailing to and fro^ which certainly does have the effect of drawing the Jack or Pike to the bait it but they often blow. way of angling. . he feels a bite he . or sportsman-like a . the Angler casts and sinks his bait. and wasting and being washed away by floods. when the bait is hooked by the which is my principal reason for preferring the hooks laying on the side. instead kill of gimp. for. with which I many Jack and Perch that would not take a bait fixed to gimp-tackle in very bright or lows. until search. Jack and Pike will take a more freely than at any other time of the year. or in shal- Summer. which generally commence in November from live- which time bait until April. Snap-Fishing.J I When the water very bright. &c.242 reach a clear THE troller's guide. draws. when occurs shifting the bait to pouch This frequently lip. frosts. still place. rushes.. Chap. during the fine water. tied to twisted gut. are rotten. use a strong No. is neither so scienti- gentlemanly. when in the hook or hooks are baited. and a very small bait. 2. III. fishing is. from the gimp or hook touching them it. it as with the gorge or live-bait nor does afford so much amusement raises. or profit . The most proper time for live-bait daily when the heavy weeds. Snap-fishing for Jack and Pike fic. 6 hook. or throw out of their mouths again. either in rivers or ponds. drop.

they are kept ready fitted at the fishing-tackle shops. the coarse snap-tackle. in most rivers and if there are many weeds in the water. on shore. (and then almost wonders how the devil he came there. worth killing. 21: then strikes with much violence. and mixed with a certain pleasing anxiety.) which in he is enabled to do.SNAP-FISHING. where the Jack or Pike are very numerous^ or half starved. but in rivers where they are well fed. generally alarm them think it is on the whole. &c. which gives the Fish a chance of escaping. by standing rank. damaging the bait. (See Devil for Trout. and rather scarce. Neither has the snap-fisher so good a chance of success. large : hooks. lest he escapes. I . the large hooks of the snap. which is the true sportsman's delight. page 109 J . and will hazard their lives for almost any thing that comes the in way . and excites the Angler's patience. nolens volens. and the reward of his hopes by killing the fish. and instantly drags or throws his victim. artificial bait. unless he angle in a pond or piece of water. called much Jack are also killed by the a Devil. are continually getting foul. and causing trouble and loss of time. But this hurried and unsports- mun-like value the way of taking Fish can only please those who game more than the sport afforded by killing skill a Jack or Pike with tackle. because the hooks used for the Snap are of the largest and strongest kind used fresh-water fishing. two to one against the snap. which should be about three inches long .

who seldom deny fair a sportsman a day's angling. two-handed or cross-fish- ing is practised for Salmon. bait a snap-hook or hooks fix it to with a fuU-sized and all is bait-fish. and his companion then lowers or other- ways manages on shore. very smartly. his pole. as such. Two-Hdnded. and pass and through the pulley now. under restrictions. ready to The ters. fishing. parties commence two-handed Snap-fishing. and also for Jack this and Pike. and fasten each end to poles about seven or eight feet long j and on each pole fasten a large winch that will hold fifty yards of the strongest platted silk trolling-line^ in the middle of the strong line (which tie is fastened to . it is it fishing is but little practised elsewhere. is This two-handed Snap-fishing for Jack and Pike practised in the following manner : —take about forty or fifty yards of strong cord. generally forbid by the proprietors of private waters. managing the poles.244 THE TROLLER S GUIDE. or jack line. sash. proceed directly opwain places posite each other. the troUing-line. so as to give him any or every assistance while killing and getting the Jack or Pike When the gorge-hook is used in this way of it is then proper to have two pulleys fastened . fair fishing j can hardly be called and. on the banks of rivers or other and drop their baited hooks j where they one strikes expect to find and when they feel a bite. Trout. the poles) on a small brass or wooden pulley then it draw the trolling line j from the winches. In the North of England.Fishing. or Cross. though method of Indeed.

and large ponds. trimmers. near the centre of it. while his companion is so doing. if the place be not too broad. they will . meers. until they feel a bite the one strikes and im- mediately drags the Jack on shore. and tie one or more snap-baited hooks it. then only one In throw there or drop the bait from the least check or alarm line if should be used. the other should immediately keep es : while the Fish pouch- this cannot be so well done : when both lines pass if through one pulley and the Troller knows that feed.TWO-HANDED FISHING. you or with a large may get them with the drag hooks. I shall say but very little part of the subject. when one Angler all still feels a run. stone. The trimmers mostly used lakes. fastened to plenty of strong cord. some to places. pools. the country people get a strong small rope or clothes line. &c. and walk opposite each other. 245 at about a yard apart j because. Various other ways are practised for taking Jack and Pike. are taken up from a boat ' . but such methods are justly reprobated by the true Angler who exercises his skill and art for profit . with a hook tied to brass wire (but gimp better). to the thick cord. by night lines. amusement more than on this in therefore. and take hold one at each end of the rope. and wound on a large piece Y 2 . the other person slacks the line he holds. letting the baited hooks drag 3 in the water. on the banks of small rivers and ponds. Jack or Pike are not well on the be only one pulley. . being thrown of over the trimmer line ^strong thin : these trimmers are made hempen is cord. broads.

Barbel. while fishing for Roach. and two or three yards of string to a baited hook. free.246 of flat TIIi. 8^c. witli : a groove to admit the line the hook . Roach. or some small Fish as you then draw much line out as admits the bait to hang about a foot from the bottom. and often kill with a trimmer so rudely constructed. and all may be tie purchased at the principal fishing-tackle shops. Rod to place and take up trimmers and dead lines. TROLLER S GUIDE. &c. cork. 2. Some use only a wisp of straw or rushes. baited with a live bait. by others. the ing : as soon as the Jack or Pike seizes the line loosens. and runs from the groove of the cork retire to his haunt. from the largeness of the cork j and. Trimmer. to prevent unwindbait. Bank-runner trimmers. that you pass the line in. then throw the whole in the water. These *l . fox-hounds . and pouch These floating trimmers are named. the man-of-war trimmers. The Bank-Runner. by some. about five or six inches in diameter. The bank-runner the Angler is is mostly used in the day. 1. is baited with a Gudgeon. and allows the Fish to at leisure. There is a small slit it in the cork.

which should be from sixteen to twenty feet long. or platted made of . with Hook. you will soon perceive the in the water agitated most violent manner -. Gudgeon. as described in the Cut. sharpened for the purpose. Dutch twine . When left you use the hold the line with your hand. and. and bait which should it swim about will a foot or two from the ground. &C. which must be fastened to about a yard of the stoutest platted then tie : the line very secure to the neck of a large it bladder. ^i^l ^ liimmers are stuck in the bank.) by the aid of the cork. after an amusing and desperate struggle. by a jerk of the go from your rod. just above the bullet : you may then place the baited hook in the water. and launch if in the water with a brisk wind : the Fish are on the feed. fig. 1. Jack and Pike are also taken pieces of water. the bottom being strong turned wood. at the same time letting the line left hand. where you please.TO TAKE PIKE WITH A BLADDER. rod. . in lakes. Use strong snap-hooks. with a winder at top for the line. Bladder. which fSee the Cut. thin cord. and two swivels. with two lengths of silk troUing-line gimp. or Bottle. but you must have a cork and bullet to the line (See the Cut. with your right.) The cork used for a wine-bottle does very well after the edges are pared round the top and bottom with a live Fish. or a Roach is nearly half a pound weight best. To take Jack and Pike. and other large by baiting with a j full-sized Dace. the bladder will . silk trolling line. and. pass the forked part under the line.

4 248 kill THE troller's guide. provided your hooks and tackle In are good. they are then taken in an unsportsmanlike manner. in a similar Fish may be taken. tened to a strong line and rod. In the Spring and Summer. of Jack and Pike. and throw them into the water. by the Jack and Pike dragging the two come is about. to prevent them being noticed. then. or clods of earth. the heaviest Pike. used in place of a bladder is tied round the neck. and nal '. and often betting on the event of which bottle kills a : much Pike first the baits and hooks are as with a bladder . If the Fish feed well. he is se- curely caught lift him out immediately. Huntingdonshire. some fasten their trimmer lines to large bricks. managed the line in the same manner bottle) is the bottle (a wine . and often in contact. or treble-twisted gut fas. they all are ranged in a row. with a strong jerk. launched at a given is sig- and much amusement and delight afforded the bottles spectators. is Ramsey Meer. when found lying manner to that . there an annual exhibition. When several are so pre])ared. or heavy pieces of stone. called a bottle-race. for this exten- sive piece of water abounds with Jack and very large Pike. Snaring. also among weeds . by making a running noose of wire gimp troUing-line. or pole the noose should be very carefully drawn over the Fish's head beyond the gills. . es- pecially in large ditches. or Haltering. connected with rivers and ponds. which generally the case. Jack and Pike will quently lie fre- dozing near the surface of the water.

and cased in The body of a Jack is very small hard scales. jaws. the lower jaw is set round with large crooked canine teeth . Of river mills . it is covered with a mucous or slimy the back and upper part of the sides are of a greenish golden hue. Beware. and sunk low ble the in the sockets. Habits. lively sport. Haunts. Roaches fair. And lurks behind his hungry fangs. and you will generally be successful. and letting them then strike smartly. See M'Quin's Descriptions of three hundred Animals. —beware the Tyrant comes . Remarks on the Nature. between the dashing wheels . but are so placed as to enato look Jack upwards. when reach. Gudgeons. which should teach the Angler not to sink his bait too low in the water. &C. Isubstance . by putting two or three strong hooks at the bottom of your sink under the Fish j line. Grim death awaits you in his gaping jaws. of Jack and Pike. Shape. and teeth. 249 already described. . Colour.REMARKS. and studded with teeth. ye flirting And Or all who breathe the lucid crystal of the lakes. and quickly destroy the victim that to so unfortunate as come within its long. Jack and Pike have a is flattish head 3 the under jaw 5 something longer than the upper one the mouth is extremely wide. the expanse of mouth. enables this merciless Fish to hold is fast. 8ic. and the belly of an indifferent white colour 3 the eyes are of a bright yellow. and. they are in season. the tongue very large.

having a No. of a bright white and yellowish colour 3 their tails and fins have also on them numerous dusky spots and waved lines. After Jack and Pike have fully recovered from spawning. howsoe'er with raging famine pin'd. and once. are as bold as they are voracious. frogs. they will seize the i smaller of their own species. The Tench he spares. distressed for food. hanging over the side of I .<250 THE TROLLER S GUIDE. attacking kinds of Fish. I have known many instances of their is swallowing the leaden plummet that the Angler taking his depth. leaping above the surface for that purpose. with . a Jack of about two pounds immediately pouched my this plummet j the hook. He courts the salutary Fish for ease Close to his scales the kind Physician glides. and also ducks. fell tyrant of the liquid plain. ^hile I was plumbing the depth (preparatory to fishing for Chub in the winter) with a|| folding plummet. they then have many beautiful spots on their bodies. Jack and Pike. or sore disease. except the Tench. a medicinal kind . which is the Angler has hooked. For when by wounds distress'd. or any other small animal they can : meet with they will often seize a small Fish. his fellow train . | Pope. water- mice. when on the all feed. Pike. And sweats the healing balsam from his sides. \ When much rats. With ravenous waste devours Yet. while he drawing it out of I the water. 8 hook and a gut-line.

they more depth or breadth and thickness. got sufficient hold of the Jack. and soon killed and landed this hungry intruder. or lay close under thick It is and heavy beds of weeds. ent dart however. . of Jack and . produce more than a in hundred and fifty thousand eggs one roe. seized him. SHAPE. that Jack will increase in in a year. or more. as they immediately swim or away with the greatest velocity. circumstance occurred laid a with my Mr. for the weight something more than a pound first four or five years. that j he could not extricate himself by which means.GROWTH. and. a Pike^ then finding the Perch I somewhat embarrassed. that I held him. differ- with other Fish. fin and attempted to pouch him Perch stuck so but the dorsal of the fast across the throat of the Pike. &C. R. and will live grow as to to the amazing a hundred and ISO fifty pounds. Mr. Of those circumstances. Perch (the large ones especiaUy) seem but little intimidated by the appearance of Jack or Pike. which a Perch. and the Eel) suddenly sink and bury themselves in the mud. who trimmer baited with a stone loach. after that period. secured both Perch and Pike. swim about as before those tyrants appear- The following singular friend. during that time. 251 folding plummet. OF JACK AND PIKE. Robinson. It is. but. took and gorged . &c. for they continue to ed. R. respecting the age. grow Some writers two or size of on Natural History affirm that Pike three hundred years. of about half a pound weight. generally supposed. and that they are wonderfully prolific. continue in to grow in length .

especially if those bends or bays abound with their favorite weed. Gudgeons. must try close in-shore. in such delight places. to resort. and other small Fish. (if In February. is But when the weather fine. Jack and Pike occasionally go some yards from their haunts in search of food. (on which they are said to feed. and r while the water face. &c. Dace. may come within their when he trolls in and the water of a i thick heavy water. so that he much loss of time and fruitless labour. therefore the Angler. forming re- a bend or bay in rivers and large waters. may avoid when in search of them.) also the candock or water lily. but. leaving the curioas to consult Natural History of fishes. I THE troller's guide. heavy runs of water. shallows. instead thereof. large and small Jack and Pike. particularly to the sharps. sandy. proper colour. during unfa- vorable weather . or gravelly because. therefore shall say nothing more on the subject. and Pike begin to move from their retired . must confess. Among is those sedges. thick) a foOt or two below the sur- with their noses just projecting from the sedges. Jack and Pike are partial to quiet retired places where the water is rather shallow than deep.259 Pike. the bottom is clean. mild for the season. Jack and Pike lay (especially during floods. and the shore sides are shaded with tall \ sedgy sags. and parts of waters where . I know but little . the pickerell. and also moved from strong currents.) Jack situations. looking up stream for what reach as food . will inform the is Angler where he likely to find both old and young.

and their 1 . retiring for that purpose. canals. for few of them fit nor are they often for the table before first j September or October. Jack and Pike will refuse the choicest bait the as to Angler can select 3 and if it be placed so close it. about the roots or lower parts of bull-rushes or sedges. Jack and Pike are among. in pairs. and rivers. he will not take little but generally if draws himself a back from it j and you perse- vere in placing or drawing the bait (either live or dead) to him. lakes. and deposit their among and on those weeds which are of the nature of rushes. For during the part of Summer. the sun nearly out of water. Jack and Pike are not rous state. such as the candock and water-lily. and. or ponds. or run into larger waters. will take of procreation . and lanky the various spots and golden tinge lose on their sides and back now much of their brightness or brilliancy. they congregate in those parts of pools. to the stillest part of the waters. having thick stems. than feed for at those times it is not unusual to see numerous small Fish this swimming and playing around dreaded enemy of the finny race for hours. he will sink or plunge away in anger if : in fact. in default of which. not the longest of any Fish. they remain long.COLOUR AND HABITS OF JACK AND uiid I'IKE. From March till in a vigo- August or September. 253 from natural feelings. and appetite. flesh. In the month of March spawn they spawn. touch his nose. after the act a bait freely. thin. seeming more inclined to doze and bask in . in recovering their health. At such times. where small streams and ditches empty themselves. without his disturbing them.

be —Note. meers. thei heads appear unseemly large. until will September or October. laying the Fish in a dish to drain before it is cooked. and of better flavour. and left there for some. salt they are gut- ted.254 THE TROLLER S GUIDE. A Jack or Pike if much firmer. would not weigh more than seven or eight while out of season or condition j which they certainly arci and so remain (generally speaking) in all rivers. lakes. . because they have lost that depth and rotundity of body (especially about the vent-fin) which they possess Pike. say twelve. hours. or ponds. that weigh ten pounds vigour. when in season for when in full health and -. from the month of April. and a handful of put in its place.

. Palmer. FLY FISHING May-Fly. Ant and Gnat-Flies. White Moth-Fly. Red Spinner. Brown Moth-Fly.PART III.

that the Angler who fishes at bottom has many the Fish will so months and days feed 5 in the year when consequently. will take a bait at bottom. Yet fly-fishing not without its disadvan- tages. Jack and Pike are taken at Christmas but. he has frequent opportunities of is enjoying his amusement. preferred by many to every other way of is angling. certainly. when the Fly. making ground-baits. with a He may traand a 4 book of flies in his pocket. either weight 3 in bulk or nor has he the dirty work of dig- ing clay. &c. &c. a very pleais sant and gentlemanly way of angling. CHAP. " Silent along the mazy margin stray. and cast in his bait. neither Trout nor Chub are likely . Salmon.256 THE ANGLER S GUIDE. and it is also worthy of notice. 8^c. fly And with the fur-wrought delude the prey. light rod in his hand.fisherman entirely deprived of the chance of sport by very cold or wet weather. Artificial-Fly fishing. without soiling his fingers . and attended with ing. Many good . at some season of the year . the Winter season. much less labour and trouble than bottom-fishThe Fly-fisherman has but little to carry." Fishing with an artificial fly is. I. for there are many all kinds of Fish that will not the different species which take a fly 3 whereas. as he roves on the banks of a is. and Fly -making for Trout. &c. vel for miles. at that season of the year. the fresh waters produce. it therefore. river.

and.ARTIFICIAL-FLY FISHING. yet kill Trout. he must persevere. that not worth the Angler's trouble to make them. where the Angler may get a 3 made it is to any pattern. and practice. information on the is Angler would gain subject. to purchase his z2 . requires much time. certainly. flies are now made so well at those shops. the Angler may consult Captain Williamson s Angler s Fade Mecum. to his notice. study. of Shrewsbury but little and. with flies bought at the fly London tackle -shops. while he . both making and casting a excellent Fly-fishermen There are many who never trouble "themselves to make a fly. &C. perhaps. sold at the fishing-tackle shops. however skilfully made Fly-fishing certainly partakes more of science than bottom-fishing. are principally made from 3 the directions given by Bowlker. artificial-fly learn. recommend the young Fly-fishartificial erman. and strictly follow the in directions I shall offer fly. * I • should. or shape. Note. much more artificial-fly by attending a Fly-fisherman. among the modern writers on Fly-fishing. have been last improved during the century : but. with some advantage. of course. ^57 or thrown. at making but more difficult making or casting a fly is somewhat difficult to The young to describe. The artificial flies. before the Angler can become j any thing like an adept indeed. and Bainbridges Fly-Fishers Guide. colour. in the first instance. casting or making an if he cannot avail himself of such knowledge. to rise for a fly. he chooses in truth. in every Trout stream they fish. probably.

the bean or thistle-fly has been considered a secret in some part of Wales. should he prefer making them to buying them at the tackle-shops imitate any . but after some experience in the art. and much valued- There is a fly used . to supply himself. Having purchased the above assortment of should ral the Angler make himself well acquainted with their seve- forms.25S flies J THE angler's guide. certain are preferred . flies. where they are not to be purchased far this sometimes occurs when flies. it from home. and every other parti- cular. the red-spinner. and materials of which they should respectively be formed. at all times. the will be proper to select red and black palmers. will be found under their different names. that the novice will receive those for may feel assured he which he asks. : The following ant-flies. In many places. make his the own and. the way and flies materials of which they are made. that he may be able to know every diiference between the several kinds. as will enable him. I «ball mi- nutely describe the method of making them. to . grouse-red and black yellow may-fly or green-drake. red and black hackles. to enable him to do so properly. different to flies what he may think proper enumerated are all The . thereby guarding against having flies imposed on him of a species to order. above of established credit their re- spective merits. the that Angler will then be enabled to fly may be . the number of wings. small black gnat-flies. stone-fly. a killing one. In purchasing artificial would fish- be proper to apply for them at some respectable ing-tackle-shop. and white-moth.

and with the right give the silk two or j three turns round the shank. . . the proper colour. and fasten then take fly a small feather. as Fish seek for food by instinct. when whipping flies. with dubbing of the proper colour twisted round the remaining silk. 5 fasten and cut off the two ends of the feather then. Take some fine silk. warp from the wings towards the till bend of the hook. of . 259 much at Watford. holding the point of the feather between your finger and thumb 5 turn back most of the remaining fibres. expecting winged insects in the day time. for Trout is the other part of the day. in Herts. of the colour you intend the should be. called Harding' s-fly. off some of the fibres towards the and leave a sufficient quantity for the wings. Concise Directions for making an Artificial Fly. and wax left it well with bees' wax then hold the bend of the hook between the fore-finger and thumb of the it hand. and fasten . caterpillar in the cool and the palmer or and damp of the mornings and evenings. winged This following nature. flies : expeit how —Note make an invariable rule to try a red or black palmer. give a few more laps round it with your silk.HOW very TO MAKE ARTIFICIAL FLIES. strip quill. the fly is the size required. then twirl the feather round the hook tiU all the fibres are wrapped upon it 3 which done. and laying the point end of the feather upon the hook. in the first morning and j last in the evening. or the Coachman's rience will teach the merits of such to appreciate.

wishes to excel should learn who how to flies" make them for sale as soon as possible. in the for a gratuity. a proficiency the art of making these i will enable any person to make it a fly to any pattern. as to sit down and make which s' much as possible. moreover. : When Nor artful flies the This task of all deserves his utmost care verse nor prose can ever teach him well tell . (suppose a green-drake. will instruct the whole of I art and mystery of fly-making. and practice I Yet thus at large venture to support. What masters only know. or preserve the natural ones in and. having learnt the hook. ticular. those 51 you may find flying about the spot. Thus. should be well understood. in par-. as sometimes .flies 3 requisite to be understood for these flies are of so much value to the Angler. the is first how to apply his materials to knowledge how to make the may.) he should carefully take an artificial one to pieces. some. and the only resource then one resembling. The manufacture it is the green-drake. Natui'e best followed best secures the sport . and observe how it is formed. .^60 THE ANGLER S GUIDE. grey-drake. There are several artificial persons in London . at dressing or Before the young artist tries his skill making a fly. an art highly necessary. . i difficult to procure. Trout will refuse every for fly will often happen that 1 you may have with you^ is. Angler would prepare. who manufacture Angler and among those professed fly-makers. that every one in Fly-fishing. and stone-fly.

Experience will teach. their seasons. hair. warp with pale yellow and green fly's waxed to imitate the joints of the : body under the wings the wings to be made j of a mallard. &c. &c. or the whiskers of a black cat. an old To make the Artificial Piscator. a yellow of any shade and fast colour j* three whisks for the tail from a sable muff. dyed yellow the body of ambertail coloured mohair. wool^. silk. to consult should recommend Packer's Dyer's Guide.ARTIFICIAL FLIES. When green-drake is made small. their hue. : Their shapes. or hairs this from a dog's it tail. with nice observance heed Which most the Trout admires. or camel's cub fox-down. Thus sung Moses Brown. to do or wild drake's feather. and it will then dye feathers. or hog's and bear's-hair silk mixed . the may-fly : Another way to make make the wings of the feathers from a 5 mallard's breast. and the breed. . and others. or Yellow May-Fly. ii Make little the body of seal's fur. thinly put on. or yellow mohair. water to which add a piece of alum the . with a two-forked * Those Anglers who may wish for further information in I the art of dyeing feathers. is then generally termed the yellow may-fly. or perchance some friend. dyed yellow })ut which a handful of horse-radish leaves into a pint of . . and where obtain 'd. size of a small walnut simmer the whole for some time. Green-Drake. or a horse's beard. wool. 26- Of flies the kinds.

262 THE ANGLER as above described. As the formation of these be rendered not only easier. and with yellow to stand j almost upright. . 6. feather : the end of the body. artificial may-flies will but more perfect. take bear's dun. towards the of peacock's warping of ash-colour. than in any other part place two or three hairs of a black cat or dog. j towards the tail underneath. but fly placed that the may be more yellow on the belly. and black hackle mallard. of the dark-grey feather of a mallard. To form a little the body of this fly. and so brown and yellow camlet well mixed. by an I shall intimate acquaintance with the natural ones. in the arming. when on his fishing excursions. silver twist. with . so as to be turned up when you warp on your dubbing. lead the young Angler to a careful observation of them. made and the legs of a grizzle cock's hackle hook No. Make herl} the body from a white ostrich's tail. GREY-DRAKE. or the fibres of a dark hackle. or the bristles that grow under the chin of horses on the top of your hook. branching one from the other silk 5 rib make the wings large and long. beard or whiskers. wings of a dark-grey feather of a STONE-FLY. here give such a description of them as will. at least. 5 S GUIDE.

. is also called the cock-up or tilt-up as also the grey drake. the wings are glossy black. turned-up this may. which are single. and tail. GREY-DRAKE. the tail consists of three small wisks. in shape and size. This may-fly is bred from the cad-worm. high on the back like the butterfly. and striped with black down like its body. vulgate May-fly. in which it has been incased while in the state of a maggot. (some are darker ribbed across with green . is like the green-drake. or Green-Drake. The grey-drake. Ephemera. to which places they fly grow and overhang when they change from stand i their chrysalis state j its wings.) a yellow. 263 NATURAL MAY-FLIES. during weather the latter end of May. The fine curious observer may be gratified daily. in some tail. and turned upwards mallard : to the back.NATURAL FLIES. being a lighter yellow. and. near the banks where bushes the water. quite dark. and thin a cob-web. by the wonderful power of the * Creator. but different in colour. and is found in numbers beside most small gravelly rivers. by seeing insect break through the case of dried this singular weed or straw rushes. The body of than others.fly receives the name of places is it green-drake. like the tail of a drake or its from the green stripes on the body. become completely transformed this fly is into a fly.

and of a This fly dusky dark-brown colour. are all known by all the name of I the may-fly. in The his to fly. the grey-drake.-. as some call j the yellow may-fly.Cricket. Although the green-drake. they it. the greytermed may-flies. and from which circum- stance the all derived : they are found in almost Trout streams. has several legs. so as to enable in wings are sufficiently him and creeps to the crevices of stones^ which places they may be name is found. and uses them more than his wings. yellow. The three flies I have just described. ribbed with whisks at the tail. the wings are double. or stony rivers. The body of the stone-fly of a brown colour. which always occurs early is May. from the colour of its wings and . only moving their legs. namely. that i drake. the green-drake. or Creeper. called the Water. stone-fly escapes from the husk or case before grown. or. are the young Fly-fisherman should be when the may-fly is spoken of among Anglers. and are 3 s known by therefore the Angler for Trout as a killing bait many take the trouble of placing stones one on the other. and the stone-fly. so as to leave a hollow between.264 THE ANGLER S GUIDE. as you may often find them padding on the top of the water.. long and thick. yet apprised.Fly. / generally mean the green-drake. and the stone-fly. that the fly may be sheltered from the wind until his in 3 wings are full grown. and his ha^. Stone.s and two small horns on head i when full grown. while the state orforrn of a maggot.

and also becomes very fat. provide a short length of gut. the shank towards the right hand. either natural or artificial. the other to the right next. and lay one end of it after which. then . and a hook No. found to be the best in some few more especially about Carshalton. and also j in very stony small rivers these flies are the best. right. and : some with ostrich feathers fore-finger hold the hook by the bend. the Trout soon recovers his strength and beauty. left hand. about fifteen 8.THE PALMEU. take that part of the silk that lies towards your right hand. that Ccan be used until ^Midsummer. thumb left and holding that part towards your tight along the inside of the hook. towards the right hand gut. Trout are immoder- ately fond of the may-flies. First. between and thumb of the left hand. and with the point and beard of your hook nearly parallel with the tops of your fingers 5 then take the length of silk about the middle. in most waters. and lay the one half along the inside of the hook towards your . Directions for making a Plain Palmer or Hackle. between the fore-finger and of that hand. take the along the inside of the to the shank of the hook till it come near 2 A bend . it 2G5 j certainly is the most general killing may-tiy is yet the stone-fly l)laces. three whip that to the or four times round the shank of the . inches long. hook. a fine red hackle. from feeding on which. and nature has been very bountiful in providing millions of them . 7 or some red silk well waxed with the red wax.

make a loop. and gut tight between the fore- thumb of your left hand. turning the strands to the right hand. make a loop tight then whip it it neatly again over gut. with the you waxed : whip them three fasten or four times round tight . after which. to give that part of the or four whips your right hand. and take three or four strands of an ostrich's feather. and twisting >vith them and the silk together. and the roots of them silk bend of the hook. others on is necessary round when . cut will it and your hook be whipped on. if the gut reach farther than the bend. till Wind them round the shank of the hook to the place you come a loop where you fastened. the silk gets bare. then make and fasten them again. and the parts it : of the silk will hang from the bed of then wax the longest ends of the silk again. the feathers in the last. three gut. off. finger and THE angler's guide. till it more over the hook and end of the shank -. and cut the palmer's body to an oval form. to the it . If the strands should not be it long enough to wind as far as the shank. take a pair of small-pointed sharp scissors. make another loop. you must twist it after which. come nearly and fasten silk. and hook. as in the first position. wax them both . and. Both ends of the silk being separated at the bend and shank end of the hook. till come near the bend of it it . the fore-finger and thumb of the right hand. afterwards. silk. taking care not to cut away too much of the dubbing. silk. and them then.266 hold the hook. and fasten again j then. and holding them and the hook to the left hand.

Take a sharp knife. then remaining silk at the shank and bend of the hook . right hand. 267 then take the hackle. Captain Williamson.TUE again. take the silk in your quite fast to it. and where an end of the off the hackle silk then clip those fibres fore- which you hold between your to finger and thumb. silk. author of the Anglers Fade . stopping every second holding what you have fingers. and whip the stem it then make and if a loop and fasten tight. whilst. up the shank turn. and hold the stem close to the hook . tight to the hook — in fastening : avoid tying in the fibres as it much as possible the hackle being fastened. you come to the place where you is. that part of the stem next the shank of the is hook be as long as the part of the hook which it bare. with that side which grows nearest the cock it upward. take by the large end. close the stem. and wound tight with your left with a needle. and bind neatly over the bare part of the hook then fasten the silk tight. which they are formed position. afterwards. with your right contrarywise . pare fine : wax your . and left keeping the side nearest the cock to the begin with your right hand to wind it hand. and. any fibres that may stand amiss. and spread lightly shoe-maker's clip off the wax on the last binding . also. hold the small end left between the fore-finger and thumb of your and stroke the to fibres of it hand. you pick what fibres taken in : may have been until proceed in this first manner fastened. upon the dubbing. PAJ. then whip it. keep your hold as in the in first its and place the point of the hackle bend.MER.

268 THE ANGLER S GUIDE. this done. fasten off at the bottom with stiff two half hitches fibres. with a red hackle over When you whip the end of the hackle hook. carry the fibre the hook very close. leaving a very small interval between each round : the platting is brought up completely. CHAP. then. grass. the ])illars if the hackle have very long palmer will resemble those hairy caterare found in which gardens and fields. Directions for making a Golden or Silver Palmer. you must do the same to to the bend of the the gold or silver . making the half hitches platting is bottom a small piece of round fibres. Mecum. which : both an easy and excelfor a way First. so as nearly . ribbed with all. adding a second or if more requisite. makes a lowing lent plain or palmer-hackle in the folis manner. gold or silver twist. whipping the hook on few laps and lapping in the ends of a long fibre. : to complete down to the end of the it is whipping when completed thereto. lapping is down and the in whole length as the shank at straight. the same as the palmer. let the hackle be passed round progressively left downwards. lapped in . and of a hackle at the same place far as . on leaves. which is now when to be carried round from the bottom to the top. The dubbing II. to fill up the intervals by the platting . &c. lap it under the platting.

Hold the hook between the fore-finger and thumb of the left hand. by that direction. or palmers. and the greater will be far off. first winding either of them on the dubbing. and the point towards your fingers' ends 3 then take a 2 A 2 . twist. for comes so much master of the will art as to when he bemake a fly. in every Those hacklers. How Ill to make a Dub-Fly. W'hich Sir as John Hawkins. lie flat observing that they on it. with the back of the shank upwards. but the smaller the hook is. 8cc. Some wind the the hackle on the dubbing first. artificial fly is Another method of making an follows. to try a larger Those who wish I palmer than what have described. your sport. he soon be able to judge of the merits of any written or verbal description relative to artificial fly-making. as many Anglers it is continue to make their fly it. To fish fine and is the ne plus ultra of fly-fishing. will kill Trout month during the whole ings that are fit year. every water where I have known them used. considers superior to any others and. I have been induced to insert being of opinion. have only to increase the dubbing. the neater will the fly look.THE DUB-FLY. with the hackle. 6 hook . and then fasten off j then proceed. as before directed. and rib body afterwards. in mornings and evenand in for fly-fishing. that not material by which direction the young artist practises making a fly . on a No. in his notes on Charles Cotton.

which being done. and hair or gut. as both hook and will permit. until you have the knot of your hair or gut almost to the middle of the shank of the hook on the inside . strip the feathers. wax well. with wax of the same colour. hard as the strength of the silk which being done. close by the arming silk firmly and then whip the until you 3 round the hook. and fasten and take of your it off the is to make 3 the body fly as much you think proper and holding' lightly with the hook.) and draw ' betwixt your finger and thumb to the head of the shank. of a proportionable bigness for the size of the fly.270 strong silk. which as which it. placing that side downwards^ which grew upso ' permost before. which. and clip off the root 3 hair or gut . upon the back of the hook. sometimes. and whip it twice or thrice about the bare also )| hook. for the wings. cut away the hair or gut. holding the hook so as only to it suffer to pass by. come to the bend of the hook. which is done both to preveiU slipping. but no further dubbing. then whip your silk twice or thrice about line. (you it should have wax of all colours with you. otherwise do 3 then take your line and draw it betwixt your ger and thumb. betwixt the finger and thumb 1 . being done. end of the feather. leaving much as only to serve for the length of the wings of of the point of the plume. hook. it THE ANGLER S GUIDE. lying reversed from the end the shank upwards : then whip your silk twice or thrice about the root end of the feather. and to prevent the shank of the hook cutting the it fibres of will fin- your hair or gut. fly of the colour of the you intend to | make.

THE DUB-FLY. The to to . raise up the dub3 bing gently from the warp hairs of your twitch off the superfluous dubbing fly . join j how how how whip around the bare hook. line how to put on the wings . then and cut it ofFj with the point of a needle. . away the remainder of the dubbing from the silk and then. of the shank. and the other on the I other. by this description of : making an artificial fly. which done. to make the fasten. finger and f Hold the left fly fast between. the dubbing will spin itself about the silk which. and warped up ends of the shanks. to twirl and lap on the dubbing sixthly.ht. he has ten rules to observe . and turn them back towards the bend. until you come to the setting on the wings i and then take the feather for the wings. how to work . and fourthly. with the bare silk. hold the hook and line secondly and thirdly. holding them fiist in that posture. and divide it equally in two parts. wrap them down so |i as to stand slopingly to the towards the bend of the hook. due order. left ! betwixt the fore-finger and thumb of your hand . and twisting it betwixt the linger and thumb of that hand. j backward. pinch or nip with the thumbnail against your finger. the one on the one side. Angler ^^ ill perceive. whip it about the armed hook. and take the silk betwixt the finger and thumb of your right hand. and where the warping ends. of your left hand. or else your swim true. hook and fifthly. first. the li thumb of your hand. leave the wings of an ecjual will never length. when I it has so done. whip in it once or twice about. and strip . take your silk with the \ 271 riiz. wings stand after which.

also. and hair . the rail. . wings 5 eighthly. S GUIDE. red. made chiefly of wool or mohair. to form the wings. 5 whose bodies if are without wings. are . dun. palmer-flies those whose bodies are . yellowish. feathers from a cock- pheasant's breast and bird. and the 3 water-coot the feathers from the crown of a plover. Get also. for clear shallow water. during a bright sky and the larger sort for dark weather.27^ it THE ANGLER . the wings from the black- brown-hen. termed palmers with wings. but not too large perfect black. those flies up towards the head . seventhly. the swallow. seals'. flies. and thicker or deeper waters. the starling. down his neck) 3 get : them of the following colours. how to part the how to nip off the superfluous dubbing ninthly. and water-rats' furs mohairs. how to trim and adjust the fly for use. white. and purple . of every hue and colour 5 and fur from the neck and ears of hares bears' hogs' down. —black. they are then named hackle-flies. are called dub-flies if made principally of feathers. which hang from the head of a cock. squirrels'. The feelers or horns of artificial flies may be made with the Small flies fine fibres of feathers. tail . And note. and Feathers. also. of are got from the mallard and partridge. the fieldfare. hackle-feathers (hackles are long tender feathers. . white and violet camlets. blue. . moles'. especi- ally those red ones in the tail . how to fasten tenthly. are most proper . the jay. Materials for making Artificial Flies. the land- the thrush. &c.

sizes. 273 peacock's and black-os- and feathers from the heron's neck and wings. When you put or whip on a hackle. A little portable necessary to fix on the table. gold and all silver flatted wire or twist. You must. be proall vided with marking-silk. . and make your fly wings always of an equal length. because it is always the brightest and also that sheep stare and starling means the same thing. place it so that the upper side of the feather may be . to which you may fly. and a pair of sharp-pointed vice is scissors. strong. as that part most in the fish's sight. a large needle. to raise your dubbing when flattened. provide All the gay hues that wait on female pride Let nature guide thee. ther is is In most instances. . The follows articles for making artificial flies are prettily described by Gay. Most of those materials for fly-making may be pur- chased at the principal fishing-tackle shops in London. occasionally fasten your hook while dressing a Be particular in imitating the belly of the is fly. and of co- flaw-silk.MATERIALS FOR MAKING ARTIFICIAL FLIES. a sharp knife. that from the starling's wing lours generally preferred. golden wire fly The shining bellies of the require. next the head. in his : Poem on Rural Sports. as To frame the little animal. Note. fine. hooks of shoe-maker's wax. green and copper-coloured trich's herlj -. to insure your to swim true. also. Sometimes. where the mallard's feadirected to be used.

Month during the Season. for Flyfishing in every beginning with April. Hackle with and without Wings.274 The Nor THE ANGLER S GUIDE. they are of various co- some 5 red. And every fur promote the fisher's art. about the leaves of are. peacock's plumes thy tackle must not the dear purchase of the sable's tail Each gaudy bird some slender tribute brings. worm some of them being covered with others have a a rough woolly substance. with expensive care. they receive the general name lours. leaves of trees. Many fly. So the gay lady. is first a because a palmer. and plumes the glittering thing displays Dazzles our eyes. Flies. Borrows the pride of land. must their aid impart. &c. from which they are called wool-beds. cabbages. and others of variegated colours those found in gardens. in some places legs. bushes and vegetables. supposed to be . And lends the growing insect proper wings Silks. j number of and from their continual rambling over branches. or in. A List of Palmers. Anglers object to the palmer being termed a in its natural state. of all colours. and easy hearts betrays. some black. of sea. fail. generally. of palmers or pilgrims . or caterpillar. CHAP. pearls. of air Furs.

they are called hackle flies. are called dub-flies. suitable for every month during the season at a small and which may be purchased expense at the tackle shops. a selection of which I shall 3 describe. those that are green. and is a killing The The brown or dun drake a good the middle of the day. fly April. but if ever met with before April. There are upwards of a hundred flies different kinds of made for fly-fishing . from the white or yellow butterfly . If the body be it like a palmer. they are not for the table. I shall. Artificial flies of wool or when the body is principally made mohair when chiefly made of feathers. . in the succeeding Chapter' give a of artificial flies for the winter months^ with directions how to make them.FLY-FISHING. those beautifully spotted and found on willow trees. unless the weather be unusually mild. are bred from eggs deposited by large moths. particularly if the weather prove gloomy. list however. but more particularly the morn- . horse-fly will also take Fish during the whole of April. (and fit Fish are later killed. then is properly palmer fly. should the Angler decline himself. —The stone-fly may be used aU this month in with much success. fly in the of this month. making them little Some Anglers sport is fish with a fly in Winter. to which called a is added wings. but best late in the evening.) or much than Michaelmas. May. first —The cow-dung is may be used from fly to the end. 275 bred from the eggs of variegated butterflies.

if called the light-blue-fly. but most killing when the water is dark. is a killing fly. du- ring the whole of this month. ant-flies are August. and so is the black- thorn-fly. particularly when the water begins to brighten after a flood. — of the day. THE ANGLER S GUIDE. particularly if this month prove close. is or button-fly. this The badger-fly is good in the early part of month. called the camlet. The small fly. for small June. is The black gnat-fly killing in an evening. hot. the green- The yellow may-fly. and late in the evening.27^ ings. if be occasionally obscured. and gloomy. in small rivers it and Trout streams kills best in those days that succeed very hot morn- ings. The hazel-fly. . The black caterpillar -fly is a good fly. for three or four hours in the afternoon. September. commonly called tlrake. especially if the weather has been warm and showery only used during the day. The orange-fly is an excellent bait. may be used with success Fish. the day until the middle of June. and part of June. The large red ant-fly is killing. The all fly. to known to till be a killing bait from morning the weather be at all favourable. and it sun-set. —^The willow-fly | is most to be depended . most fly-fishers afternoon. and in the coolest days. by some called the Welshman's button. July. —The lady-fly is now a good one. is The blue gnat is when the water very fine The red. this month. sometimes —The small red and black till good killers. valuable all this month to is dap with. for some hours in the middle and low.spinner is an excellent fly. especially in the evenings.

&c. : while haply o'er the shaded sun Passes a cloud. For making these seal's flies. Deep struck. 9. but as oft The dimpled water speaks his jealous fear At last. B . a Salmon. wool. and. at once he darts along. he desperate takes the bait With sullen plunge . Indignant of the guile. feathers from the neck . the and foxes. colours. for killing All the j flies I have enumerated are also take Trout but you may Chub and used also Dace with them. beneath the tangled roots trees. the sheltering weed. And and flounces round the pool. I shall take the liberty of closing this part of my subject with Thomson's just and beautiful description of the cunning of an old Trout. his old secure abode. Behoves you then to ply your Long time he.FLY-FISHINO. and runs out all the Then seeks the farthest ooze. following. feathers from the peacock. and for the remainder of the season any of those noticed for July or August may also be used occasionally. cautious scans the And oft attempts to seize it. hog's down. lengthen'd line. squirrels. perchance. Oil ^77 : this month. called hackles likewise. bear's and sheep's wool' all badger's hair. camlets of fur of hares. mallard. of the game-cock. Should you lure From his dark haunt. flies aloft. The cavern'd bank. is . mohair of various colours camel's hair. finest art fly. the Of pendant monarch of the brook. the domestic hen.

it is of a drake's feather. This fly is much used made in Wales and Herefordshire. kill till taken during February. body -. kill. tail . it is called the violet-dun. with the roots of a fox cub's . way to and the make them .27S THE angler's guide. Green Peacock-Hackle. silver twist. CHAP. warping green silk. warp with starling's pale yellow silk wings of the pale part of a This fly. which is also called the violet-dun. for it has often that hue 3 in April. but better known there by the name of the Coch-ahondde . IV. Dub feather. and the red part of squirrel's fur it has four wings lying flat on its back : it may be varied This bait is by a black cock's hackle and or ten o'clock in the morning. all : this fly is is taken from eight eleven during March. March and September. : and blue-dun. Fhj. as the Ash-coloured Dun. is found on most rivers it varies much In it in its colours. List of Artificial Flies. to from Christmas Red till Michaelmas. and will June. according to the season of the year. The greenish herl of a peacock and a black hackle over till . and the of a red hackle. from nine till three in the afternoon. assumes a pale ash- .

by the sides of rivers. found in clusters.FLY-FISHING. The Spider-Fhj appears about the middle of April. made of woodcock's feathers. both body and it is wings time 3 June and July. a blue-black till : from this it gradually becomes a violet-dun the month of September. This April \vith : fly is taken both before and after noon. warm. from under the wing the body —of lead-coloured shape of an silk^ with a black cock's hackle wrapped twice or thrice round In —the body is made is in the ant-fly. of an ash-colour. -^'orward. The is Silver. sunny weather. during . or Heron-Dun. warp ash-coloured silk wings from the short feather of a heron or coot's wing.Twist-Hackle till a good bait from about nine especially if eleven. in the is month of May. dub the ash-coloured herl of a heron . and black cock's . -olour in in 279 j May. dark-green hackle over silk all. Pearl. on beds of gravel. if the season be and is a good fly all the remainder of the aionth : the wings are . this fly particularly towards the end of April. a beautiful lemon. the weather showery and warp dub with the herl of an ostrich's feather. and silver twist.

Flij. the body it and wings are of a wings lying close to those flies . Woodcock. near piles. May. downwards from : is but difficult to imitate. are one and the same Jiy. and the Trout will freely . and with a little light-blue. This is the fly which is so mvich seen during the months of ash. like the blue-bottle the head large and of an ash-colour . them very water-fly. with an orange mixis No. The Oak. but it is bred in the oak apple. Hawthorn. this is supposed to be a true cadis. or Cannon. when alive. and on the thorn-bushes. water . are a good bait to use when dapping for Trout. Two in of these flies. and June. 10 hook large enough to make this fly on : the mottled brown feather of a partridge makes put the best wings. fly . rails. always. April. and lie flat is on the back. Ash. May. bright brown. with the head pointing a good fly. It seldom dro()s on the that it from which. the tail-part greenish. and willow sides. lemon-colour j has four back: few rivers produce but. Huzzard. water It is it and also about and bridges. 8 hook. its numerous mixed colours. on the trunks of oak. they show themselves rise for at the latter end of April. This fly is larger than the green-drake fine its . the upper part of the body greyish.280 THE ANGLER S GUIDE. green. wings are large. found. trees. mixed ture. and bred from a large Dub with . it is generally believed does not come from a Its cadis. where they do. on a No. .

and is a killing fly from ten or eleven o'clock all it till four. yellow or : lemon-colour the body. The Orle-Fly may be good in seen in June playing on the water. 281 lemon-coloured mohair^. calf's hair 3 for Trout and Chub : body of silk to twisted on pale yellow silk —the be visible wings —of a mallard's tail. and to be made longer than the body. or yellow ostrich's feather 5 warp with yellow gold all • twist. the light part of a starling's feather.Brown. This is a killing fly on a blustering or windy day. until the may-fly appear. The body of a cock-pheasant's it. cock's hackle the body —of a peacock's herl. The Pismire-Fly is good during July and August. the month. very warm weather.Fly is a good killer in the morning. and yellow hackle over wings of a pale mallard's feather. during September^ 2 b2 .FLY-FISHING. and the wings must be large. with dark-red silk. a peacock's silk . heii to be twisted with and warp with ruddy wings. especially after the may-fly to the back. feather. is gone 3 has four wings lying close which should be made of a dark grizzled . Middling Brown-Fly. longer than made to lie fiat on the back. The Foetid Light.

and . in the River seal's fur of the Lea . I especially for Chub. | . when in the state of a is maggot. or you soon kill or spoil Bait the same way with in July. use the . Mark well the various seasons of the year. the succeeding insect-race appear. Natural Fly-fishing. having top. How Natural a light line. strong gut or hair for and No. or button-fly in in September. the badger-fly stone-flies. dun and The stone-fly. yellow.282 THE ANGLER S GUIDE. V. called the water-cricket. March and April. and take care that your fingers are always dry. the bait. which should be carried through the thick fly's part of the body under the wings. or creeper. the thorn-fly. the hazel. and pass your hook through them under the wings. with their heads standing different ways. Trout and Chub. Dapping and Whipping for Trout. brown. June ) wasp-fly in August. When dapping with a may-fly. : the body. put two or three on the hook together. about the middle of the insect's body. fly-fishing is is generally termed dibbing or dapping. colour wings —of —of ruddysilk. natural . the black ant-fly . in when baiting. 8^c. running tackle. and stiff practised with a stoutish rod. long and large warp with ruddy | CHAP. 7 or 8 hook.

or fly the Fish will not rise at your or bait. particularly late You must draw out as much line as with the top of your rod a in in the evening. and use it put two or as a tripping bait. When is such a cover can be met with on a stream. also. keep the bait motion just over and upon the surface of the vvater. or something to hide your person. an inch or two above the water. it is absolutely necessary tree. smartly. lying under hollow stones. about noon . by . : it will prove an excellent bait the latter end of April three on a No. lift too large to \ endanger breaking. will just let your ) baited hook reach the surface of the water little raised. in the said month that and. I have heard that the cricket is a good bait to dap with. gently shaking the rod the Fish. you kneel down or stand behind a high weeds. to sink and draw with. In this mode of fishing. then let it drop just before bait. 9 hook. When strike a Fish takes if your not after a moment. then you should . you are very to like scare away the j others by the exposing yourself to brisk. is 283 rivers or to be found in most small stony Trout In streams in April.FLY-FISHING. and drawing to and fro . by gently raising and lowering the top part of the rod. their sight sufficiently but if wind be and you stand high on a bank or bridge. cautiously guide your bait to the largest play it a little. bush. him out immediately for. then. those waters where this cricket is found. in the middle of the stream. and. and if you see several Fish. by playing them while dapping. this a killing: way of angling.

cockchafers.284 THE ANGLER S GUIDE. When you it bait with a live bee. and August. then lift your right hand. from April to Michaelmas. &. a large white moth. and. grass- hoppers. and yet Baits for Chub. also in bean and clover fields. during the day.c. the wind carrying his bait see a rise or bite. bees. is is necessary first to extract its sting. humble-bee. and with the thumb and finger of squeeze the its right left the tail end of the bee until it shoots out sting . butterflies. because he may to keep far from the water. with a finer top and line several yards of line out. use a long rod. gardens. and with your . bred in willow trees. the humble-bee. in found on flowers and blossoms. when use a small black fly. Artificial moths. which will also kill Dace. or large wild humble-bee.—Note. in streams whose water nearly level with the bank. where he wishes. I may be purchased at the tackle-shops. late in the evening. &c. with success. and a breeze at his back. which easily done in the following manner : hold the sides of the head and shoulders of the bee between the thumb and fore-finger of your hand. and on hedges. The is best bait in June. both with this I is the natural and artificial my usual bait till towards dusk. as . in have had much success (particularly in the river Lea) whipping with a . July. or as far to play the bait. the Angler may play his bait on is the top of the water. is The humble. and let you can see With such a long rod and line. for Chub. for Chub.

.Dipping or Dapping for Chub.

.

fly has a long thin body. and killing bait at that season. and small butterflies flies. put two grasshoppers. the live-bait. and the bee will j remain nearly as lively as before the operation if but it the bee be killed immediately it is caught.. especially tow^ards it evening. take away fly upper horny wings. one to run up and cover the shank. These baits are readily procured by persons residing in the country. flitting about. moth Chub a may be taken all dark nights while the moths are on wing. move it like a grasshopper than any other winged insect it in colour. grow. You must have * This v/ings . with some green to find leaves. is a light brown or dun . is found in all meadows. on a No. or ftither-longat a time. and wasps. grasshoppers. and easily kept alive. waiting for any unlucky settle which may chance to on the water. nails. 7 hook same way as directed for Trout. draw violence as away the sting with as little may be. is equally as good a bait. and seldom use any other in You may always expect alder.FLY-FISHING. in the months of August and September. which they in the evening. the called Father or Harry long-legs. six long legs. lie Chub where under and pollard trees. willo'<^'. in a gentle box. by dapping with them. generally preferring the largest legs. the other to cover the point and bend. They its will also take the this cockchafer or insect may-bug. . and all kinds of moths. or a 285 small pair of pliers. and two short is the whole appearance . (but before you put on the hook. is a both for Chub and Trout : puc two on the hook. : also large blue bees.* . I prefer rivers.

and fastened At Thames on the line. that dapping with a bait more killing than with an artificial one. 11 or 12 also caught hook. by makes the to seize live whole appear it 5 alive. your sport will be increased by putting a gentle on the tip of the hook. Ditton. come — Note. let dark lanthorn. These flies kept size in a bottle. and the Chub to it. when whipping for Dace with an artificial fly. For Bleak. the last three hours before dark .^86 THE angler's guide. See Ditton. and the light will one side be open. to throw where you play the moth. The best arti- ficial flies are the black ant and gnat-flies on a No. For Dace. tied on about three inches of hair or fine gut. Dace and Bleak are artificial fly . . which entices the Fish for is you ought to know. it is 10 hook 3 the time. AVhen dapping with an its fluttering. artificial bee. by whipping with an sometimes. whipping for Dace and Chub. the Angler may get good sport. which. about fourteen inches apart. you may use two or three hooks at a time. one common flesh or house-fly on a No. concealing yourself Trout and Chub. Whipping to for Dace frequently will tend much improve the Fly-fisherman. 10 hook. Dace are caught of the largest as for by dapping. the best bait is the common house-fly 5 you may should be put two on a No. I put a live fly (of any sort I can catch) on the point of the hook.

Rods and Lines. throwing a fly on land. together on the same sharps and shallows. over what I carried with me from made the metropolis. and other Trout streams Devonshire. in the same stream. for fishing in in the river Ex. or any other convenient place. when whipping fly Chub and Dace.RODS AND LINES. making a rule to use the darkest are fly last. . hickery. confine themselves to the of a dusky or dunit red-spinner. all on No. Note. the Tamar. where few Trout met with. in using them. from fifteen to eighteen feet long hazel rod the common in a may be used by the Young Angler. VI. during his noviciate. in compliance with the request of some friends who reside in those parts . the gnat-fly. which practice I . CHAP. but which abounds with fine Chub and Dace. &c. to practise field. hazel. those flies will be found to answer well. In the river Lea. and a colour. cane. but I never expe- rienced any advantage. I believe the London tackle- makers can furnish sale 3 as good as any that are made for are partial to parts of though I know some gentlemen those manufactured in the North and West England. 287 for Some Anglers. In respect to fly-rods. I have purchased rods at Exeter. Fly-rods are of bamboo. 9 hooks.

The learner should. the fly at the bottom termed the stretcher. which would either break the fly line. Whipping. recommend before he casts his bait on the wait While so practising. THE ANGLER S GUIDE. With Learn pliant rod. Casting. fastened the fly . while yet a novice. or prevent the being thrown with any precision. or Throwing the Line and Bait. to prevent laying hold of grass. some exceedingly . &c. fine A To yard or is two of gut. on at a time. spun. is better to break its away in the the point and barb of the hook. skilfully to cast the feathered In casting or throwing a serve the following rules : fly. fine and long. is which the hooks are fastened. purposely for fly-fishing . the end of this bottom. and. hook. sometimes. after . ob- having fixed the winch on all the butt of your rod. the others droppers. certain distances (above) two more is in which case. ten yards. upon the pebbled brook. use as light a winch as you can. to line. and to almost any length line a should not be less than thirty yards. weeds. at . draw the line through the rings . Lines are manufactured of hair. and platted. or any thing that may be way. again taper. mixed. of various lengths and strengths. but always prefer the multiplying one. tapering gradually to the end and some. wove. fly by no means. twisted. attempt to fish with more than one When fly-fishing. added to the and called the bottom.2SS should ter.

making a sweep over your right shoulder. which will be quite as for a learner to throw j indeed. if a Fish rises at and you omit that of the wrist for moment is striking. Thus continue to cast in your line and fish every yard of water likely to afford .) the Fish is lost. then draw the j lightly towards the shore your bait . of the rod to the top . by the bend. with a moderate wind till your back. sometimes. the rod in the right hand. spent 2 c . in search. and forming nearly a left shoulder. be nearly as long as the rod. hold the hook. the art. Having fastened finger your bottom in the left v^nth the line. it and never despair of success for. ^89 and. that after many fruitless hours. cast the line by waving the and gently from you before you return your arm fly from the head . and throw the bait from their mouth. then again. as much more as will reach within a yard of your butt-end from the top : the line will then. : you have gained Some raise prefer the following method of casting circle. between your thumb and .NATURAL FLY-FISHING. so happens. they immediately discover the fraud. sport. hand. which you j let go the moment you are in the act of at throwing practise this. casting forward the fly. have a quick and attentive eye to it. pointing to the leftj bring the top of the rod gently round to the right. much as is necessary when you have attained any given the art of throwing a spot. from the rod. a fly your arm. for. to you may use line ad libitum. round your head. of course. (a very slight movement sufficient to hook the Fish. either on land or in water. fly thirty yards.

float fly. the greater the chance of a bite for thereon depends much of the advantage the experienced Angler has is over the novice. you will in the shallow always find a rippling on the surface. endeavour to keep the wind as it your back. and which practice. to any given distance or place : when you commence at fishing any water. it . is In small streams. draw the if gently over the spot where the Fish rose. enables you to stand farther out of the Fish's sight and you have the additional advantage of fishif ing both sides of the stream. on the water. " Upon With the curling surface let nat'ral it glide. Against the stream now gently let it play. When it you cast in your bait. done quickly and neatly. only to be acquired by and love of the art. rise in any part of the water you are fishing immediately throw your bait just fly above it. Never use more than till one hook on your line at a time." . you feel fully confident you can throw your line with one. letting down some distance and it . without a Fish ever rising your you will fill your bag or basket during the last hour. if you see a Fish in. fly. you will ge- nerally take the Fish. if the Fish like your they will certainly take or. where the middle shallow. and. The lighter your fly and line descends . motion from your hand supply'd. side. not very broad. Now. float away. part.290 THE ANGLER at S GUIDE. always take care it to throw on the opposite it and draw slowly j to the rippling. in the rapid eddy.

fly is unfit by any person who may water. To cloak his fraud. standing All arts and shapes. from local prejudice that the fly . there should be very heavy rains into if so. Having given a select list of artificial and also enumerated several natural ones. and will not notwith- take a bait for several afterwards. wiU frequently happen. during his noviciate. j I shall finally take leave of the subject of fly-fishing. the wily Angler tries. flies are then beat down days the water. learn to cast your fly skilfully. be found the most killing bait: therefore. as say that such a for this or that some people or. for it perhaps. while the 3 on. atid tempt the finny prize. from want of experience. and expect Aided by sport in every stream you cast a bait in. . to feel confiI dent in pursuing the rules which his practice. 291 flies. have I down for 3 and in the use of flies have selected and not to be easily put oiF his purpose. are apt to speak hastily. by recommending laid young Angler. how the to cast or throw a fly. shall which is the least praised. and a favourable breeze. hope and patience. and the Trout glut themselves therewith. &c.NATURAL FLYFISHING. you will seldom may-fly the fail is taking a dish of Fish 3 unless. accompanied with observations on their respective qualities and merits.

.

the genit.) fish. (those it from fish are by exposing to flies. with some house-sand but. become a no use. tles from its heating quality. some use bran. 3 among on a I ivy. warm day. sooner turn. to blow on during flies in the Spring and Summer.APPENDIX Gentles and Worms. or fowl. in which state they are of little or In London. as late in the season as possible. tles. have procured them by which means. flesh have had blown by flies. either least worthy. some full- grown ones. chrysalis. for as it is not worth the trouble of breeding genas will serve a day's fishing many may be purchased at any of the tackle-shops for a few pence. in walls that are fronting the 3 South and. Gentles J or maggots. and put 2 . After they are of a full : put them in a vessel. flesh. to get keep gentles during the Winter. may be bred from any animal substance. The to least troublesome method I am is acquainted with. and bred gentles in every month during Winter. (I have found Winter.) size. as Anglers term that is.

in which montlis they are a valuable at this season of the year.294 THE ANGLER S GUIDE. I :| breed and preserve gentles. and Chub. Barbel. Carp. When you go out for a day's angling. and let flies. take a quantity of gentles. When you use any (during the Spring) take only as many as you are likely to want. with gentles. prefer gentles that are some- what green scent. March. for. of a bullock's \ ver. April. and bait. or the heads of sheep. in the followli- get the whole. or they will soon turn to air . if put them in sand or earth. close im: mediately up the place you take them from of attending to this caution. exposed to the therefore. or part. and vessel half-dried cow-dung. for want many lose their preserved stock in a few days. rather green. and daily give them a small piece of fresh flesh or liver. which vessel must be kept in a cool cellar or out-house. if close. them with fresh mould. with me. by adopting this plan. when on I a fishing excursion from home. into a two or three feet in depth. rather a box. them be well become blown by the When the fly-blows are . and keep them cool and a chrysalis. Tench. all if Anglers who live in : they choose. ing manner the year. 3 they are then of a higher flavour and is which very enticing to most Fish. in October. occasionally sprink- ling a little water over I them . with bran. the country may. —Note. the small gentles then increase in size. they put in may turn brown. am seldom without gentles in February. with pare of the | ' wool on 3 cut gashes in them. In the Summer season. and keep up my stock of a damp 3 proper size. or a small fish -.

or other substance. add half the quantity of half-dried cow-dung. because the skin and wool keeps longer moist. may preserve them in the garden. or the gentles will penetrate into the earth. a handful of dampish sand . and then put the same quantity in a cool of mould and place. in the will hog's-dung also. dung over them 3 keep them at the top.. or heads. having first put into the tub or cask about a peck of fresh mould. have only to follow the rections given above. but cow-dung nourishes them. becomes liver or dry. this hole . daily. and the remains of the liver. less likely to burrow in the earth. do it carefully. &c. When you open the air store. to a great distance. or bred from rab- heads. Horse-dung as too hot for gentles. or dung. The best way to keep sell Summer. put them. but must be plastered round. but in a less degree. from the fields j to which. it. and they will have gentles at all times. I think less disagreeable than having a dead animal blown on by flies 3 but those who prefer a rabdi- bit or hare. gentles. 295 full-grown gentles. for when the cool Spring gentles.) with some house- sand. mould. Those who may object to keep the gentles in the house. they quickly is reaches the become a chrysalis. in a hole about three feet deep note. by put- ting the liver. and I find those at bottom. or hares. is to put them in a salmon the people kit. with strong clay. or cat or dog. into a tight cask or tub. with the gentles. sprinkle a little water over Using heads.GENTLES DESCRIBED. bits. and when the mould. and also affords them food. (which may be bought of who pickled salmon. and sprinkle.

As gentles are An- gler should not object taking a trouble to keep them. the marsh. to give a tempting gloss . in consequence. in a box or bag. the brandling. potatoes. Gay. I have tried many ways. And. therefore. . Cherish the sullied reptile with damp moss toil. turnips. consisting of six dif- ferent kinds. I shall.. soon change to the chrysalis state. in heaps. but when they are laid on each other. cabbages. but little used. from wipe their native soil. Cleanse them from filth. inferior to either blood or red but they are much worms. the little heated. the blood.weeds. and. Amid the verdant bed they twine. Worms most fit are a very useful and general bait for Fish. and they will keep if from changing to a chrysalis much longer that in a kept box or bag 5 for the kit being very broad at the bottom. and the above direc- tions are the result of my experience. Worms. and. and the tag-tail worm j there are small worms found about the roots of dock. in conse- quence. &c. namely the lob. the red. enables the gentles to move about and keep themselves cool . over them. . they soon become so valuable a bait.296 THE ANGLER little S GUIDE. carefully describe those which are for the Angler's purpose. or a very water. they their bodies.

and Perch. The lob a good bait for Trout. they are of a dark brown. !297 Loh-Worms. dung fork or spade in the ground. which are the largest used are generally found in gardens. Eels. particularly marsh lands. during the early part of the Summer. by others. and is shaking and loosening the earth therewith. a brownish red. during the Spring and Summer. with a —Note. Marsh-Worms. are of a dirty yellow whitish colour flat the smaller. the Twatchellor Squirrel-tail. like something a squirrel} always prefer the large lob. or by digging for them where much manure has been laid they may also be got by laying straw on the ground and pouring water over it they then soon come near the surface they may also be forced out of the ground. tail The largest lob-worms . particularly for night-lines. especially : in the spring and marsh-earthy-mould in colour. Ry some called the Dew or Garden worm. j or dung-hills find in fact. and in angling. in great numbers in a 3 3 . or . large and small. with a blueish gloss. These worms. or Blue Heads. may be gathered damp evening. when they come out of the ground. in Are very common. of a fleshy substance. by pouring a strong mixture of or by forcing a salt and water on it. you may in marsh-worms. Barbel.WORMS DESCRIBED. wherever you find earth. or dug out of gardens. or commons. and may be found under fields every lump of cow-dung in the fields.

near the metropolis . &c. tanners and thrown out in heaps but the principal places where they are found. Red Worms. and fat 3 place is filled with a sort of white they are an excellent bait for Trout. they lose the earth that its withinside them. places the tackle-shops are chiefly supplied as those banks close to the in water breed lob. London tackle-shops with worms. worm striped with red and yellow across the whole body- Brandlings are more used by provincial than by the London Anglers -. and red worms immense numbers. and when well scoured. Brandlings Are found in great numbers ly in those in dunghills. Perch. Several poor peoby procuring these worms. they should be kept several days in moss. get a great The poor people who supply the number of marsh-worms on Kennington Common in the night. from which . and they among the bark after it has been used by . Perch. are the banks of the great common sewers. is This method practised in Spring and Summer. brandling.298 fat is J THE angler's guide. using a candle and lanthorn to see them. particularly after warm rain has fallen in the evenings. to scour out the bitter pungent mixture with which they abound. particular- which have lain some time. and most large Fish. marsh. ple get part of their living . and become very This rotten is j they are used for Carp. Some red also breed worms are found in old dunghills.

and sewers. you may use them at wet days. Indeed. at per hunscoured. drains that run from houses. Barbel. for it seems to be last is covered with a case or chrysalis. innumerable blood worms may be found some are also to be met with in the ditches or horned . when well of a fine it is bright red colour. Tench. is The red-worm. from which they frequently drop into the water. &c. or yards. in the ditches. &c. of blood. &c. Eels. and dung from these ponds. farm yards. the curious so may find many blood-worms. sand. and not much thicker than . sell to 299 the London tackle-shops. and is bred from the excrements of the cows and other cattle. or rather maggot. Flounders. and the Fish then expect them on the banks. Chub.WORMS DESCRIBED. which they dred. . in cow-layers. with aknot or belt in the middle j the best and most killing worm for Carp. Barbel. and at becomes found at a gnat-fly. especially during the Spring.) the bottom of shallow ponds. This worm. Dace. Autumn. over which innumerable gnats are playing they are about an inch long. by gathering the earth. but they are not so large as those found in the cow-layers . Blood Worms. (the smallest used in angling. drains. Too red much cannot be said in praise of well-scoured worms two on a hook are very enticing to Perch. Chub. that certain parts appear a mass . and Winter in the evenings of j in Summer. Perch. Carp. hardly any Fish will refuse them. Gudgeons. because such times worms move not so in dry hot weather. Bream. Tench.

Worm. keep them in some little mixed with a • damp cow. very little strong and lively on the hook. particularly month of April. — Note. or they may be kept in the the ponds. Roach. RufFs or Pope. Eels. with a deep head. enter the point of . the shell or case must be taken you use them. &c. they are found in marley lands and clayey banks. or pig dung in. Live or dead Shrimps are a good bait for Perch. so are the smaller size for Dace. and late in the evening. cannot be too much prized. and tle after rain. Shrimps. Roach. This worm is so called from its having a yellow tail . soil horse. To preserve them alive. clean light red coloured It Is a worm. some parts called sand worms. or Tag-Tail. During the Spring months this worm in ou'. When you use Shrimps for a bait. Lug-worms. and requires but scouring.300 THE ANGLERS GUIDE. to- Dace. particularly Gudgeons. when two or three are put on the hook gether. while the water a lit- coloured . you find them when taken from Marl. their is name 5 they generally appear in this worm very lively. 6 hook are during the is the most killing worm-bait for Trout in the morning early. earth. and a most killing bait many Fish. and Gudgeons. One or two of them put on a No. are left worms dug it of the sea sand when the tide has dry. from which they take April for . a worsted needle. and Flounders. Perch. and of a blood-red colour. off before If dead. Carp.

and again towards as Michaelmas. the herb-shops in CoventI believe. Roach. : and more when first taken if you any of them bruised. is from their persons to get fields. the canal crossing the Isle of Dogs abounds with Shrimps. and. During the Summer months. mutilated. and bring 301 it in its side. near the back. as into it it damp moss in . &c. or you lose your time and labour. to the side of the head. lie in moss two or three days before they are used they will then be lively than much brighter. by putting them trouble. July. during the months of June. it is About February and March in the best state. and on banks. in all the Garden Market. during drizzling rain or a light breeze of wind 3 therefore. near the eye. say from eleven till four o'clock in the afternoon.HOW your hook TO CLEANSE AND KEEP WORMS. find should . fish early and late. The best method of cleansing or scouring worms filth. Chub. TO CLEANSE AND KEEP WORMS. at which time I generally procure : much as will last me for it may be purchased at vegetable markets. August. Fleet-Market. throw . Barbel. who live in the country little have in their power most moss with grows on commons. Pike. Minnow Note. easily taken with a When angling for Perch. you must not expect them to feed in the middle of the day. or 2 D sickly. Carp. which are or tine landing-net. unless the weather be very dark and gloomy. Worms larger. and September. a twelve-month in London.

when you leave off angling. can truly affirm. never found any of those methods increase my but have well-grounded reasons to suppose that Fish refused my worm when freely if so doctored. to be put in a Some recommend worms with also oil of ivy 5 this I never tried. . By practising this method. . as worms are difficult get in dry weather : if you find. in a mixture of damp garden mould and rotten bark taken from the dung. 5 them away spoil the for. or a piece of damp Some writers and Anglers speak of bait more enticing moss. for a you may preserve your is worms few weeks. which much refresh them some dip their bag of worms in water. when out angling all the worms. gather a little will grass and damp it. cast away the diseased. you have with you. it. moss. if they die. that an excursion. or dipping the worms being a when put among fennel instead of by putting camphor among the moss. and will occasion the death of others therefore or make it a rule. and put it among them.30*^2 THE angler's guide. their bodies soon corrupt. seem sickly. quently kills them all. for it fre. or bark heaps. or worm in tar-water I immediately before I you put it on the hook. Brandling will keep lively and fit for use a considerable time. and give the remainder some fresh old net or coarse damp moss. but would have box scented taken it offered in a clean scoured state. hempen cloth. have sport. but it is a bad practice. when you have returned from to look over your worms. which material to when on day. found in and about tan-yards.

are become cold. or and coarse coarse. in a gentle shower of rain. but soft rain refreshes worms amazingly. and keep lively and for use. it when the earth they are among gets very dry at the top. and in which there should be a few very small holes to admit cool dark cellar. until the this liquor. To preserve a stock of Worms all the ijear. 303 Take about a pound small pieces. and over the top a cloth to prevent their escaping. or tie red worms. to place those vessels. oil or dressing which may adhere to it from the loom ) when and the cloths are well saturated with the fat liquor. any time. or old nets nail bags. and therefore. and. for many months. pans or tubs. pieces of coarse is hempen sacking. and then. and put of mutton-suet. the air. pour a good stock of marsh. be well washed to free from the . or to dip your hand in water. if very coarse. then mix some fresh mould with them. of at It is advisable to keep the different species worms in separate vessels. (though the before it is new it cloth is best. for a few minutes. such as called coarse wrapper by the linen-drapers. If the vessel be placed in a worms will feed fit and cleanse themselves. chopped into into a saucepan. and sprinkle some on is. in During the time your worms are will be proper. containing let it it 3 about a quart of water suet is boil slowly. it . preparatory to his using them. worn-out towels. dip dissolved. or cloth. into some old. and put the whole into a deep earthen vessel or small tub . it used. to be .TO PRESERVE WORMS. be placed in to moss. select the sort and quantity necessary. into this. so that the Angler can.

worm- the best remedy. .fishing. at at most of the fishing-tackle shops from three-pence to sixpence per hundred. red. and yet the day be roving for Perch. put in fresh dung and gravel dead. will. cannot be practised. Lob. mixed with yellow gravel. on applying : the distur- ber generally soon taken a change of weather. marsh. yet. j in that case. for. will instantly cease for. in pans or tubs half filled with dung from a pig-stye.304 THE ANGLER S GUIDE. cast • then put the worms in again . a it. as follows turn the pan or tub upside down. The March best time to collect a stock of or April. if any are them away. sometimes. a Perch will make his appearance among the Roach which he may have collected about and his sport bait is is his baited hook. at worms are is in that season. to take a would advise the Angler always few red worms with him. also. Roach or any other Fish for. by following the I directions here given. may in be purchased London. once a month. which. preferred. when he goes intends to try for to fish. changed. without a few well-scoured worms. brandling. even if he . and may be kept more than twelve months. and blood-worms. they very healthy. some months. Brandlings will live. although paste is the proper bait for Roach. sometimes put an end fine for Roach. by the wind to getting up.

flies about in the Summer evenings. two other kinds of maggots. as some them.WORMS DESCRIBED. Trout . The colour of this some have a angling with maggot is a dusky yellowish white. during the season. particularly the Spring. they are three times : have a red head . This maggot which is the produce of the blue. or bee. grass commons. 305 The breed of Wasps. &c. touching the bottom. in his return from his favorite amusement. or Case-worms. Cadis. or. grow very fat upon them. and put a good bunch of them on at a time. described. Clap-baits. The other j is called the cow-dung bob. The young wasp maggot. These maggots. bobs and grubs^ are in found when turned up by the plough. and dark-coloured head. and fre- quently smites the patient Angler on the face. 8 hook. which were much used by Anglers formerly. Bobs. they are the breed of insects called cock-chafers they afford food for rooks. but the experienced. who will closely follow the plough in search of them. and. in meadows. or cow-beetle. grub. Cads. The only success I have met with 2 D 2 in . or clap-bait they may be found. and them swim There are down the current. of the present day. early in the Spring months and parts of Summer. under half-dry cow-dung. and in a sandy as big as a gentle. and soil . very properly call reject them. when in the state of a is an excellent dapping and tripping bait for this maggot is much : like the common let gentle. and Maggots. but considerably larger use a No.

grubs or maggots are used chiefly by country Anglers 3 in still waters. No. on the Wing. a complete stone-fly. some are among half-dried cow-dung grey— which have found the best —others green and brown) has been while fishing for Perch in the months of July waters. Perfect. on the wing. these bobs or grubs (Note. in the Husk. potatoes. known by names of cad-bait.306 THE ANGLER S GUIDE. No. in damp house-sand but they are hardly worth the trouble of getting or preserving for Roach-fishing while gentles can be procured. and under and about cabbages. but they have there are also two or the three other insects. 2. and will or light live a long while . mould I they vary in colours. First. especially in ponds and still when they refused a 3 generally been small Fish worm. 3 —This fly is the by some called the cad-fly the green and . which may be kept . 3. and scoured in a box or bag. they are very tough. &c. cadis. the cad in a husk or case . secondly. especially for Perch they are found in light mould. Cads. 1 . No. or straw case-worms. and August. fly 5 thirdly.

invariably. . are. until they become flies : those look like maggots or grubs. The cad may be found on of the the margin of small rivers (the banks New River and the Lea abound with them) little adhering to the bank sides. grey drake are similarly incased 307 in pieces of rushes. &c. one to cover the shank of the hook. Dace. prefer cad. or a face. This insect is about three quarters of an inch long. &c. and also Trout sometimes. and has the appearance of small pieces of decayed sticks. As the weather becomes warm. the New River. sometimes. cad freely in the month of April. yet are extremely curious as a natural production. 3 same two way you do a gentle for Roach but. and the other to cover the point and bend. enclosed in a rough husk or case. they break through a complete fly. in angling for which were formerly used and Chub. put on. Case-worms. and stones 5 and those incased in rushy or weedy husks. dried stems of weeds. and some have found the Roach take a will. break the to a in worm. on the top. &c. When you it is bait with a husk which it enclosed^ carefully in take out the cad and place on the hook. the case. the size of a large tobacco-pipe stem. that are found in cases. but. Roach. In I it other small streams. below the sur- and. for Trout. of a yellowish colour. or husks of wood. fishing. and are —Note. rough-coats. green. compared with what the modern anglers they are hardly worth naming or describing. during the Spring months.WORMS DESCRIBED. in respect to their value as bait for use.

it^ The shire New River has parts of from Islington to 3 som'ce. about Southgate. Dace. Jack. Perch. and forty-three sluices over and under many small brooks and water-courses have their passage between the bason at Chadwell. is caught in this River while angling for Gudgeons. cads. he proceeds to the River Lea. The often curious little Fish. near Ware. Roach. Chub. either at bottom with worms. and boldly challenge the world to . From this place. &c. within a mile of the metropolis. gentles. —Juvenile Anglers and angling many Fish in all its described. Enfield. and Eels. large Gudgeons. Gudgeons. or at top dapping with a house-fly or whipping with a small black artificial gnat-fly. or paste. where. The London Anglers. He may here take Chub. stream is This fine length. New River is a nursery for and London. Bleak.308 The New River. Eels. Gudgeons. Roach. he may become a complete Angler. and Winclimore-Hill. called a Stone Loach. preserved parts. the New River can boast of several good Carp. this river being perfectly free for all persons to angle in. Enfield-Park. with attention. artificial near forty miles in and has upwards : of two hundred bridges it. (and very narrow near for London. THE angler's guide.) particularly well calculated the young Angler to Roach. but in the more exposed or open free parts of this stream the Fish are very small. in Hertford- though they are not so large as those caught in the Thames it is or Lea. and In the Minnows. Bleak. where his first the juvenile Angler makes essay to take small Perch. practise in.

LONDON ANGLERS DESCRIBED. &c. and thus becomes a good Angler. soon finds that he must strike sharp. or is added a single hair as he has no chance of killing many Fish as those about him. Cads are very numerous found. planks. or also. large stones. who -. and the banks of this stream are generally well studded with young Anglers. a fine light pliable rod one or two small shot. to which line. being early accustomed to the way of angling. he convinced that art is soon superior to strength. wrist. fleeting Fisherman. The New -River Angler. see pages 305 and 306. the little school-boy com- mences angling. from habit and experience. a trial 309 of skill. or sunken pieces of wood. and posts. and immediately and a float to carry sees the necessity of using the smallest hooks. either large or small. They are during Summer. For a cut of Cads. value of them as Baits. but with a certain slight of hand from the tackle : he soon destroys his fragile finest thus. . in the New River. is The Angler who practises in the New River. he notes the superiority of striking 3 a Fish and when he tries his skill in waters which is abound with Fish. adhering to bricks. and the nature and under water. the butt of the superficial and unre-. does not consider that the is practice of taking very small Fish the only way to make a good Angler here.

Staines Ciiertsez i /^jJjIpTBulham .

Windsor. and. are bridges . by the poet nam'd. principaUy. Kew. below London-bridge. Richmond. and. covered. a the south-west : of Cirencester. commonly called . This river consists. across. and Brentford. continuing course by Abingdon to Dorchester. for several miles. and the white dots or marks. are islands. 311 Punt-fishing. the united stream con- course by Wallingford. little to rising on the confines of Gloucestershire. and Fishes fam'd. in the annexed map of tlie River Thames. The former.RIVER THAMES. Hampton. of the united streams of the Isis and Thame. The Queen of Rivers. tinues its After this junction. Henley. Marlow. becomes navigable at Lechdale near its Oxford it receives the Charwel. with vast numbers of * The white marks. aights."^ and The noble Thames. The River Thames. unites with the Thame. to London is . Eton. in the middle. Reading. for ships its Fishery.

312
ships

THE angler's guide.
from
all nations.

Proceeding on to the
;

sea,

it

passes Greenwich, Woolwich, and Gravesend

below

which,

it

becomes of vast magnitude, and receives the
far

Medway, not
mence

from

its

mouth.
I

In describing the river Thames' fishery,
at Staines, a pleasant

shall

comse-

market-town, about
-,

venteen miles west of London
jurisdiction of the

to

which

place, the

Lord Mayor of London over the
other parts of the Thames,
is

Thames

extends, for the preservation of the river and
all

Fish. At this place, and

under the above jurisdiction, bottom-angling
hibited,
line,

pro-

under the penalty of £9,0, and
first

loss of rod

and

from the

of

March

imtil the first of June.

March, April, and May, are caWed fence-months ; during

which

time, all fresh-water Fish cast their spawn. Carp

and Trout excepted (Trout spawns about October.)

These months

are,

therefore, properly held sacred,

that the future Fish

may

not be destroyed.

The principal House at Staines is the Bush. Boats may be hired here, and good sport met with in angling near the bridge many Barbel, w eighing near twenty
:

pounds each, have been caught here. Between Staines

and Laleham, are some places suited
Ldleham
is

to bank-fishing.

a small village,

but extremely
river
is

rural,

and

plea-

santly situated.
in this part.

The

very narrow and shallow

On

these shallows,

many

Fish are taken

by whipping, particularly a delicious Fish called the
Skegger, supposed to be of the Salmon species.

You

RIVER TlIAMEts.

313 and No. 10
is,

whip

for

them with a

fly-rod, light line,
j

hook, baited with a gentle

a red-palmer

also,

a

good

bait.

These Fish are allowed to be caught durprobably never to return, as
is

ing the fence-months, on the principle that they are

going to leave the

river,

the time of their migration

during the fence-months.

In the Summer, Chub and Dace are taken here in
the same
gentle.

way

of angling, substituting a

fly for

the

Between Laleham and Chertsey-bridge, good

Barbel, Roach, &c. are caught in a beat, and from the

banks.
Chertsey- Bridge
is

about twenty miles from London, some distance from
:

the town

the house most frequented by Anglers, for-

merly, was the Cricketers, situated between the bridge

and Chertsey, but there are several other houses,

in

the neighbourhood, affording good accommodation.

Boats

may be

hired here for angling in the deeps (and

tackle, if a visitor should be deficient), with a boat-

man

to attend.

The customary
is five

charge, on these oc-

casions, for the day,

shillings,

and a dinner, &c.

for the

man.
about the bridge, and

Chertsey-deeps contain plenty of fine Barbel, Roach,

Dace, &c.
there
is

;

also,

its

wharfings,

good angling, which may be practised with-

out a boat.

Here you may take Perch, Roach, Dace,

Chub, Bleak, and, sometimes, a Trout.

From hence

to

Shepperton, through the meadows, you will find several capital swims,

where

I

have had excellent sport

2e

I

314

THE ANGLER

S

GUIDE.
late

with Chub and Perch, both early and
also,

3

and have,

take many Roach, Dace, and Bleak,
the water was a
little

in the eddies,

when

coloured.

Shepperton
is

near nineteen miles from London
village, yet the

5

and, though a

sifliall

Angler will

find every

accom-

modation and comfort he can
inns in the village
5

desire.

There are two
is

the Anchor, which

an excellent

house, and the King's Arms, one of the second order of inns.

Shepperton-deeps are well stored with Fish

;

the
of

new
swim

deep, particularly,

is

a fine steady swim,
:

full

heavy Barbel, Chub, Roach, and Dace
are

above

this

Gudgeon scowers, which, with

the deeps,

are fished in a boat.
to the ferry, is

From

opposite the deeps,
for Perch,

down

good bank-fishing
:

Roach,

Dace, and Chub

near the ferry, on the shallows, I

have taken several Pope or RufF, and some Trout.

From

this ferry, to

Walton-bridge,
;

is

good Perch-fish-

ing from the banks

and, in the dead water, close to

the pailing of Oatlands' Park, the Angler will find
Jack, Perch, and other Fish, which have been driven

from the
cularly,

river, in

time of floods

:

in the Spring, parti-

many good Jack and Perch
south side of the river,
is

are taken here.

On the
tiful

Oatlands, the beau-

park and seat of His Royal Highness the
:

of York, about a mile from Shepperton

Duke Her Royal

Highness, the late Duchess, sometimes used to take the
diversion of angling
;

and one of the boatmen, resid-

RIVER THAMKS.

315

ing in this village, named Dabler^ received an annual
salary for attending
casions.
for

Her Royal Highness on those

oc-

The family

of the Perdues, (boatmen) has,

many

years, deservedly stood well in the estima-

tion of the Anglers visiting Shepperton.

On
Ship
is

the north side, between Shepperton and Walis

ton-bridge,

Halliford, a small scattered place.

The

the house generally used by the Anglers

who

lish in this

neighbourhood.

At Walton, likewise, there are some good deeps
and swims
;

and, on the opposite side to

Hampton, by
boats, or

Sunbury, are

many good places for angling in

on the

side of the river, for Perch,

Roach, Chub, &c.,

particularly one deep hole and eddy, near Walton-

bridge, on the Sunbury side,

where Roach are

killed,

both numerous and heavy.

At Walton, the Duke's
-,

Head

is

the house mostly resorted to by Anglers

there are, also,

boats and experienced boatmen always

ready, at Walton, to attend the sportsman.

Hampton
is

a most delightful village, pleasantly situated on a

rise,

commanding

beautiful views over the
;

Thames,

Moulsey-hurst, and the adjacent country
only fifteen miles from town,
Anglers,
is

and, being

frequently visited by

who

find every

comfort and accommodation
the Bell.

they can wish at the
is

Red Lion, and at

There

also a circulating library, and a fishing-tackle shop

at

Hampton, with several boats and boatmen, ever
let their

ready to attend, or

boats to Anglers.

THE ANGLKR

S

GUIDR

Hampton-deeps are
and Dace

justly

famous

for a variety of

large Fish, particularly Barbel^ Chub, Perch, Roach,
;

Trout are also frequently taken.

Near

to

the side of the late Mr. Garrick's lawn and gardens,

and

in the

meadows,

at a short distance

from the west
swims, and

side of the town, there are

some

fine holes,

eddies, abounding with Perch, Chub, Roach, and

some

small Barbel, which can be fished
ently,

for,

very conveni;

from the banks without the assistance of a boat
is

and when the water
in the evening,

a little coloured, or
Fish

if it

be late

many good

may be taken.

These

holes

may

be easily found by strangers, from observ-

RIVER THAMES.

3ir

mg
for
tlie

the places in the banks

where clay has been dug

mixing ground-bait, and also by noticing Avhere

ground

is

a good deal trodden.

HaDipton- Court.

Two

miles nearer

London

is

Hampton-Court and

bridge, where, in a very deep water, called the
Gallery, not
fiir

Water
is

from the well-known Toy Tavern,

excellent Roach, and especially Perch-fishing, either

from the bank or a boat.
Thanies-Ditton

Swan, at Ditton.

\

is

opposite Hampton-Court, on the other side of the

river, a

very i>leasant place, about thirteen miles from

2 E 2

318

THE ANGLER
is

S

GUIDE.
:

London, and

generally well attended by Anglers

many good Fish are taken
chiefly Barbel,
is

here in boat or punt-fishing,

Chub, Roach, and Dace.

The Swan
-,

the house most frequented

by Anglers

and Mr.

Lock has
take

the merit of giving general satisfaction to

his visitors,

and the pleasure of seeing them frequently
of Fish.

away many pounds' weight

Kingston and Hampton- Wick.

Kingston

is

a good market-town,

twelve miles

from London, parted by the Thames from Hampton-

Wick.

Much good

sport

is

met with by Anglers
Gudgeon,
both
in the

who
for

resort here for Barbel, Roach, Perch,

and Dace-fishing, particularly

Gudgeon-season,
at

which purpose several boats are kept

these places.

Between here and Twickenham is some good Winter and Spring fishing, from the banks,
in

particularly

Teddington

meadows, where

the

Fisherman, by noticing where his

brother-anglers

have tracked and trodden the ground, will readily
find several favourite holes

and swims well stored
;

with Roach, Dace, Perch, and Gijdgeons
the

but during

Summer months,
:

these holes are generally choked
is

with weeds

then, punt-fishing

the most successful

way.
Twickenham.
This
is

a charming spot, about eleven miles from

the metropolis, and has

two good houses, where the
atteji-

Angler

may

take up his abode, and have every

RIVER TflAMES.
tioft

319

paid

him

;

namely, the King's Head and the
at

George.
in boats,

Angling

Twickenham
by inquiring

is

mostly practised

which are

easily procured, with baits, lines,
at

and other

requisites,
:

your inn, or for

a boatman

the lover of

Roach and Dace-fishing
;

may here
season
is

find the best sport

a few Barbel are occa-

sionally taken, but not large.

The

best part of the
retire

the

Autumn, when Roach and Dace

to the deeps, which are extensive^ off

Twickenham.

The next

place

is

Richmond,

where Barbel, Roach, Dace, Perch, and Gudgeons, are
caught from the banks as well as in boats
;

from

hence to Isleworth, and
fishing.

its

vicinity, is

good

Perfch-

Roach and Dace
horse-path

are also taken all the

way
the

from Richmond-bridge to Kew-bridge, by angling
off

the

;

but

it

is

necessary

that

Angler should be apprised, that the

tide flows
its

up as

high as Teddington, and that during
at

flowing, and

high water, few Fish of any kind are taken.

Yet

the tide certainly does not affect the water much,

except at the

full

and new moon, at which time,
five

it is
;

high

water at Richmond about

o'clock

by

noticing this, the Angler, from London,

may

avoid

being disappointed in his expectation of sport, and
save himself a profitless journey.

The

best place for bank-fishing, at Richmond,

is
:

between the bridge and the Pigeons public-house
this part

has lately been cleansed and deepened for

of Buccleugh's lawn. at or near low water. many large Roach. there but little fishing. can only be accomplished in a boat. Under and about the starlings of all these bridges. and struck . when Fish touched it they — this was called scratching for Barbel. close to the Duke Good taken. while angling under these Bridges. the boatman. I shall state the seasons when the Fish feed best in As the rivers i each river. Let your baited hook always touch the bottom.320 THE ANGLER S GUIDE. very fine are taken : the proper time to angle here at or near. or say two hours before. Westminster. and Blackfriars Bridges. several large hooks to and sink to the bottom. —Note. Dace. these places. i Battersea. Fishing in are caught. in punt-fishing. Formerly. &c Barbel are also frequently is Brown. very attentive to the lovers of angling. from the strength of the tie tide and current. Perch. Thames and Lea are the chief sources whence the London Anglers derive their amusement. of this town. when the tide was falling. Anglers used to the end of a strong line. is low water. Kew and Putney Bridges. Under the arches of both these Roach is bridges. and also some Barbel and Dace. which you may hire for a shilling an hour. and reasonable in his charges. and by attending to which the inexperi- . of course. bank- From the bridges to London. sport is often met with angling here for Roach.

Angling both rivers. The * river Lea takes its rise in Leagrave Marsh. and continues till the latter end of July.-rC^^ The River Lea and The gulfy its Fisheries described. In June. Lea its sedgy tresses rears. the most in Christmas is likely time of the year for taking heavy Roach. of the Thames. and May. in the south of Bedfordshire. frequently from dozen in thirty to fifty a day's angling. and so continue till November. and runs into Hertfordshire. . and enjoy first. And from Michaelmas the River Thames. is prohibited (as before observed) in the April. And. amusement. In the latter end of July. commences Gudgeon-fishing. during which time innufine merable Gudgeons are taken. the till Barbel begin to feed. Thames. during the months of March. 321 enced Angler know best may save many how to divide his in fruitless journies. and is navigable from the county town of Hertford to .RIVER LEA. and also many Perch and Dace. and his time.

may meet with much sport in various parts of the River Lea. nature and various other prove has not been sparing in providing for the finny inhabitants of the river Lea. by trolling. those who are with whipping or dapping for Chub. by way of subscription some waters. small stream though but a when compared with the Thames. de- serves the admiration of the natural philosopher. Fish. picturesque the towns. half that sum and the proprietors of those subscription waters every possible care to preserve size the Fish.322 THE angler's guide. This river does not afford it very great amusement to the Fly-fisher. The in this. and bold hills the east. I believe. that fine flavour of the Pike. are not surpassed by any I am acquainted with : many hundred Jack and Pike are taken in this river. and the lover of angling. The and Eels. annually. villages. This river. because cannot boast of numerous Trout satisfied . is better protected and fed than in most other navigable rivers. . both by nature and several miles of the river Lea in j are preserved for the Angler's diversion. take it is a guinea . Dace. Gudgeons. Perch. yet. therein. for which : he pays an annual sum. species. Carp. for the beauty of the surround- ing country. Trout. art . on the west. and Bleak. from poachers. several of which weigh from ten to upwards of sixteen pounds each. for j many miles. Blackwall and Limehouse. and the valuable Fish it contains. the forest-scenery. in others. is The most and on vaUey through which delightfully seats it flows.

\JtyeHoNSC iivtrSlm' Ibddesdon Pages Wdier BroxbcuinBridye T\</jm/ey WaMcini .ALOey Enfield Wa^/i THE ILEA BlettkJIall or [CocAsferry ' TBowerliankss Wafer Totffiiham iBanmsters I MUU<i Water Leu\3ridge ytratford Eiaekwall .

.

and distant. The house has a very inviting and pretty appearance. Shepherd's.town of Hertfordshire. Eels. about a mile Ware is a large and populous market-town. would strongly recommend the Angler quarters. is more select than at many others nearer London.RIVER LEA. is The next place to Stanstead. twenty-one miles from London. situated close to the River Lea. fish the River Lea to Ware. for here he will meet with good sport in fishing. which inn. This river a free fishery. the company which use this house. its In consequence of distance from the metropolis (eighteen miles). neighbourhood. and has many fine is Trout. Mr. from Ware to Stanstead. in the water round it. Kings Arr}is. is a neat and much frequented by the lovers of angling. except at the assize time. when an election for a member of parliament The Angler may take some good Trout in this Dace. but exceedingly dull. near the Rye-House. twenty miles from London. as to take up his long as convenience will allow him. &c. . I Kings-Arms. best accommodation at the house. the At this place. and the county. 323 Hertford is a borough. &c. on the High North Road. or takes pla'^e. and the . a place of great note formerly.

near Hoddesdon. from which it is distant about a mile. swims. he cannot fail getting some weU- fed Jack. The whole still of this water is well stored with a vari- ety of Fish. Pike. in passing over the New River. and the Angler will meet with many deep he possesses fine holes. and the charming corn-fields or downs. This land rural walks and rides cient ruins in house and water are surrounded by numerous wood3 there are. Perch. you approach it. Eels. King's Arms. Chub. if tolerable skill. and eddies j where.324 as THE ANGLER S GUIDE. also. Gudgeons. . some an- the neighbourhood. Roach. worth the antiqua- rian's research.

\ the water is well worth fishing. clean. on their gills and bodies. 325 The several dates and drawings in the house will Fish.RIVER LEA. j well stocked with books. is have That part of the Lea between Shepherd's House and the River Stort. in point of size. &c. The people likely to belonging to the house generally direct the stranger to those parts of the river where he sport. is a fine piece of deep water. the Angler in show what kind of is likely to meet with this water. for Jack. and never without fine Jack. through here almost every lively which gives to the town a bustling and appearance. Stage coaches pass liour. &c. or spots. seventeen miles from London. Here is a circulating library. Pike. and on the East side of the waters called tree field. Chub. from the barge-path. &c. commanding several fine views. good Roach-fishing . near the Rye- 2 F . and most pleasantly situated. Oakr. Roach are caught with black scurf. between the four clap -stiles and by Crane's lock. and Roach. In this water. among others. noted for home-brewed ale *of a superior strength and flavour. also. There is. there and 5 again in the pool or tumbling bay. the Black Lion. Many Anglers who visit these parts put up at Hoddesdon. diflferent from any of the species I have ever met with elsewhere. Hoddesdon Is a cheerful. healthy town. especially Spring. and go to Shepherd's. Batty' s. inns : several good is and. called Black Pool is generally a heavy Trout or two. stationery.

during the day. to at Broxbourn. the Between Page's Water good trolling and Perch- and Scorer's. the stream called the Mill- running across the meads to the westward of the This stream supplies Hoddesitself into Lea. then kept by the parents of the present occupier. don and Broxbourn-mills. and when The Eel and Pike. he may get assistance from an ingenious tradesman and good Angler in the town. or other parts of the river Lea. particularly at a place called Calais-point. and also river. who is line. If the lines. part of the river belongs Nazing parish. to their respective inns.S26 THE ANGLER S GUIDE. near Broxbourn-bridge. and not much ing and accommodation of the Angler j yet there fishinghere. and empties Lea. Angler should meet with loss by breaking of hooks. Pages Water. This water joins Shepherd's. and return. fish house. in which is fishing. in the evening. was much frequented by or sixty years since. . The Eel and Pike. in Roach. though a pubsuited for the lodgis lonely. named Sherrall. at good some seasons of the year. Chub. or Breeches-maker's hole. Anglers. is Page's. lic-house. particularly in that part called the Gull. ever ready to relieve a brother of the rod in distress. fifty I am told. w^hile fishing in the waters near Hoddesdon. for Pike. &c. &c.

RIVER LEA. the latter down to the King's Wormly j the whole of which waters are well stored with Jack. Eels. with excellent fare. The Angler and contemplative man may here find a home every attention is paid to render his situation . 327 The Crown. liness. by the most obliging behaviour. clean- &c. Broxbourn. Perch. &c. to the river. from the number of feeding around the house. Mrs. Scorer and Sons. Pike. home-brewed ale. and some heavv Trout. it. the former containing the Carthagena or Lock pool. who rent the waters above and below the Crown. inviting ap- pearance as you approach fowls. . Chub. is situated close and presents a cheerful. cows. . rural. and meeting the Gull water Weir. &c. Roach. good cooking. of the proprietors. comfortable. Dace. wine. at Broxbourn-bridge. pigeons.

and Chinkford. which weighed eight pounds — a live Gudgeon was the bait. Chub. . opposite the Angel Inn. Roach. Barbel. Dace. and frequented by. for the is ac- commodation of Anglers. Eels. and for Edmonmany known to. near Se- wardstone-mills. Perch. From the King's Weir. Perch. from the King's Weir to the Gois vernment water. you may take Jack. which years well angling. water there . Wormly. to Waltham Abbey. numerous heavy Eels. Pike. Note. stands the deserted unlicensed public-house. at a 5 guinea per annum which water is well stored with Gudgeons. the Crown. To the left. Roach. Bleak Hall. now a subscription and from Waltham Abbey to Flander's Weir no particular place to detain the Angler. The waters Chub. Finer) lately took a Trout in this water. Trout. the several the proprietors not being very willing to grant permission to the Angler to try his skill.3^8 THE ANGLER S GUIDE. Barbel. Waltham Abbey. say about six miles from London. &c. in a situated close to the sequestered rural spot. near Chinkford. or Cook's Ferry. Gudgeon. The river. the lovers of are stored with Carp. Pike. ton.water and house. &c. Jack. formerly much frequented : about a mile further. and Pike. since is Swan and Pike public-house and water have become private or Government property. Cheshuntj fValtham Abbey. at the bottom of is Water Lane. Chub. Jack. Roach. Weir subscription. A friend of mine (Mr. and river. is a public-house kept by Mr. Wicks. or Flander's is Shury Carpenter's.

but . who has it ly made a subscription. Cross to Walthamstow. it was a ferry.water it. Eels. now kept by Mr. abounding with fine Barbel. &c. the river free for angling. Woodford. by the name of Cook's and eccentricity. called Banlate- Water. 2 F 2 . at the annual subscription of a guinea. formerly. which is then well frequented. and other Fish. s Late Bannister Water . Perch. . Hewss. now rented by Mr. his guests : j he used to keep many cats about and inconvenience of fourteen. Chub. Roach. now. at Leais bridge. taken in the waters round this house. is now a subscription-water for angling to and across it is a ferry Walthamstow and Higham-hill. formerly Bowerbank's. Below nister's this is a division of the river Lea. Chub. it being but a few miles distance from town. Before the bridge was built at this place. during the Summer season. and for Old Matthew Cook was well known to the old Anglers for his rudeness for his love of the feline race the house. Pike. From thence to the Horse and Groom. it has a public house belonging to situated on the cross-road from Tot- tenham High Epping-forest. much is to the vexation the average number was Next to this The Blue House and Fishenj. Hews. Dace. for the diversion of Angiers. the Ferry House. 329 and amusement which are preserved. and There are many Jack. known. Ford. This Fishery was private property.RIVER LEA. ferry.

yet I must not hide from skill to kill my readers that it requires much Fish here. from nine the morning till nine at night. swims. the Clapton stages coming within a half mile of Lea-bridge. The Horse and Groom being so short a distance from the metropolis (about three miles and a half only. from the distance of other waters. commanding extensive the latter place is views over the marshes to Walthamstow. particuduring hay-making after which season. as birds at. &c. EppingForest. which much enliven the scene during the remainder of the Summer. that bait. the . for the Fish are so well fed by nature. feed. either of time or money in . every hour in the day.) induces the lovers of angling and rural scenery often to visit this house. Although Fish. cows. close to the river-side. thereby enabling the London Angler to favourite enjoy his amusement for a few hours daily. grow wild and shy by being frequently shot so the Fish. marshes are well stocked with oxen. unless they are not easily induced to take a of the most choice kind. of which he would otherwise be deprived. this water contains a great variety of fine and possesses so many holes. &c. horses. and sources for their protection. Low-Layton.330 THE angler's guide. and other cattle. in To a charming larly Summer. The Horse and Groom Subscription-House is most pleasantly situated a short distance from Lea- i bridge. which may be done with little expense. over the marshes. and attached to the best and finest tackle j and again. in this and i . ride.

in 5 many good Roach. White-House Water. Pike. Carp. where more than strength of requisite. The following Fish water : are taken by angling in this —Jack. This water runs to Stratford. the mill-pools and waters around but it is very un- pleasant fishing. Gudgeons. Yet a good Angler would feel more gratili- cation in killing. Roach. and West-Ham. and.water : formerly. than in killing twenty while sitting confined in a punt on the Thames. Bromley. Many are hooked by Anglers and get away again. at Blackwall.RIVER LEA. kept by Mr. you will find several marks about where has before been hooked. perchance. Bream. Perch. This water contains fine Eels. the tide leaving the banks extremely dirty and slippery : and the Angler is also continually annoyed by the many passengers. &c. a brace of heavy Fish (suppose Barbel) in such a water. consequently they are not so ready to take a bait another time . Dace. Dace. and angling little with a leger tackle is line. this was a favourite and well-frequented place by the lovers of angling of the old school. Jack. all 331 other waters that are daily angled. Bleak. Eels. Pike. when a good Fish it is it taken. are taken. a Trout. At Stratford. &c. Chub. Carp. the river About a mile below Bromley. Roach. and it often happens that. Gudgeon. as " to " What sport ? Do the Fish bite ?" and other rude interrogations. Barbel. This is a subscription. a great Flounders. become timid unskilful and suspicious. . Beresford. Barbel. Chub. Tench.

of course. the attentive and inquiring lover After attaining the practical knowledge of killing Fish in this river. and all that art and skill is capable of. I . or that of a in the friend. are the facility with which he can supply himself with the best of tackle. much information may be gained by of the art.332 THE ANGLER is S GUIDE. I Fishing in the . Lea an excellent finishing school for Anglers and the water is for the Fish are shy. and. the finest tackle is also used. must be put in requisition to kill Fish in this river. with Fish from any other river or water United Kingdom. also. particularly in those parts nearest the tropolis. his frequently mixing with Anglers from . and study) . fished by the best and most experienced Anglers (which the less experienced may daily see. mix with. Lea river lost in the majestic is Thames. baits. different parts of the empire the different modes pursued by the Angler from the north and west are discussed by the southern Angler . The advantages that the meLondon Angler possesses. &c. the find London Angler will no difficulty in supplying his table.

VARIOUS RIVERS. Trent. passes below Worcester. THE mole and COLNE. passes Nottingham. Rivers Severn. and other itself into Fish. hov^^ever. the Leen. Bream. &c. and the Fish with which they takes its chiefly abound. Bream. Chub. and describe their course.) namely. Newark. and other Fish. Stafford and Worcestershire. in The Severn shire. Roach. city of Gloucesterthis and runs on to the river abounds with Salmon. Jack. during course. of three hundred rivers. described. particularly in the . The Trent to first shows itself in Staffordshire. &c. 333 ^c. the Dove. Gudgeons. Roach. rise in Montgomeryshire. there are upwards I shall. and runs through part of Shropshire. Dove. In England and Wales. that hides his diving flood. and well stocked with Jack. Carp. Trout. where loses its name by mixing in the Humber. (all well stored with Trout and Grayling. Flounders. and. Carp. Perch. Medway. only notice a few of the most considerable. Eels. which : falls into the sea. at Flambo- rough-head this is a noble river. The Angler will find good sport. it is said. Barbel. Perch. the Idle. Chub. in its course. The sullen Mole. the Thames at East Moulsey. Trout. Wales. the Sour. Many its small rivers help to supply the Trent'. Eels. The Mole empties in Surrey. is This riv'er so called from its is running under very famous for ground in a part of its course. and Pike. it Gainsborough. and Hull. Dace.

passing is by Maidstone. Eels. in Der- byshire. The Cam rises in Cambridgeshire. Uxbridge. The Stour and continues empties rises in Kent. neighbourhood &c. and Leatherhead. The river and branches of the Colne are much in the fre- quented by the London Anglers of Uxbridge. Trout. and through which county also Grayling. gliding on to Bedford and Huntingdon. and. The Medway and Kent it rises in Sussex. Eels.334 THE ANGLER S GUIDE. at The Dove the Trent rises near the Three Shire Stones. passes on to Ashburn. after some lost in the river . Pike. is —the Forditch. &c. &c. falls into is the sea at Lynn. and folk. flesh Trout. from its thence course Hackington Forditch. is CamOuse : bridge. Chub. to neighbourhood of Esher. &c. round to to : Canterbury. met with rises in The OusE Oxfordshire proceeds to Buck- ingham. Jack. in Norstored with The Ouse well Jack. from thence to Ely. flows to Rochester and Chatham. The Colne and divides Middlesex from Buckinghamshire. runs by miles. Pike. Sandwich. and a few Salmon and other Fish. for Trout. or large Whitealso in this river. and well stored with Flounders. runs past Ashford. and Staines. &c. Longford. passing Watford. Iver. from thence falls into : this little river abounds with Trout. Eels. Perch. rises in Hertfordshire Roach. and there river itself into the sea this abounds with Roach. and Ryegate. &c. Perch. on Cobham. falls into the Thames. Dorking.

the largest Salmon of England 3 Trout. There are many known by the names of Meer's Lakes. and empties itself into the sea. and contains falls into Plymouth-Sound. are the principal rivers in the North and beside Salmon. &c. The Tamer divides the of Cornwall and Devonshire. Ribble. Eels. and Tyne. passes Launceston. Saltash. near Huntcounties ingdon. the 335 it Cam does not boast of Trout. Trout. large pieces of water near this river. The Ex rises in Somersetshire. Carp. and passing by falls into Rumsey and Winchester. &c. Perch. and is well stored with Salmon. fine Eels. famous for Eels and Pike. various other Fish : full of fine Tench and also in Romsey-mere. passes Tiverton and Exeter. it takes the waters of several streams. . rises in The Itchin ampton Fish. Rother. are more numerous Western in those rivers than in those of the South and parts of the Kingdom. but may of Jack.VARIOUS RIVERS. below Chepstow ling. Roach. and PlyIt mouth-Dock. and other The Wye rises in Montgomeryshire. passes by falls Hereford and Monmouth. in the more Salmon than any other West of England. Eels. &c. and all the varieties of Trout. Humber. 3 and is stored with Trout and Gray- The Eden. . at South- it abounds with Trout. the sea. at Exmouth during its course. Hampshire. Tweed. Tees. Pike. Went. and into the Severn.

therefore. for the pinching frost which binds up every water less favourable rains. || some wholesome advice on in the following beautiful lines. in icy chains. Brief Remarks on Angling in every Month of the During the Winter quarter. and repaired. or even hours. but even render them. if they even send their rods from let be re-varnished. if any repairs are wanting. in the first canto of his Rural Sports : . the Angler must not expect many days. The rods should be now examabove 5 ined. by the way. on the part of the Angler. his tackle. many This. is the proper time for the Angler to examine and repair what- ever is amiss . on new. me advise my angling friends to be parhome to ticular in scraping off the old varnish before they put or. that he make his apparatus as com- may in not be employed in ma- king or repairing tackle. when he can indulge in his favourite amusement . in cases. at a season when his time might be better employed the Fisherman using it. not. ! Year. Gay has given this subject. them take the trouble to scrape off the old themselves. if articles requisite complete.336 THE ANGLER S GUIDE. Nothing should be omitted. inaccessible. to plete as possible. to add to it whatever is wanting. and not only disturb and discolour the waters. all. new varnishing should be done at this season let and. is scarcely than the boisterous winds and heavy rivers to overflow which cause the and inundate the low lands around them. and. to see is whether his stock of the various and.

a failing 2 G . Increase his tackle. therefore.REMARKS ON ANGLING. as a resource in solitude. But crystal currents glide within their bounds : The finny brood their wonted haunts forsake. And arm himself with every watery snare . No swelling inundation hides the grounds. Float in the sun. Solomon says. are unable to follow their favourite amusements when infirmities and old age arrive cultivate the : it would. his lines. His hooks. infirmities. And o'er the year her verdant mantle throws. and not have it to do Spring a living warmth bestows. be wise to mind to get a taste for literature. probably. or. for A taste from too reading may prevent the aged or infirm from captious. " the wise man looks to the end 3" for Anglers. as well as other sportsmen. . Now the Fisherman his toils prepare. Their silver coats reflect the dazzling let beams. My advice. frequently applying to the bottle for solace. or gun. his leisure but it is well to recollect. When genial Thus the Angler may employ some of time for future pleasure that . and skim along the lake With frequent leap they range the shallow streams. becoming querulous. peruse with careful eye. is to prepare every thing need- ful while The swelling inundation hides the ground. however. 337 When genial Spring a living warmth bestows. and his rod re -tie. or when age prevents the Sportsman from using his angle.

tide-rivers. Dace. Angle in the shallows and eddies. and in eddies near the banks. Chub. Bleak. and. Carp. Smelts. as Jack and Pike. Chub. provided the water Ice. spawn in month. and. (perhaps with some truth) frequently charged to the character of Sportsmen. Gudgeon. —During month. at the tail of mills. Flounders. January. Pike. for Fish always get to the scowers and shallows. and remain there till after they have spawned. and near the banks. Carp. Flounders. on the sides and banks of . from Winter quarters. Roach. and Roach. will take : still continue to use a live bait for Jack gene- and prefer the middle of the day. . Jack. and tolerably free February. ponds. for the season. this and Perch. some for which you may from angle an hour or two in the middle of the day. near the banks for Dace. —The only Fish that will take a bait this in month. in shal- low currents. and. and Minnows. and Eels. and few of them will refuse a worm until June. this March. in Jack. Chub. Perch. . to shoot small rushes which begin rivers. after Winter.338 THE ANGLER S GUIDE. Flounders. a bait rally. Pike. Perch. during their lively this and the following month. if the weather be mild Roach. —In the latter end of this month. is sufficiently clear. especially. Carp leave the deeps now in search of the fresh grass that begins to also. as well will feed son. All fresh-water Fish move. the grow &c- on the shallows. strong eddies. at this sea- Fish only in the middle of the day. Jack and Pike prefer live-baits. Pike. and Eels . are Jack.

and nourishment from the killing bait for Carp. but. and sometimes Tench. with the addition of Trout. the Bottom. Eels as : (in rivers. and not having quite recovered from spawning. — or Grayling. and take a Red-worm.REMARKS ON ANGLING. this it month. Carp. and Pope or Ruff. and the different species of fresh- water Fish feed and take baits. —During now j this month. Minnows^. Chub. and will take a variety of baits . Be that as may. in March. ^This spawn this month. and Umber. Still prefer to angle in the shallows. June. the morning and evening. Barbel. —All fresh -water Fish now feed. most Fish having recently spawned^ Angle and are out of condition.) also Barbel. Millers' Thumb. you may expect sport. pith. or early in August. except Trout. spawn month. this Rudd. Bream. will feed this month. May. I know they will con- tinue to follow the rake. Bleak. that angle in the streams and scowers. from the quantity of food they get from weeds. Roach. — All the Fish enumerated March. Still continue to say. but best in July. sharps. sharps. streams. . in the streams. &c. at top and bottom of the water also in ponds. bait. and baits as before. Flounders. and eddies. month.9 Those rushes are sucked by the Carp. and currents. Angle in shallows. afford Red-worms in are much now a April. they will not take a bait freely. which are now healthy and strong on the feed. Gudgeons. eddies. Dace. 33.Angler will find but indifferent sport. Some Gudgeons spawn again see page 42. Tench spawn will this month. Eels will run and take a all night and day.

or angling in ponds or still The weeds in rivers are now now getting sour and rotten. and Pike. THE ANGLER S GUIDE. and. late at Barbel. Dace now begin. and get into deeper water. and so continue the latter end of the following- February. all —During . kinds of Fish will take a bait early. Roach. till generally. freely. Chub. the Fish are leaving them for holes and deeper water in : begin to use brains. are now about leaving the weeds. Roach. or May. that Carp and Smelts I spawn again page 95. and so continue or say till to do all the Winter months. and October. but not so for fly-fishing. October. —This month a good season for most till kind of angling. sometimes. but do not believe is it : see September. and Dace. month. live —Note. to get much sport. to refuse a bait. or the begining of March. during August. Sep- tember. . —This month waters. as a bait for Chub.340 August. freely in the middle of the Roach and Chub there remain until now get into deep water. but you must fish in the morning. preference to any other. Perch good will take a Minnow or Stone loach. weather take a continues mild for the season. Some this writers say. is for trolling and bot- tom-fishing. if the water is not too bright. —During still this month. in consequence. Chub. —Note. still November. from early in the morning night. Jack. and Spring. this month. very and late in the evening. and. Perch will live bait. very day. If the April. will take a bait.

too thick^ or frozen up. or in mud. and Gudgeons. till Spring. Give o'er their former play feather'd tribe forget the notes. in deep sandy holes. Barbel. continue Angler a few hours' amusement and offers for the profit. in a torpid state. or under sheltering banks. Carp. and there remain. for their usual Winter quarters j the warmth. The The The fields their verdure now resign. because the waters are generally either flooded.REMARKS ON ANGLING. Roach. Which joyful strain'd their vocal tJiroats To chaunt the matin lav. which are Eels are. . 341 December. a favourable opportunity . Jack. also. &c. are tired to now re- deep holes. now buried in numbers together. and Pike. to afford if —Chub. » bleating flocks and lowing kine . him to exercise his skill but that seldom occurs this month.

Of By — I pray you. look round and think your Tackle's right. with cash for meat and drink. these few hints take : From If all a Brother Bob. Rules. with the plum- remain in the 5 water while you make and cast in the ground -bait by which time. and softens pain and sorrow. But good Sirs. Perch. Pike. bear this in mind is left Look well about. an old angling rake Before you quit your homes. for Fish have so many enemies . Barbel. dear brothers. never poach . Whene'er. you I shall go to fish. When plumb met to you have made choice of a place little to fish.) that a distance the length of rod and line. Tench. first the depth truly. consequently less likely to break.342 THE angler's guide. shall be kept between each person. angling fair first. Hints. the line will be softened and stretched. Dace. wish you luck to take a handsome dish Carp. sport is And when your done. or thirty feet. The Angler should Good nature sets also bear in mind. while angling. If the 3 water be if still. and keep as far from the water as you can. and Observations. and with as disturbance to the water as it. that nought behind. it is generally understood and agreed to among Anglers. relative to Angling. let your line. that our hearts at ease. may be -. large pieces. and go quietly and slyly to work. (an article to this effect being always introduced in well regulated subscription-waters. To prevent disputes. or Roach. throw in small pieces of ground-bait a strong current.

When most than to line. easier to strike or hook from kill or land a Fish) immediately give him line but always slack. FOR ANGLING. when it . this occurs. you have hooked a heavy Fish. as to tainty. weeds. freto see or by strangers walking to and fro inquire what sport. in bringing him but. Chub. while so playing the Fish. gently. that would. or so entangle your chance of your killing the Fish the least evil. avoid agitating the water. almost to a cerline. weeds. kill and you will more Fish than three Anglers who act differently. &C. but. from the current. &c.RULES. when two or : three Anglers are fishing near each other therefore. and so on till he is quite tired or spent . and draw the Fish to the right. even the shaking the bank of a river (under lay) will which Fish frequently alarm Barbel. or hear . its endeavour to keep the hanging for. by shaking or rubbing nose against the bottom. &c. feel. when so. . the left. otherwise. keep him out of free sight : when the Fish stops. in which case. bank unne- drop your baited hook in the water. keep the top of your rod elevated. : &c. chuse by trying the strength of your tackle to the landing net or shore . use your ut(for it skill is much . also. and spoil the Angler's sport quently. &c.they see. and. the Fish. 343 that they are suspicious of every thing. wind up some of the of the water that is line. unless there is some great imleave no pediment in your way. break. by trampling on the cessarily . or any sub- stance. and lead him to the part -. easily gets rid of the hook : by no means check him.

for want of or patience in for. when he the tackle as if pulls strong. make a rule to examine your tackle. it it is After a day's fishing. than by any other means a very fine * heavy Fish be hooked with a small hook and tackle. if possible . then itself to be drawn without to bring it you may venture to the land- ing-net : here. or lifted out immediately attempted to be weighed hooked. if so. draw them off and dry them leisurely before you again wind them on the winchj also see that the hooks you have used are still sharp. „^ by giving with such line.344 THE ANGLER S GUIDE. but dry them before you wind up your winch. wind again. you must take the Fish shallow inlet or level shore. as some part of the line may. longer . on seeing the net little . and again bring him this course must be pursued until the Fish suffers itself to be quietly netted : if you are without to a i^ a landing-net or hook. instead m of pulling killed against him. the shelves under the banks. and so continue to act until the Fish so exresis- hausted as to suffer tance. by a new length never put by your running or trolling lines until they are dry. More Fish skill . or other causes part and replace it : take out any defective . give line freely. particularly the lines and hooks. again. if ^' the Angler. it M up is Struggles or pulls hard. and . probably. they generally first make a violent plunge. if not. soon as at home. fine largest Fish may be would break with a Fish of a pound weight. be chafed and weakened by rubbing against strong weeds. are lost after being fairly hooked. give line again to and play him a the net .

laid in coils. which they are apt to do when too dry. more : easily allured is it and taken by a baited hook neither of such material consequence to provide such tine or superior tackle. in ponds and waters. therefore. and also notice. to keep them from suddenly snapping. which will immediately make it it smooth -. moistened with oil of almonds or salad in. oil. becomes straight. still for. lines with a little sweet mutton. strong. &C. then begin again : — recollect. do not lose your temper. than in rivers or swift streams. same as musicians keep their violin-strings When it your line becomes ragged and chafed. break sit your tackle. tight 345 enough tied to use again . in ponds. is more fit for the inex- perienced or novice in angling. as cially those pieces to which hooks are to use fine those pieces are usually kept coiled up. are not so large. which will make you a skilful Angler. Accustom yourself the sooner tackle. FOR ANGLING. or wax candle. espetied.RULES. re-tie them. Fish. that by rubbing gut or hair which has instantly with India Rubber. if not. perchance. but down the and diligently repair the damage done. It is best to keep gut and hair in parchment.suet. to plumb the depth so accu- . by greater care it : being requisite in using if you. rub up and down with a piece of India Rubber. active or well- fed. they are. as Fish are in rivers . hope and patience support Fisherman. and occasionally rub your oil. Angling for Fish. generally speaking.

or still-water fishing best calculated for those who have had skill. as less or labour is application. Tench. near Pollard's Row. Bethnal Green hill Bunker' s- Pond. Thames Fishermen or repairing a line. Pond. Perch. the Angler may. From little those apparent. throw so much of choice ground-bait for Fish in ponds. at those places. ill-shaped. required. and confined waters. your mouth until it otherwise. or to THE ANGLER S GUIDE. Hackney Road . while dry. preserved for angling.346 rately. Fish will is offered. ^Vhen you tie a knot. enjoy his favourite diversion : the ponds 1 allude to. are the Wellington . than in rivers. in making in always soak the gut or hair in cannot be obtained. as in rivers produced or found are so over- and streams : indeed. if that soft. half-starved. will . in I . Dace. some ponds stocked with Fish. &c. By paying an annual or daily sum. and the water called 3 Porto Bello. in tying the gut or hair. have not such is a variety or quantity of food. Eels. that pond. and if coloured. and the water in ponds the same take almost any bait that causes. the springs being then very low. and also some parts of the Croydon and Regent's Canal. or no practice in the art of angling. hold it warm water . at Shepherd's Bush this water is fre- quently replenished by Fish from the river Thames. is it is j at such times. that those which are taken are generally very thin. Roach. consisting of Gudgeons. Jack. brought by the for the purpose. There are some ponds around London. and particularly there has been a long drought.

don't expect the Fish will bite. and exactly reverse the rule in gather and br'ng on a storm. fastening ing &c. by inquir- among experienced Anglers. 347 Make yourself acquainted with every off. some hours before the storm bursts. by dipping towards dusk. also. the day turns out foggy. When clouds Fish will leave off biting. or close. hail. " The south. rain or hail fall. FOR ANGLING. Thunder. When Then east wind blows or sun shines bright. you may ex- pect sport. when the waters are low. mend a broken rod. only angle a few hours at mid-day. will feed at gloomy. but a gentle curling breeze If very is best for whipping." It generally happens in the months of July and . you will be the better enabled to tie on hooks. By such practical information. oftentimes.RULES. &c. surely break. and and also spoil the Angler's sport. most kinds of Fish especially Carp and Tench . When soft rain falls. heavy especially if accom- panied with a tempest or hurricane. than by any writ- ten direction. make up your own lines. ^ What wind suits angling best ?" I answer. are offensive to Fish. the Angler must not expect sport bait late in the day. particularly in ponds. Summer. *' If ask'd. &C. neither will the Fish take a 3 Winter therefore. in -. the proprietors of sailors. method of tying knots. watermen. and bottom. and whip- makers. lightning. fishing-tackle shops. or south-west. or a very cold and strong east or north wind blowing.

never drink water out of rivers or ponds while in a perspiration : weak Brandy Malt Liquors or Gin and water or water to be preferred to when you are oppressed with heat or thirst. Chub. both on the surface and bottom. especially to cold spring water. . then the Angler must not expect the Fish to bite freely until a storm or heavy rain agitate and purify the waters after which.348 THE ANGLER S GUIDE. or lose his for fishing. with slimy weeds. is August. bees-wax. and most kinds of Fish. Roach. the most experienced Angler is sometimes disappointed of sport : if he could take many Fish every time he used his angle. —too much ceases is For your health's sake. while the body is warm : also be careful to keep your feet dry by wearing strong boots or shoes. of angling considerably he would find the pleasure diminished. under the most favourable appear- ance of weather and water. that the water in the rivers. or a small quantity of Spirits. which should never be very drank without an admixture of Wine. because he does not always meet with success. very low. in consequence of which the watery element becomes unhealthy . and loaded. The Angler should not be taste discouraged. desire alive A good day's sport occasionally keeps to excite. for. and powdered black rosin . which should be frequently well saturated with a mixture of chopped mutton-suet. &c. there will 5 immediately for be good sport in fishing Barbel. full directions how to prepare and use this mixture will be found in page 176.

are lost. should be rejected. then pulling and jerking one against the other. remarkably will warm or muggy if in which till meet with sport from day-light dark : again. manner : hold the hook by the shank. Small hooks may be tried by holding one between their the fore-finger and thumb of each hand by shanks. there an end of its the trial it it if it bend a little and again recover if it shape. and When you see Trout. but bend or nearly draw straight. during the Summer. or warm drizzling rain you may expect be quite dark. &C. 349 When you use the landmg-net. From June till November. pull then. if the hook break. for you are as likely to lose a its Fish by the hook straightening as by breaking : a real well-tempered hook will neither bend nor break. and hooking the bended parts together.RULES. after they have been fairly the it hook breaking or straightening. till it cloudy. Chub. sport in the middle of the day. may be used. and place the other end over a nail or staple that wall. FOR ANGLING. make a rule to try the strength of your in the following hooks before you use them. and 5 losing your Fish and always put the net to the head of the Fish. you and. the weather be dark and fall. unless the 3 weather be case. or Salmon^ leap out of 2h . . line with or you hazard breaking the line. then. by therefore. or any other place may be 3 driven in a board. Fish feed or 3 bite best in to the mornings and evenings the middle of the day is from November May. avoid touching your it. Many good Fish hooked. best. strong with is jerking .

always angle in the deep lie When little holes that under the wind. shower of it rain. and ^ ack. and avoid the most tempting bait either in Winter or Summer. or you will meet with for Fish are sport.350 the water at THE ANGLER flies. is When ing. fish in the eddies and near the bank. then come near the sides or banks^ expecting food to be washed from the land. during such state of water and sky. S GUIDE. ponds. you fish in shallow water. When sky. very susceptible of cold. Fish generally feed freely. In still waters. you may reasonably expect sport. loss of time to bot. consequently. with a clear blue it is and an unobscured sun. cold winds blow. during and imme- diately after rain. and steadily pursue Perch. especially. 3 unless enough falls to colour the water the Fish. Fish easier discover the deception. moths. until within an hour of dark for. or you will meet with success. &c. you will meet with the best sport after a ter. tom or float-fish. 5 angle far out. the water is low and bright. Pike. In fly-fishing. and the sun shin- endeavour to place yourself so that your shadow lie does not little upon the water. for the Fish are then on the feed. Fish being then on the feed. shoot after the small Fish. that does not thicken the wa- but has little effect in bottom-fishing in rivers. and in the stream but when the rivers are full and thick.. your amusement of angling. When the water is very low and bright in rivers. and. 1 have occasion to speak to any person When you f .

baits are peculiar to certain rivers Some also.RULES. yet. and later one year than another. loss of time. &C. make it a rule. sometimes. &c. to prevent the hook laying 3 hold of them then place the rod over your thigh. with the 5 least plunge. among Anglers. avoid asking unnecessary questions. the Fish will surely break away. avoid laying hold of your line to draw the Fish ne9. answers. FOR ANGLIXG. for though the party. will prevent which much disappointment. you cannot oblige him more than as short as possi- by making your questions and stay ble. but do it wiih much care and caution. to they be addressed. by a few weeks. . and loitering about any is person. to that yourself or keep at some distance from the water. if ' its side. 351 while angling. according to the forwardness of the season : of these things. while fishing. the and waters j same baits are taken earlier in some rivers than in others. but : use a landing-net for the purpose while fly-fish- ing. considered extremely rude. A forced conversation. and have his sport at heart. if he whom may return civil be an experienced Angler. with the head a lit- over weeds. take the rod in one hand and the line in the other draw the Fish gently on tle raised. Never attempt to lift a large Fish out of the water by taking hold of any part of your line for. out of politeness.r the shore. 3 shadow be not seen by the Fish also. the Angler should take notice. you cannot. while so speaking. in the following manner . and lift the Fish out.

. or it will not swim j steady. a slight bite is not easily seen or struck. made in the form of a Windsor which make a great re- sistance in passing through ^the water. which may be kept and carried necessary with other articles used by Anglers. Swan. Careful Anglers provide themselves with a piece of cork or board. be- Pass the line two or three times around the float. cholics. it If a tip- capped float is used in such water. —Note. consequently. it is When to to sink angling in rapid heavy water. and the top thicker and stouter than the bottom. ginning at the bottom. this piece of about the middle thereof j cork should be of a long oval shape. pear. in a basket. though mode- rate streams or still water always prefer the tip- capped float. (which some cover with a piece of carpet. and. with both ends equally small. knowing the danger of it sitting on the bare gromul. however dry may seem. or Porcupine. &c. that will require many shot cork-floats are generally preferred in this case. which strengthens and keeps the float straight. float . have a it on the line. the best being those which have the cork fixed quill of a on a very strong Goose.35^ THE ANGLER S GUIDE. for no other shape shews a slight bite so readily. and the same in circumference in the middle : this shape is far preferable to the old-shaped cork-floats. from so doing. as. about an inch long. many have experienced violent inflammations in the bowels. before you put the top cap on. is usually about eighteen inches long. and twelve broad. must be very in strong made. The cork or board provided for a seat.) to sit on while angling.

as it together by which means. inches to effect which. the link. when you have by taken the depth. &c. further. you injure float. for. ^2 "-Z . to sail and the top of the rod. and the float being sunk to its proper depth in the water. and. Roach. to make it a rule first never to draw the line through the caps. your baited hook drag on the ground several . in deep or rapid streams. let make it a rule. the baited hook will lay on the ground and slowly drift with the current. and will cut or fret the line. also. taking the cap from the otherwise. and . When angling for Barbel. and. the bottom of the float the surface of the water so doing. Dace. especially line have above two feet of between the and the point of the rod. in rivers. the edges are sharp. you are enabled to strike the hook in him. also. FOR ANGLING. the instant a H Fish bites. not bagged or hanging over the water. prevents the line slipping 358 strike. which gives time and facility to the Fish to take the bait. moving your arm with the stream. without float. I would advise those should fish at 3 their who purchase caps to examine and smooth the edges thereof before using them. and so hold your rod that the line I have spoken of shall hang as is straight. when you and thereby losing the proper depth you and. when you are angling. 5 the case with inexperienced or careless Anglers and also keep the top of the rod always directly over the float. to the hook touch the gound. frequently. don't float Chub. Note. which float 3 then allows the were. &C. generally.RULES. loosen the joints of your When let you fish for Barbel.

little and after having hooked a Fish. seldom take a bait again that day. that who angle with much slack line. and. when free from the hook. the to ooze out wet will soon begin from between the joints.354 THE A. is and they are not to be had. or at meeting of two streams. fish in the eddies. Roach. and you have played him some time) fright for. in small pieces. for those Fish are soon when so. in a stream. mill-tails. locks. hold the joint of the rod over the flame of a lighted candle. immediately cast store of ground-bait. or Perch. in the place where you lost him (especially a large one. two bites. perhaps. and as gently alarmed.VGLER line. then easily parted. through in and pain : it rushes violently away. AVhen a candle for Carp. brown paper may do. When your rod has been in the rain (or. for When angling in a river. pools. or Fish. which alarms a good the others in such case. A\Tien angling in a water that you have no local knowledge of. so quick. lose. got wet) the joints are apt to swell. from any other cause. or . for Note. wears. so that you cannot separate them. S GLIDE. any other water. deep dark holes. around piles about bridges. or move to another place. a piece of lighted If. when casting in ground-bait (especially Carp and Chub) throw as possible. from the shortness of Fish. out of three. he break away. and flood-gates. to sport be expected if . when angling is Chub. for Fish bite (or and that being over the in) suck and blow out of their mouth what they those dislike. Application must be then made to heat .

Fish. I. agues. should be recollected. and punishment as for it is if acting by premeditated design presumed by the magistrates of courts. and Eels. I feel interested and anxious for the honour and credit of the Angler's character and conduct to a . unlike Carp. are seldom found where the bottom is foul or muddy. for angling. Gudgeons. Barbel. it is hazardous. therefore. Dace. and most violent rheumatic affections. or sandy bottom . every person is acquainted with their regulations in respect to the protection of property. and extracts from Acts of Parrelative It liament to the preservation of if Fish and Fisheries. from his ignorance of is the laws on the subject. during the by anglings but t. brought by following j the diversion of night-angling therefore. may it be caught. and gentlemen Anglers seldom practise Laws As an advocate relative to Fishing. punishment for trespass. Chub. It is well known to old Anglers. that the Angler commit an offence or trespass. Tench.LAWS RELATIVE TO Barbel. the serious it. for those Fish. Moreover. 355 Roach. beg his attention few observations. as reasonable beings. and acit countable for our misdeeds. that heavy Trout. FISIIIVG. surely behoves us so to . night. in respect to with impunity. that from the known publicity of the laws. and health few can practise for years many have suffered by colds. he equally liable to fine . and the like. or Perch^ prefer that part which has a clean. and other. gravelly.

and six calendar being thereof indicted within next after such ofifence or offences shall have been committed. any river or stream of water shall run or be. stream. or shall be aiding or assisting in the stealing. without the consent of the owner or owners thereof. pond. pool. or shall receive or buy any such Fish. river. that of " doing unto others as we would they should I do unto us. and shall on such I . moat. knowing months the same to be stolen or taken as aforesaid. adjoining or belonging to any dwelling house. garden. and the principal act to protect in was passed the fifth year of his late Majesty George the Third's reign. before any judge or justice of gaol delivery for the county wherein such park or paddock. taking. seriously recommend The most fisheries. stew. stew. take. moat. and by any ways. or into any garden. pool. or in or through which park.366 THE ANGLER S GUIDE. or in- Golden Rule. shall steal." — a strict to all observance of which brother Anglers. that we fringe. means or device whatsoever. or- chard or yard. or wherein shall be any pond. garden. indict' orchard or yard shall be. or yard. orchard. killing or destroying any such Fish as aforesaid. kill or destroy any Fish bred. from which the following extract is taken : "No one shall enter into any park or paddock fenced in and enclosed. or paddock. the in no wise lose sight of. regulate our conduct in pursuing our pleasures and amusements. recent. or other water aforesaid. or other water. kept or preserved in any such river or stream.

in any Fish any river or stream. the person or persons so convicted shall be transported for seven years. or any other of his Majesty's justices of the same county. riding or place aforesaid. or other in water (not being any park or paddock. being lawfully convicted thereof by the oath more credible witness or witnesses. or of such pond. division. by verdict. pool. such offence. oath. pool. riding or place where such upon last mentioned offence or offences shall be committed. to issue his or their warrant or warrants to bring the person or persons so complained of before him or them if . 357 confession ment be. by the oath or oaths of one or . pond. shall for every and pay. and the person or persons so complained of. or in any garden. kill or destroy. or by his or their own or confessions. kill or destroy. upon complaint made to him or them.LAWS RELATIVE TO FISHING. convicted of any such offence or offences as aforesaid. or other water to j it may be lawful and for any one or more of his Majesty's justices of the peace of this county. orchard or yard adjoining or belonging to any dwelling-house. the sum of fishery of five pounds to the owner or owners of the and shall or such river or stream of water. shall be convicted of any of the said offences last-mentioned. before such justice or justices. or attempt to take. " That in case any person or persons shall take. division. against any person or persons for any such last-mentioned offence or offences. but shall be in any other enclosed ground which of one or forfeit shall be private property) every such person. moat.

the owner. shall be committed by such justice or justices to the house of correction for any time not exceeding forfeited shall six months. to such justice or justices before whom he shall be so convicted. but not beat me. immediately after such conviction. the owner may have if I an action of trespass against me . No servant shall be questioned liberty. may put me off by 1 make resistance . Edward IV. leap. or his or their by own confession. angle. piche. 21st Elizabeth. unless command." Trespass. if and fisheries) they shall be found . or his servant by his . in default thereof. for the use of such person or persons as the same is hereby appointed to be forfeited and paid unto. more credible witnesses. which oaths such justice or justices are hereby authorised to administer.35ft THE ANGLER S GUIDE. then and in such case the party so convicted shall. his servant thereunto authorised. or the owners or occupiers of rivers such engines. unless the money be sooner paid. or other engine for taking Fish (except the sellers of makers or them. If I go on another man's ground without license. and. and continue there after warning by the owner or force 9th. mur- der If any person shall keep any net. pay the said penalty of five pounds. : for killing a trespasser within his master's who yet will not yield. hereby before imposed for the offence or offences aforesaid. if not done out of former malice it is if : the trespasser kills any such servant.

very fully on the nature and rights of fisheries well as on shooting. &c. lishing with." work well it deserving a place in the Angler's library. &c. as There is also an act which makes it felony. are liable to transportation. not being free waters. Cap. for laying night-lines. and stealing Fish in cut of waters enclosed grounds. trim- mers. and. *'Chitty's Treatise on the Game Laws. and penalties for injuries done to private fisheries. without the consent of the lisliery. 23. search the persons. may houses of such prohibited and suspected seize to their and : own use. shall 351' owner of the be seized. and subject to transportation. if laid by day. to heavy fines . and any person. with- out benefit of clergy. . others. and fines or canals. and the offender taking Fish out of water closed unen- grounds are subject fisheries to penalties. or destroy. &c.LAWS RELATIVE TO FISHING. as treats . and to keep or destroy them as they think fit. are subject to heavy imprisonment . they become felons. by a warrant under the hand and seal of a justice of peace. catching Fish with nets in Bargemen. The breaking declared felony in mounds of ponds maliciously. Criminal proceedings. hunting. and the owners of and ponds are authorized to seize vide Appendix to a the nets and fishing-tackle of trespassers. and if the parties are armed or disguised while so acting. such engines 4 and 5 of William and Mary. at night. or if they lay snares. are punishable either by common law the or by different statutes. is . or any other device to take Fish by night .

The nnfwtonate be cantk^tsly conveyed by two or more persons. tre^iass lias The Angler should also bear it in mind^ that a may be cominitted in cases even where he die permission a( the proprietor of the water to fat. nor carried over any man s lifked shooldeis with the head hanging downward. the Rcyal if the means recommended by ins erted the rules Humane Society were early applied to restme soqioided animaticm. in ftA . In removing the body to a convenient place. Treatmemt <^Ihvttmed Persons. nor over a barrel. that these methods may be injuiioas. nor rooghly handled.36I> THHE A2CGX. I trust I shall in such be excosed for thus introdncing the sal]ject. in such ceases ty As it is possible the Angler may hare occaaon to receive or give assistance cases. care most be taken th^ it he not bruised. I have and methods directed to be pursned the said Society.£S S GUIDE. which might be saved. the owner of the water it not the owner of the land throogh which runs. nor shaken vicdenthr. nor all up by the heels j for experioic-e proves. and destroy the object should small remains of life. frcHn both^ he is Direttioms far tie Recocery rf Drotrmed Penoms. nor itdled npm lite groimd. tad praxmtiom cfprtmatmre death. Consi^ring that many Irres are lost by drowning. and withoot permission be obtained equally li^Ie to acticm for trespass. is many instances. or .

to a degree of heat little exceeding that of . and under the arm. it sand. or with warm flannel or coarse cloth. moderated a healihv person or. in as natural a position as possible. or hot bricks. aa 361 upon straw. glasshouse. very efficacious. left open.pits 7 and a warming-pan. ashes.DROWXED in a carriage PEB50X5. laid at the bottoms of the feet. moderately heated. in some cases. that of a bed or blanket well heated: bottles of hot water. should also be tried with perseverance. but fire. Should the accident happen any fabric where in the neighbourhood of a warm-bath. grains. to sun- shine has been proved obviously Friction with the himd. particularly of children. has been found. should be passed of a over the body. embers. with the and easy head a little raised. The natural and kindly warmth healthy person lying by the side of the body. in a moderate degree of heat. to the joints of the knees. being should be placed not too near a large well dried with a cloth or flannel. brewhouse. water. in Summer. the exposure beneficial. The window or door of the room should be mitted into it. are easily procured. for a considerable period of time. lying and kept on a bed. ^c. wrapped in cloths. as the lives of the patients greatly depend upon their having the benefit of the pure is air. and no more persons ad- than those who are absolutely neces- sary. 2 I . or warm lees. so as not to injure the skin. i^reat would be of importance to place the body in any of these. The body. bakehouse. The warmth most promising of success.

so as to imitate natural breathing as nearly as possible . or left its it is the only can pass its passage into egress through the in mouth or nostril. vertebrae. this process should be repeated from twenty to thirty times in a minute. twitching. or any convulsive motions. the air will pass into the lungs that 3 through the wind-pipe. subject being placed in one or other of these The advantageous circumstances as speedily as possible. and an assistant should press the belly upwards to force the air out. (bones (gullet) 5 of the neck) so as to close the aesophagus. this situation . The bellows should then be applied as before. beating of the heart. the return of the natural colour I . at the sajne time. a bellows should be applied to one other nostril and the nostril. would necessa- pass into the lungs. air conveyed through the mouth. being prevented the manner above such as sigh- described. the nostrils being closed. be any signs of returning life. If the cartilages of the lar- nyx (throat) be pressed against the and prevent the passage of the and.36^ THE angler's guide." If there ing. gasping. and the is lower end of the prominent part of the wind-pipe pressed backward. and the pipe of the bellows inserted into the right nostril. the bellows should stop. and the belly again pressed . air into the stomach the mouth and left nostril be closed. as the trachea is al- ways open through the rily glottis. "The bellows is and when the breast to is be worked swelled by in it. because opening through which the aesophagus. whilst the mouth are kept closed.

. or brandy and 3 water. two hours or upwards. with ardour and perseverance. be administered ther the A tea. also. in order . or any other stimulant^ so as to provoke sneezing. to excite a propensity to vomit nostrils.spoonful of warm water may wheif it . quantity of blood taken away should not be and the The throat should be tickled with a feather. electricity has been recommended its 5 and when it can be early procured. although there should not life. now and of then. in order to learn. a table-spoonful warm wine. as the liquor might pass into the trachea before the power of swallowing for returns. increased.DROWNED PERSONS. snufF. as well as cautiously. means strokes already recommended but the should be given in a low degree. tried in aid of the electrical exciting effects might be . opening a vein jugular of the neck in the 36^ arm or external j may prove beneficial but the large. be the least symptom of In the application of stimulants. with a feather. and warmth. power of swallowing be returned and be. The other methods should be continued. and gradually. may be given with advantage and not before.

line. found in Salmon. or otiicr Barbs or wattles. off. the gut bottom of a fly-line. of a hook. — See Wattles. OR. Adipous-fin. small islands on the River Thames. the fin below the back-fin. Beard. hook.— See Humble. angling from a bank on the side of a river. angling with any bait under water. Aights. Angle. that part a little above the point. — See the at the Bible. water. The adipoiis-fin is a thick fleshy substance. Bottom. most ancient mode of angling on record. to which the hook or hooks are fixed. also. is Barb-hook. and baited-hook. the Bottom-fishing is. Bank-fishing.A GLOSSARY. which prevents the Fish slipping Bee. Bottom-fishing. Trout. Bag fish. and bait. or Brother Bob. EXPLANATION OF TECHNICAL TERMS USED AMONG ANGLERS. . to put Fish into a bag or basket. the art of catching Fish with a rod. nick-name for Anglers. to which are tached a line.See Spear-hook. to angky to fish with a rod. or touching the ground. Bobber. or barb. and Grayling. at- Angling. with a float or rod to the line. as they are caught.

fForms. (called. 365 Straw. to the end of which is fastened a heavy ring of lead or brass. 6.— See Anglingfig. towards the bait. or Dibbing. are a sort of magin got or grub. Caps. angling with a ter. &c. Come-short . Cads. to those lines. fly Dapping j or Dipping. Clearing-line. : parts of the River Thames. that the hooks . for Eels. near.are fastened. Chrysalis." Dabbing. Chain-line. and seem dead. no float or rod to- is at- tached but. to which. Cartilaginous. is the first change of a maggot or gentle . — See Dapping. somewhat out to make them safe harbours for Fish to breed at &c. in the : Summer. on the bottom . the water-lily) large broad-leafed weeds. leaving a channel between them : in a line with this chan- 2 i2 . are bamboo. but. &c. Cane. growing in rivers. and the sugar-cane. Cadeti'S. Dead-lines are lines to which one or more hooks are fastened and baited lay . and other fresh waters they form an excellent harbour for Fish. Carolina. Candock. or Chub. or a bank-runner. found incased small pieces of sticks. page 135. Deeps are the deepest of the current in. Shepperton. turns or shoots away. and in other places in that neighbourhood. while fishing for Jack. rushes. and a Fish comes. by some. instead. is a few yards of strong small cord. sink their old boats rows. —See page 307. pieces of coloured quills. the line is then so placed in the water. but. with baited-hooks. but he came short. a long stout cord. Apparatus. are fastenetl a peg. several shorter. they then are brown.Coats. or Cammock. Trout. Pike.TECHNICAL TERMS. or Rough. plate 3. — See Chain-line . of which fishing-rods are generally made. when had a "I Fish come at me. the Angler then says. used to keep the line to the float. Fish without a back-bone such as the Lamprey. the boatmen who live Hampton. on the surface of the wa- by rising and letting it fall gently thereon. seemingly very eager.

Dub. is to is make the body of an artificial-fly.^ to be easily drawn — See fig.of iron wire. in of the line tl)Ose is artificial fly-fishing . are taken in these deeps. a knot made to draw out. without a Dippers. Drag. they fix their boats when engaged The largest Barbel. Pike. where the water meets with obstruction. Slip. Drift of Anglers. of Angling Apparatus. Disgorger. of Angling Apparatus. to dub. plate 3. made When hook. the back-fin. in weeds. to which fastened a long pack- thread line. and. uei. to dress a fy make an artificial-fly. Dip or Sink and Draw. : Droppers. and other Fish. angling and Perch. Dub-fly. with a rod and line. a piece. used for Jack.— See is 5.— See pages 109 and 243. causing in it to recoil and whirl round. to slip or Draw. Devil. the Fish has swallowed the is — See Droppers.— ^et Eddies are bends or corners of rivers. or coming therefrom. the forked end of the disgorger thrust it down upon it.3^0 THE ANGLER S GUIDE. Dress . or to drag in night-lines. Dubbing an the wool or mohair materials with which the body of dub-fly Fly. sometimes. which disengages the hook. for the man- ner in which the boats are sunlv effectually protects them from every kind of net. above are called droppers or dippers. is when fdur or more Anglers are in company a-fishing.. by Anglers. of bone. or dippers. and permits out. an artificial spinning bait for Trout. the fly at the bottom is called the stretcher if more than one used. — See page 53. as the motion of the water frequently brings food . Dorsal-fin. Trout. or brass. fig. is artificial made. about six inches long. an instrument with a forked top. 1. Fish lie much these spots. for Jack. or Bow-knot. plate 3. iron. &c. &c. float. or either going to. This is used to recover any part of the tackle that may be entangled cork-trimmers. with three or four hooks (without is barbs) placed back to back.

it 36. to swallow or take the bait into the stomach. and gives bles thera to seize it. or at such a time. they are called green gentles. to angle with a natural or artificial. and. with without having a Fish fly. Gudgeons are said to follow the rake eagerly take the bait after when they a:iJ the ground has been raked loosened. which ena- Feed. when they take the bait eagerly also. as a bait. a landing-hook. and are then termed scoured . or any putrid animal substance. — Fish are said to be all strong. and are generally used for gi'ound-baiting. the feed. a dub-fly. or well.*' a momentary pause. and put among bran or dry house-sand. Grabble.TKCHNICAL TERMS. to the dealers in gentles. synonymous terms. to feed. a substance projecting sects. the sediment of melted kitchen-stuff". Guf. they cleanse themselves. Fly-fishing. Fishing and angling. on . Feelers. a fly. when the Angler says the Fish will feed the year. in which state Fish are very fond of them. the body of Fly. Greaves. Follow the Hake. rise at his bait. out of the stream. before they are so cleansed. Flogging the TVater. the Angler (for is said to flog the water when he an unreasonable time) keeps whipping and slashing. to fish with a line to which several hooks are fastened. When full-grown. Gad. and so leaded that each hook lays on the ground: this mode of . Gentles are maggots bred from fly-blows on liver. gentles are those which the Knackers or Horse-slayers wholesale. Carrion sell. to be bought at the tallow-chandlers. an chiefly artificial-fly. to gorge. Gorge. which is large and made of wool or mohair. but from the head of some flies and in- more knovvn by the name of horns. he means they will then take a bait. a very small Jack.

but. clay. by the Angler. Jack. which acts on the float the same way is as a bite. sold at all fishing- tackle shops. thrown into the water. is Humble or Bumble-bee. or about in numbers. and. Gudgeons. &c. greaves. they are generally called palmer- hackles or palmer-flies. for the purpose of diawing and keeping the Fish about the spot or place he intends to angle in. Killing under the point of the rod . or any part of them touching the line. the hackle -feather. the large wild bee with a black and i some have red rumps or bottoms. hook foul is to hook a Fish by any part outside its l body. generally hooked. Hackle-flies. bran. ox: Pike y names generally used as synonymous. if Hook. or twenty-four inches in length. and If chiefly made of palmers . if they have not wings. who^e bodies are slender. together. by striking. Gimp. it barbed to prevent Fish slipping off. This case occurs. the Angler is said to kill his . the fine fibrous parts of feathers. at the moment. Good Fish. silk-twist or floss-silk. and Smelts. which sometimes happens by their swimming against the baited hook. to Hook foul. a good Fish means a heavy or large Fish. who ro\-e Gregarious. yellow body r legated. proit perly speaking. or Herle. .368 angling is THE angler's guide. Ground-bait. large Fish. and is much slants used in fishing for flounders. termed laying on the grabble. and others va- Hurl. a piece of iron tempered and bent. gentles. they are with wings. artificial-flies. the Fish quently. those Fish are termed gregarious flocks. Heavy Fish. a Jack becomes a Pike after attains more than three pounds weight. laced with brass . is to catch Fish with. — See page 152. fre- when angling for Barbel. in streams where the bank down- wards.

Carp. because they take up but little room. a Salmon is said to be Az/)/)g. to fasten in about a yard of cane or other wood. Tench. some An- used to lift it a large Fish. and near spawning.' when out of season. &c. Landing-hook. Roach. in Link. practice considered nearly as taking Fish with trimmers. 369 it when he points upwards. Loach. and may be had two or three yards long. and. Bream. This landing-hook is more port- able than a landing net. see page 105. so called when smoked and dried. and Minnows. Lay . Rudd. Lip-hook. and. is Killing-baity that bait which the Fish are most fond of. to lay. it through the lips of a JVlinnow. Leash. a length of hair or gut. by striking mouth of the Fish. when in full roe. Kink. Chub. when it gets entangled or twisted about the rod. a small short-shanked hook. by which means the Fish small circle. Gudgeon. The telescope handles are to be preferred. used to confine the mouth by passing to spin it .TECHNICAL TERMS. a knot that will not slip. the line is said to kink or kinkle. a large hook with a screw sliank. Landing-net. Knots.. which is very useful in landing a large Fish. they are termed shedder. therefore. Kipper. fastened to a pole. another sort described in the Appendix. &c . water-knot. &c. or to take one from the in the gills or weeds. also. when you mean also used in live-bait-fishing for Jack. Fish under the point of his rod. a leash is three Fish of any kind. is to put trimmers or dead-lines . preferred by glers. ponds. Dace. to prevent straining your rod. a link is Leather-mouthed Fish are those which have their teeth throat. f lying is on the water an Angler is said to lay on the water who this continually and daily fishing the is same piece of water unfair as . Bleak. in rivers. It is «&:c. a small net extended on an iron hoop. or rings. as is the the case with Barbel. Sal- mon are. and kept within a keeps a tight line. .

goat's hair.370 Leger-Une is THE ANGLER a line S GUIDE. after they have deposited their spawn. they are of. the Angler means a living Fish used as a bait. about nine inches above the hook. the weeds or any other place without taking the Angler then says he moved a Fish. &c. and other Fish are said to be of. left in and the water at night to take Fish. Jack. plate 2. which they frequently do imme- diately after their spawning. Pater-noster-Une. Netting. float with a small Live-bait. but he would not feed. when they slightly touch the but avoid taking it into the mouth. Pike. lines that have baited hooks fastened to them. and a on the line. without drifting. t Mohair. is asked what sport. when a Jack-moves from among bait. tln-ee or is artificial flies made with or without wings. Not a fin if the angler has had no success. his reply " f have not got a fin. and also. for. live Fish for a bait. sufficiently leaded. more hooks those hooks are first tied to pieces of gut . so that lie at the baited hook may the bottom fig. float. that is. to which are tied . they generally leave that place. or fine bristle about or less than three inches lonj^ pieces are fastened those short on the line. a line of gut or twisted hair.) sickly. . beginning at the bottom." 0^. See Dead lines. or Perch. and the patertide rivers. catching Fish with a net. See Angling Apparatus. found very useful for angling in . Trout. and is. when speaking of live-bait. Live-bait-fishiTig . angling for Jack. and out of season. (of the feed. Night-lines. the Angler then says. used in making the body of artificial flies. See Hackle. the Fish are said to nibble bait. Move a fish . when they refuse a bait. Pike. with or without a fastened to a rod. Nibble. 3. about eight inches apart noster-line will be : now fasten the line to a rod. Palmer or Hackle. in Jack fishing.

until he Pliers f a small pair of pincers. him by winding-up exhausted. to join When line. or any other insect. and sink and draw the line . some have a float to this sort of line others use a dip lead. a broad flat-bottomed boat. some Anglers put on 12 hooks. Punt. when the water is somewhat and in the all Spring . also in docks. a run. according to the of Fish you know the water contains. — See Gorge. Rise. espethick. Peg-line. Prime. certain distance after hav- Play. backwards and forwards. at such time. the line is so called when passed the from a winch. Kingston. or any other bait. &c. places. Running-line or Running-tackle. float make a slip- knot in the in the said between the and top of the rod. to play a Fish is to let him run a ing hooked him. Pouch. a single line made fast to a peg or a bank-runner. fixed on the rod. to pouch. at Richmond. gently then checking line. the Angler considers a good sign. and seasons. is and again yielding the him. sold at the tackle-shops. Fish swim at bait your hooks. cially 371 and all deep agitated waters. for taking the depth . large enough to hold two or three chairs . and put quill knot a small piece of stick or about an inch . and. and" likewise to Eel-hooks. rise to the surface.TECHNICAL TERMS. it is used in angling on the river Thames. and you may some with worms. for. Fish are said to p^-ime when they leap out of the water it : and when they do this. mill-ponds. depths. the Fish are said to rise when they come to the surface to take a fly. another with kind : gentles. — See the plates of Angling Apparatus. through rings. angling with running-tackle. greaves. baited line. Hampton. line to also. in which you angle . Plummet y a piece of lead in various shapes. Run]. as they are then on the feed. Ranh. Twickenham. (in trolling) means a bite. the drawing him side-ways. hooks are too said to be rank when the points spread outwards much : this term is particularly applied to the gorge-hook for trolling.

Flags. tall narrow flag-weeds. an iron spike made with a screw to or landing-net. Scratching for Barbel. in Scouers and Sharps are shallow places rivers. to free them from in filth. by hanging about Sink and draw. damp moss. excavations under banks of the violence of the water running against any * Shelf. or . through the rings on long. just before they spawn . long slimy weeds growing at the bottom of rivers in the and canals. and roll themselves. feed. to hook Spears. — See Kipper.37^ THE angler's guide. Summer it : those weeds spoil the Angler's bait. to which line is is affixed one. in long pieces. like silk or thread. or shelves. strong hooks. and other waters. by striking smartly. warm is or hot months. are large holes or rivers. on which the Fish sport. to Shank of a hook. &c. more.. from the line hanging Sags. Eels. sandy or gravelly bottom. Shallow. when you see or feel a Fish pass over where the hooks it. about those flags close to the banks Jack love to harbour or weeds. — See page 219. the then cast into a place where large Fish frequent in the hooks to lay on the ground same as ledger-fishing . that part Shedfier which the line is tied. Spud. fishing with a stout trolling-rod and running-line. — See scouers. to scouer worms. by putting them page 301. and many continue on the scouers during the Scouer. and are. or you cannot strike quick slack. Flounders. &c. with a clean rub. Trout. &c. without baits : Snatching. and make See them transparent. and with force. or Sedges. instruments so called for striking Salmon. Silk fVeeds. fix in the butt of a rod . endeavour. to prevent the line running back the rod. — See Dip. growing : in rivers. made by particular part. Salmon..

artificial flies. or posts. under the bank (which they are fond of retiring to). baited with a live Fish. trimmers. used ling. or kill. joined toge- ther with swivels. or any thing to else except an Angle rod. to take. Tickling : when Trout are in holes. is Strike . — See Droppers. by get- ting so entangled or twisted up among weeds. for trolling or laying . such as baiting the gorge-hook. a Fish is said to be tied up. is Threadling a bait when a needle is used to put a bait on a hook . where the stream is not rapid : Fish are mostly found in them in cool weather. by the Trout while you its are scratching or tickling prevents attempt to leave the hole you find Tight-line. The pleasurable titillation it. and 198. after he is hooked. is a baited line so called when it is fastened to the angle-rod without a running-line. so that he can neither get one way or the other.— See pages 105. tlie 3/3 make the feelers thick part of feathers used to or horns of Stretchers. or getting the line round piles. having a hook attached them. Trimmers are lines fastened to bank-runners. or having tied itself up. &c. to catch fish : the words catch. trol- &c. gently scratch it its belly you reach the then grasp felt firm and lift the Fish out. also worms. when the Fish has taken the bait. striking or hooking a Fish done by giving the rod a sudden jerk from the wrist or arm. Stalk or Stem. or laying night-lines. Take . .TKCHNICAL TERMS. it in. are seldom used by Anglers. when used in bobbing for Eels. Fish. Swims are deep places in rivers. when spinning a bait for Trout. Traces are lengths or pieces of gut or gimp. Tied up. or caught. 107. feel a Fish. they are caught by putting your hand into those places until : when you gills. corks.

when he casts his bait close to the banks or shore where he stands. to whipy or whipping. a baited hook which moves along. in fly-fishing. erected and canals to keep up a head of water: they are nu- merous in the River Lea. also. White-Fish Fish. &c. a fleshy substance like a worm. Carp. Wattles. is To turn a Fish over when first a Fish is hooked. is Wldp . when he is likely to get is among the weeds. Trolling. by the rod and without the aid of a landing-net. Gudgeons. &c. on which a of India-twist. after the turn or two. Winch. to whip . hanging from the mouth of Barbel. to turn a Fish. to tie a hook to hair. Whip. is Turn. or is from him. a machine made of brass. casting a fly distance. platted silk or hair. instead of casting far off. and Gudgeons. and some other Fish. bottom. silk. —See page — See page 172. Dace. Tumbling-hay a pool of considerable depth and breadth. touching the 98. re- ceiving the surplus water in rivers which falls from flood-gates. but immediately breaks away. and line is kept. the Angler is said to troll at home. to lift a Fish out of the water. made to a silk twisted. to give him another direction. are called white- . it Troll at Home. Warping is tying or twisting over. To weigh a Fish out line. gut.374 Tripping -bait is THE angler's guide. Roach. in making artificial-flies. is. Bleak. by checking him.

INDEX.

Acids, disagreeable to Fish, 29.
Angling, information thereon, difficult to obtain, and •, preliminary discourse thereon, 1.
,

why.— See
;

the Preface,

remarks on, for every month of the year, 335
acts relative to,

rules

and desultory

observations relative to, 342; glers, 355,

with admonitions to An-

Angler not to be discouraged, and why, 348. Angler's Guide, the Author's motive for publishing. Angle-rod, different kinds described, 4.
xVsh-fly,

See the Preface.

natural and artificial, described, 280. Author's, the, opinion of the different methods practised in trolling or fishing
for

Jack and Pike, 239.

all kinds of Fish, 61. See Barbel, Chub, &c. Bait not to be taken out too quick, when trolling, 229.

Baits for

;

observations on, 352.

Bank-runner described, 246
Barbel, the

;

Bannister's water, on the Lea.

— See Hews's.
;

when useful,

ib.

name
ib.
; ;

and Lea,

whence derived, 59 large and abundant in the Thames best method of dressing them for the table, ib. spawn unwholeof,
;
;

some, ib. yield much sport to the Angler, ib. ; mode of angling for, 61 a remarkable large one often hooked at Hampton, 66 scratching for,
;

how

practised, 320.

how angled for, 171. Battersea-bridge, fishery at, described, 320.
Bass, described, and

Bee, where found good bait for Chub, 284 ; how to extract the sting, Black-thorn fly, when and where found, 280.
Blackfriars-bridge, fishery at, described, 320.

ib.

Beresford's fishery. See White-house. Bleak, where abundant, 36 ; how angled for, ib.; ground bait for, ib. ; described, ib. ; baits for, when dapping, ib. sometimes mad, ib. Bleak-Hall, fishery at, described, 328 anecdote of Mathew Cook, 329. Blood-worms, where obtained, 298 ; good for various Fish, ib. Blue-house water described, 329.
; ;

Bobbing for

Eels,

how

practised, 125.

Bobs, what, and of what use, 306. Bottom-fishing, the most ancient way of angling.— See the Bock of Job, Chap. 14.
See Float-fishing.

87 ()
Boots,

INDEX.
how
to

make

water-proof, 175.

Bottle-racing for Jack, how and where practised, 247Bowerbank's water, on the Lea. See Blue-House. Brandling, where obtained, 298 good for Carp, Perch, &c.,


;

ib.

;

how

to

keep, 304.

Bream, when and how taken, 114; tackle and
habits of,
ib.

baits for, ib.; described, ib.;

and why, 331. Broxbourn, Crown, public-house, fishery and water described, 327. Browne's, Moses, verses on artificial-fly making, 260.

Bromley

mills, angling at, not pleasant,

Bull-head

See Miller's

Bullock's and other brains,

Thumb. how used

as a bait, 69

;

how
;

to

blow brains,

ib>

Cads, case-worms, &c., what, and of what use, 305
scribed, 306, 307.

where found, and de;

Carp, fine, but not abundant, in the Thames and Lea, 89 how and when to angle for, ib. ; ground-baits for, 25; long-lived, ib. habits of, ib. ; may be rendered tame, instances of, 95. Cannon-fly, 280. Carthagena-water, on the Lea, described, 327Case-worms, what, and of what use, 305. Chain-hnes for Eels described, 130; how to bait the hooks, 136; how, when, and where to lay them, 140 how to take them up, with advice thereon, 141 ; hooks proper for Eels, and how to chuse them, 144.
; ;

Chertsey-bridge, fishery at, described, 313,

Cheven. See Chub. Chub, a bony Fish, and inferior food, 67 a shy Fish, ib. how to angle for. 68 trolling for, sometimes successful, ih. baits for, ib. ground-baits for, ib.; season for Chub-fishing, 69; remarks on, ib.; the River Lea famous
; ;
;


;

f.
'

;

;

for, ib.

baits for,

when dapping,

284.
to use, 31

Clap-bait

See Bobs.

Clearing- ring, of what use, and

how

1
5,
-^

Cockchafer, a good bait, and how to bait the hook with, 284. how taken with the angle, 163. Conversation, forced, disagreeable to Anglers, and why, 351. Cook, Matthew, singular character, fond of cats, 329. Cook's-ferry fishery. See Bleak-Hall. Cork, for seats, recommended, 352.
Codlings, or Cod-fish,
Cricket, a killing bait for Trout, 263.
Cross-fishing,

A
.

i

See

Cad and

Stone-fly.

how

practised, 240.

Crucian Carp, not very the Carp and Roach,
baits
ib.
;

common
ib.;
;

in England, 39 ; a supposed breed between very prolific, ib.; numerous near London, ih.;
first

1 I
*

and tackle for, ib. when very numerous in Prussia.

introduced,

ib,

;

deseribed, ib.

;

habits,

Crutch, or fork, to take up dead lines, 148; necessary, also, for laying trimmers, 246

Dace,

how to dry and preserve them, 80 mode of cooking, good amusement, 82 how and where to angle for, ib.
; ;

ib.
;

whipping remarks on,
;

for.
it.
;

when dapping, 286. Dapping, what, and how practised,
baits for,

282.

Dare.

See Dace.
at.

Ditton, fishery

See Thames-Ditton.

INDEX.
Dead-line,

377

how made,
fly,

152.

Down-looking

natural and artificial, described, 280.

Dragon-fly is a large four-winged fly, by some called the large horse-stinger and peacock-fly : its body is variegated with purple, green, &;c., and is about two or three inches long ; it has many eyes the wings are transparent, and of
;

During Summer, this large fly may be seen about rivers Artificial and ponds, skimming about weeds, settling on sags, rushes, &c. dragon-flies aie used as a bait for Salmon, in some places, 157a bronze colour.

Drowned

persons,

how

to be treated, 360.

Devils, artificial spinning-baits, fully described, 109.

Drag-hooks, and
Dyer's Guide
Eels, tackle

how to use, 31. may be consulted, with advantage, by
for,

the curious Angler, 261.

how taken with dead lines, ib. bobbing for, how practised, ib. spearing and snigghng, how practised, 128 mode of disabling them, when caught, 122 how to choose hooks for, 144.
fit

when

a rod

is

used, 121

;

;

;

;

Kel and Pike fishery.
Feathers,

See Page's water.

how

died yellow, for

making the may-fly,
kept, 311.

261.

Fence-months, what, and
thereon,
1, 2, 3.

why

Mshing-tackle, the necessary articles for angling pointed out, with observations

Flanders Weir.
Float-fishing

See Shury's.

See Glossary of technical terms. Floats, difiFerent sorts described, 7 ; and a particular sort for Jack-fishing, 227 how to make the float secure, wfth observations thereon, 353,

»

Flounders, how taken, 147 ; habits of, &c., ib. Frogs, sometimes used as a bait for Chub, Perch, and Jack, directions bait the hook with, &c., 49, 69, 210. Fishing in still waters round London, with observations, 346.
Flies, artificial, list of, to kill

how

to

from Christmas to Michaelmas, 278.
;

materials for making the green-drake, greydrake, or cock-up-tails, 261 ; and why so named, 263 ; materials for making all kinds of flies, 272. Fly-fishing, artificial, advantages of, 256 ; cannot be practised so often as botrods and lines for, 287 ; how to cast the line in, 289; natom-fishing, ib.
;

how made, 259

tural,

how

practised, 282.

Foetid light-brown fly, good bait for

Chub, and when, 281.

Gag

for Jack, its use, &c. explained, 224.
;

Gay, his lines on artificial-flies, 273 and advice to Anglers, 337. how Gentles, how produced, 293 easily procured in London, and where, ib. bred and preserved in Winter, 294 how best preserved in Summer, 295. Grains, good ground-bait, 28. Grasshopper, how to bait with, and dap for Chub, 284. Greaves, how baited with, 15; how to soak, and use for ground-bait, 27;
;
; ;

killing bait for Barbel, 62.
is Grayling not found near London, 154; described, ib.; how angled for, i6. called an Umber, when full grown, ib. Ground-bait, observations on, 27 how to make various kinds, 25. Gudgeon, abundant in the Lea, 46 season for angling for, ib. ; mode of fishing for, in the Thames and Lea, ib.; remarks on, 42. ~, the best bait for Jack, &c., 233; where to purchase alive, 210. Gut and hair, how to chuse and stain, 4 and 5.
; ; ;

o

.-

o

378
Groupers,
Hackle.
Hallibut,

IXDEX,
how and where
See Palmer.

caught, I/O.

how

caught, 168.
described, 315.

Hampton, good angling at, town and fishery Hampton-Court, fishery at, described, 317"
hook with, ib. Hawkins, Sir John, his method of making
to bait the

Harry, or Father long-legs, a killing bait for Chub, 285

;

where found, and how

artificial flies, 269.

Hawthorn-fly, 280.
Herl, peacock's,
its

use in fly-making, 281.

Hertford, town and fishery described, 323. Hews's fishery on the Lea described, 329. Hints to Anglers, 342.

Hoddesdon, town and fishery described, 325. Hook, method how to whip or tie one on, 30; how baited with worms, 13
with gentles,
Huzzard-fly,
ih.
;

;

with greaves,

ib.;

how

to try their strengths, &c., 10.
at, described, 330.

when a good bait, 280. Horse and Groon?, Lea Bridge, fishery, &c.

India rubber useful to Anglers, 345. Information on angling, difficult to obtain, and why.

See the Preface.

(

Jacobs, Mr., the fishmonger, sells live-baits for trolling, &c. all the year, 210. Jack, method of trolling for, 21 1 takes the name of Pike when weighing more than three pounds, abundant in the Lea, natural baits for, 208; hooks used in trolling for, ib. lines used in trolling for, 198 one taken by Mr. Robin; ; ;

son, in a remarkable
for Jack, 239 cribed, 349.
;

manner, 243; remarks on the different modes of trolling the shape, colour, nature, and habits, of Jack and Pike des-

Kew-bridge, fishery at, described, .320. Kill Fish, (to,) and land them, with remarks thereon, 344. King's Arms water, on the Lea, fishery at, described, 314.

Kingston and Hampton Wick, fishery at, described, 318. Kirby fish-hooks described, 15. Knot, how to tie, 29; how to get information relative to, 34.
I^anding-net,

how

to choose, 3.
at,

Laleham, fishery

described, 312.

Last Spring, a Fish of the Salmon species, 154. Lamprey, or Seven Eyes, described, 146. Land Fish, (to), or bring them ashore, with a caution, 351. Lamprey-Eel described, 146; habits of, ib.; abound in the Severn,
bait for Eels, 133
;

ib.

;

good

how

to bait the

hook with, 137.

Launce-Eel described, 169. Laws relative to fishing, with admonitions, 355. Lea River described, abounds with Jack and Pike, 321 subscription waters, how paid, 322 its fishery described, ib. an excellent school for the lovers of angling, and why, 332. Leger-line described, 133 bait proper for, ib. Lines should be even and rovmd, 4; method of dying hair, gut, &c. for lines, should be soaked a little before you begin to fish, 76. 56.
;
;

;

;

;

INDEX.
Lines,

379
11.

how

to fasten to rod

and to running-tackle,

Literature, the study of,
Live-baits,

recommended
;

to Anglers, 342.

See Hints, &c.

where sold, 210, 211. Lob-worms, where obtained, 297

London Anglers,

great adepts in the art. 111

good for Trout, Eels, and Perch, t^ and why, ib.
;

Mackarel, how taken with a line, 169. Malt, when soaked in water, is a good bait, in some waters, for Roach and

Bream,

114.

why so named, 246. Marsh-worms, where obtained, 297 good for Trout and Perch, ib. Marl, or tag-tail worm, described, 300. May-flies, natural, how bred, 256 green drake described, 203 grey-drake
Man-of-war, trimmer
; ;

;

described,
Miller's

ib.

;

stone-fly described, 264.

Thumb described,

109

;

how
;

to angle for, 12H

;

bait for Eels,

ib.

Miller-fly

is a large white moth it is called the miller-fly from the mealy substance about its wings and body, 284.
;

IVIinnow, killing bait for Trout, 99 Mole river, described, 333.

how
;

caught, 36.
ib.

Moss, to scour worms. See Worms, 339 where got or bought, Moon, its effects on the feeding of Fish, 235, Mullet, how to take with a fly or worm, 166.

New

See the Appendix. Net, for landing Fish, described, 3; another Net, to keep Fish alive in when angling, 3. River described, 308'; is a nursery for London Anglers; here the juvenile Angler makes his first essay to take small Perch, Gudgeons, Roach, Bleak, &c. either at bottom, with worms or gentles, or at top, by dapping with a house-fly, or whipping with a small artificial gnat-fly; from thence he proceeds to the River Lea, where, with attention, he may become a comthe New River abounds with small Fish, wthin a mile of the plete Angler Metropolis: about ten miles off" are heavy Fish, Carp, Chub, Jack, Pike, Eels, &c. 308.
:

Night-lines for Eels, described, 135.
Night-fishing,
Oak-fly, 280.

how

practised, 124, 285

;

but bad for the health, &c. 355.

Observations on paste, Salmon-spawn, &c., 20. Orl-fly described, when and where found, 281.
Owl-fly,
is

the large white

moth

;

it

is

called the owl-fly

from

its

resembling

an owl in the face and head, 284.

and the gull, ib. Page's- water, on the Lea, described, 326 Palmer, plain, directions for making, 265 golden or silver, directions for making, 268. Pastes, many receipts for, exploded, 18; sweet, for Carp, &c., how made, 19; plain, for Roach, &c., how made, ib.; cheese and greaves paste for Chub patent paste, how made, ib. ; general observaand Barl^el, how made, 21 tions On paste, Salmon, and wheat, 22.
; ;

;

tackle fit for, ib. ; numerous in the wet-docks, Perch, a bold-biting Fish, 47 trolling for, ib. roving and dipping at Blackwall, ib. ; live-bait for, ib. for, 51 ; remarks on, ib. ; how to fish for, with a live Minnow, ib. remarks
; ; ; ;

on, 58.

380

INDEX.

Peas, pai boiled, a bait for Carp, 88.

Perdues, commendation of the boatmen of that name, 315. Pink See Minnow. Plaice, how taken, 164. Pith of the neck, and spine of oxen, good bait for Chub in cold weather, 70

;

how

to bait with,

ib.
it,

Play a Fish,

how

to do

with remarks, 343.
14.

Plugged-float described,

9.

Plumbing the depth, how done,
Poaching reprobated,
34.

Pond-fishing, observations on, 345; several round London, described, 34G. Pope, or Ruff, resembles the Perch, how to angle for, 119 ; a cut of the Pope or
Ruff, 321. Prickleback, used as bait for Perch,

how
;

taken, 40; bold and voracious,
4).

lb.

;

used in Lincolnshire as manure,
Punt-fishing described, 60.
Quietness, &:c. recommended,

ib.

good food for fowls,

Putney-britlge, fishery at, described, 320.

when

angling, 342.

Racing for Jack. See Bottle- racing. Red-worms, where obtained, 298 good
;

for various Fish, ibr

Regent's-canal contains various Fish, 346.

Richmond, fishing at, described, 319; when high water moon, 320 with hints and observations, ib.
;

there, at

fuU and new

Rivers, several described, 383, 384.
for, 73 require fine fishing, ib. ; a sitting posture to remarks on, jft. best bait for, ib.; ground-bait for, t6. be preferred, ib. described, ib. ; peculiar kind taken in Shepherd'slarge, in the Lea, ib. water, Hoddesdon, lb. best mode of cooking large ones, 80. Rod. See Angle-rod. how to fasten the line to it, 11 how to mend, 32. Rudd, indifferent food, 114; thrive best in ponds, ib. tackle for, ib. Rules, hints, and observations, relative to anghng, 342. Rough Coat. See Cads.
;

Roach, mode of angling
;

;

;

;

,

:

;

Ruff.

See Pope.

Rye-house fishery described, 314.
Salmon-spawn, how preserved for
,

bait, 21.
of,
ib.
;

how

angled for, 156; habits
ib.
;

remarks on, 157
ib.
;

;

not

known

in

warm

climates,

habits of, and rapid growth,

penalties for taking

and selling them, &c., ib. how caught with the angle, 158. Sand-Eel described, 169. Seats of cork, &c. recommended, 352.
Salt-water Fish,

Scratching for Barbel,

how

practised, 320.

Seven Eyes. See Lampern. Shepherd's-water, on the Lea, described, 314.
Shepperton, fishery
at, described, 314. Shoes, mixture to make them water-proof, 17.". Shotting aline, how done, with a caution, 10, 11. Shrimps, good bait for Perch, &c., how to bait with, 47Shury's subscription-water, on the Lea, described, 328.

381
Skeggar caught by whipping, in the Thames, 312 Salmon, ib.
;

supposed to be young

Smelts, delicious for the table, 149; described, ib.; habits of, t6. ; periods of arrival in the Thames, ib. ; how taken, ib. ; where they used to be abundant, ib. ; name whence derived, ib. ; with observations on their present

scarcity, 150.

Snaring Jack and Pike, how practised, 245. Snapper, how and where caught, 171Sniggling for Eels, how practised worms proper for, 129. how to dye that colour, 6. Sorrel, a colour for single-hair lines, 3 Snowden's, late Sparrey's, Horse an^ Groom, Lea-bridge. See Horse and
; ;

Groom.

Spawn

of Barbel not wholesome, 60. Spearing Eels, how practised, 126.
Staines, fishery at, described, 312.

Stickleback.

See Prickleback. See Fishing round London.
natural, 263.

Stiil-water fishing.

Stone-Loach

See Loach.
;

Stone-fly, artificial, 262

many Jack, Perch, and Pike, 325. Subscription- waters, rules, &c., the annual sum paid, 322. Sunbury, bank-fishing at, 315.
Stort-river contains

Swan and Pike on the Lea, remarks on, 328. Swim, partiality of Anglers for a particular one, 59; anecdote
it, ib.

illustrative of

Summer months,

the time proper for and improper to angle, and why, 301.

Tackle should be examined and repaired during Winter, 337

;

should be exa-

mined
Tench,

after Fishing, 343.

See fishing-tackle.

but scarce near London baits for, 35 habits of, ib. ; how ib. remarks on, ib. why called the Physician, ib. instance of the forbearance of other Fish towards them, 86, 87. Thames, the river and its fishery described, 311 angling in, when prohibited,
fine Fish,
;

;

to angle for,

;

;

;

;

312; when best time to fish in, 321. Thames-Ditton, fishery at, described, 317. Tip-capped float described, 7Trimmers described, how made, how baited, 245. Tripping-bait, what, 98 and how angled with, 99. Trimmer-lines, composition for preserving, 199. Trolling, prefatory remarks thereon, 175; how to bait the gorge-hook, 177; trolling-rods and lines, how to choose and fit, snap-hooks, how to bait, 189 204; how to cast the bait, and kill Jack or Pike, 211 live-bait-fishing, &c.
; ;

;

&c., 226.

TroUing-lines, composition for preserving, 199.

Trout,

killing

how to angle for, 97 mode of angling for, ib.
;

baits
;

for,

ib.

;

spinning
ib.

a

Minnow,

a
;

cross-fishing for, a destructive way, 244
;

hook for Thames,

trolling for represented, 101
ib.
;

habits of,

;

scarce in the

Lea and

different Trout-streams near

London

described, 104; directions

for baiting a

Minnow

for spinning, artificial devils to be prefcred, 109;
at described, 318.

remarks on Trout, 112. Twickenham, good fishing at; fishery

382

INDEX.

Turbot, how taken with hook and line, 165. Turpin, Mr., sells live-baits for Jack, Trout, and Perch round, 210.

tishing, all the year

Umber

See Grayling. Uxbridge, Trout-fishing

at, 101.

VValtham-abbey, fishery at, described, 328. Walton, fishery at, described, 315. Ware, on the River Lea, 323. Walton, Isaac, the Author's opinion of, and the modern editions of the plete Angler, 111.

Com-

Wasps, maggot
tripping, 284.

of, excellent bait for

Trout, 305

;

either used at dapping or

See Cricket and Stone-fly. shoe-makers', how used to wax silk for tying on hooks, 30. unfit for angling described, 347, 350. Westminster-bridge, fishery at, described, 320.

Water-cricket

Wax,

Weather proper and

White-house water and fishery described, 331. Whipping, how performed, 288. Wheat, parboiled, a good bait for Roach, 24. Winch, a multiplying one to be preferred, how to fasten
observations thereon.

to the rod, 2, 3, with

Woodcock-fly, 280.

Worms,
them,

useful bait, 296 ; six different sorts, ib. ; how to preserve a stock of, 303 ;

ib.

how to cleanse and keep worms should be carried with
;

you when Roach-fishing, and why, 304. Worms, how procured on the sea-shore, good
York, the
late

bait for Whiting, &c., 154.

Duchess

of,

fond of anghng, 314.

THE E NO-

LO noon:
Printed by D.
S,

Maurice, Fenchurch Slieit,

Brewer. 21. an fntroductory Outline of its Academical History. and any required route. N. Bristol Hot-Welis. Price 12s. P.Roz&. Paternoster. and Clifton. Catalogue of the Pictures. W. and immediate Reference to any required Route. with Proof impressions cf the Plates. with a complete set of County Maps. NEW PICTUKE WIGHT. Distances of Stages.. & COOKE'S WALKS throiigh KENT. HAY'S in». Dover. &c. iJVANS'S WALKS throuorh WALES.eve-y thing.oin the . Brayley. from Drawings by With an Historical Description of the Mansion. 5s. Rye. NEW GUIDE Duke COOKE'S GUIDE <»f inclmiiiii. J'he vaiio. &c. 12. Second edition. and Noblemen's Seats. In royal 8vo. A to BLENHEIM. of the ISLE of TIIANET and comprising 106 beautiful Engravinffs . In 2 Volumes. the Vales. TO TOURISTS. «S:c. Illustrated with 21 Engravings. sliewone view. Price 1/.s. with 10 additional Views.ovol mode adopted ia the book. Price Ss. adjacent Towns In Peculiarities. Storer. Price the bound. half-bound and lettered. and a . a( BOOK point of Distance '<« lity. drawn and engraved by the Cit}. Halls. OXFORD 1/. by E. Inns. Price 2s.J. Price Ss. Illustrated with several Views and Mitp. containing. 6cl. or. Crescents. diuwn and engraved by William Cooke. trated with Map and Views.u desciiption to the the su». Is.f in- teresting objects in the vicinities of Margate.. Price 7s. and 26 Plates of the most beautiful and interesting Views throughout the Island. liroadstairr. in 2 vols. With Coloured Maps. neatly bound Illustrated with Maps and Views. Concerts. Price 1/. Prior-Park. comprising 6 elegantly-engraved Views."— fV/ritv/f Guzettr.s Routes which connect any two places are seen at a sinylv. and a Ground Plan of that splendid Edifice. 8s. Rooms. LAKES."phical Descriptions. glance.. r. Deal.. New edition. bound. corrected and improved by J. LEEBLE'S DELINEATIONS CINQUE PORTS. a concise History of Illustrated by 72 Views. Colleges. including Visits to Corsham-House. by Storer. in boards. in imitation of Original Sketches. lettered. half-bound . of ROADS. and of THE ISLE OF THANET in particular. on an entirely New Plan . traced out witU the giealest facit. whether it be along the principal or cross Roads. 2i. or on large paper. Price %. BATH .a : Topogra- phical and Statistical Description of the Principality to which is pretixed.. with Improvements. ounding Scenery. Ramsgate. With Hisi»»rical and Tcpof'-". Co. ^EGAN'S AVALKS thronoh describiro.. and Public Buildings of the University . 6d. local a Pocket-Volume. in boards.Books published hrj Sherwood &.an account of . Baths. 8vo. &c. hanfisonielV bound. the Seat of His Grace Ibo op Marlijorough. or in 8vo. containing a Topocrraphical and Statistical Description of the County. Mountains. 15«. a copious Travelling Guide. 12s. " This the most useful travelling companion with which we are acquainted. WADE'S WALKS ihe in corajnising. exhibiting the direct and the principal Cross-Roads. the various Lines of Route leading to any required and the Index so arranged as to enable a direct . A of the ISLE of Ilinslrated by a Map. is. Another edition on large paper. Neale. Hastings. illusand Villages. in bds. Esq. worthy of notice connected with the Public Buildings.

Boohs pMished h^ Shernood

^

Co. Patemosier- Rozi\

WALKS

through LONDON and WF.STMTNSTRR, l.v David IIughsox, LL.D. describing every fliino^ worthy of Observa-

tion in the Public Buildings, Places of Entertainment', Kxbibitions^ Illustrated by One Hundred and Twenty Engravings. &c. &c. Price \l. handsomely bound and lettered.

TO CONTINENTAL TI^AVELLEPvS.
A

NEW GUIDE to
bound.

PARIS, from

the latest Observations

;

heir,tr

altered from the Work entitled ' How to enjoy Paris.' By Petkr Herve. Third Edition, illustrated with Maps and Plates, price IQs.^d.

This Work contains an accurate and criltral Df^srription of the Building's, Autiqaities, Painting's, Tlieatres, Literature, Politics, and Heligion, as welt a9 of tl»e IVIanners of tlie Inlvabilants ; forining- tlie most coini>i'<'Iieiisive (.-.tide hitlierlo puhlisheil, and calculated for ll»e entertainint-nt and inloiirtntion of persons who, without visiting^, are desirous of tiecou»iug acquain'ed witB the MetroiJolis of France. To which are adjled. Directions for TravelVv!^ ill the least expensive inanm-r, by three different Itoutes ; au Account of the Kuviroiis of Paris ; and a copious Index. The woi k, on the whole, is very amusing, even to a resident in Pari:?, and to a stranger it is highly instructive. liesitate ;iot to pronounce it the best. Guide to Paris extant." Lit. Chron.

We

C'^XSrS
niiities

PICTURE of ITALY; heino- a Guide to tlie Antiand Curiosities of that Classical and interesting Country ; c'ontaining Sketches of Manners, Society, and Customs; also an Itinerary of Distances in post and English miles, the best Inns, &c. wiih a minute Description of Rome, Fiorence, ^^ a pies, and Venice, and their environs. New Edition, with Maps and Plates, price 125, bound.
in

COXE'S TRAVELLER'S GUIDE
5s.

SWITZERLAND
his

;

pi ice

bound.

GOXE^S GENiTLEMAN'S GUIDE in FRANCE; price 7s. bound. CAMPBELL'S TRAVELLEB'S GUIDE
ar.d

TOUR

throuolj

thronjrh

BELGIUM

HOLLAND

;

price

7s.

bound.

The'^e Works are all iUustrnted wiih M.-ips, Plans, and Views, and eontairv a particular Acci-ui-.t lit tie Public Buildings, Places of AmuKemeiii. ( uriosities. Tables of Distances and Inns; also Tables of the Value of Money at the different places, and General Directions to Strangers.

BKLLENGER'8 MODERN FRENCH CONYERATIOV
2s. 6d.

;

containing Elementary Phrases, and New Easy Dialogues, in French and English, upon the most familiar subjects. 'Eighth Edition, price

bound.

BELLENGER'S DICTIONARY
English. price 10s.

of

IDIOMS, Ftench

nnd

Edition, in 8vo. considerably-improved and en.'arged; 6irf. in boards. *.* The Idiom of anv language, as has been frequently remarked, not C(nisists of evanescent 1-seuiff attainable by rules, since it m-ist commonly niceties, which no rules can 5)ossib!y fix or liiid, the present work will l)e found not only useful as a Dictionary of Reference, but highly important to all pyr»oiis who -tody to speak the Inufruage correctly, and to make themselves acquainted with its critical distinctions. It will also he found particularly task, «4set'ul to younj? studen s. by whom portions of it may be learnt by way of aiid thus the idiom be casi y and progressively acquired.

New

COOKE'S
TOPOGRAPHY OF GREAT BRITAIN;
BRITISH TRAVELLER'S POCKET DIRECTORY;
Beii

an accurate and co-npreheiisive Topoyrrapliical and Slatisiical Description of all the Counties in

ENGLAND, WALES, AND SCOTLAND.
THIS
\

ERT CHEAP AND USEFUL WORK CONTAINS A MINUTE DETAIL OF THE
I

Situation,
Extciii,

Books published hy Sherwood and Co. Pakrnosier-Roiv,
The

NEW LONDON MEDICAL POCKET-BOOK,

ex-

plaining, in Alpliabetical Order, the Causes, Symptoms, and Treatment of Diseases ; (he Properties, Doses, Modes of Preparation, &c. of the principal Medicinal Substances, conformably with the latest Alterations of the Pharmacopoeia ; with an Appendix of Select Prescriptions in Medicine, Surgery, and Midwifery, including the New French Medicines, Poisons, Tests, Antidotes, &c., forming a useful Source of Reference for Junior Practitioners, Clergymen, and Heads of Families. By J . S. Forsyth, Surgeon, Author of the " Natural and Medical Dieteticon," &c. Price 65. boards.

The
One

COTTAGE PHYSICIAN
Shilling.

and

FAMILY ADVISER.

Edited by Dr. Buchan, and the Members of a Private Medical and Phiiosophical Socie. ,. Published on the First of every Month, price

The present Month's Number contains some important Observations on Summer Bathing, Sea Air, and Country Excursions general Remarks on Wells, Waters, and the difterent Watering Places in Eng;

land

lysis of

Directions to be observed in Sea Bathing, ftledicaled Baths, Also Directions for making several Distilled Waters, Anasundry Quack Medicines, Precautions for Hot Weather, and other seasonable Information.
;

&c. &c.

*^* As

^ work of general information and utility, connected with the Duties of Domestic Life, this will be found to embrace a greater extent of subjects than any of its contemporaries. All objectionable matter is expunged from its pages, and nothing inserted that can be considered any ways improper for family perusal.

The ANGLER'S

GUIDE ; beinGf a new, plain, and compU-te Practical Treatise on Angling, deduced from many years' Practice ana Observation. By T. F. Saltkr. Illustrated with numerous new Cuts and Engravings of I ish, Flies, &c., drawn from the Life. New and improved EiJitTon. Price 85. in boards; or on fine royal paper, «/f which a few Copies only are printed, 12s.

An EASY

INTRODUCTION

to il:-

SCIENCE

of

ROT ANY,

through the Medium of Familiar Conversation between a Father nnd his Son. By Robert John Thornton, M.D., Lecturer on Botany at Guy's Hospital, and Author of several Works on Botany. In Illustrated with Plates, price 8i\ ; or with the Plates beauI'^jno. tifully coloured after Nature, 12s. in boards.

The BOTANIST'S

a Cataloo-ne of Hardy, Exollr, ; and Indigenous Planis, arranged according to their respective Montlis «f Flowering ; and more particularly adapted to the Service of those who cultivate their own Gardens and Pieasure-Ground:^. By Richard Morris, Landscape Gardener and Planter. In 12rao. Price 7*. 6</.
in boards.

MANUAL

EGAN'S SPORTING ANECDOTER.
Edition.

A new and improved

Including numerous Characteristic l^ortralts of Persons in of Life, who have acquired Notoriety from their Achievements on the Turf, at the Table, and in the Diversions of the Field; \\\e whole I'ormin^: a complete Delineation of the Sporting World, Illustrated with (k)loured Plates and numeruns Wood Engravin^n. Price 12s. in boards.

every Walk

i-f. .V'.

Vil-i .

*m wm .